Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Cryptocurrency / Ethan Allen Interiors

Ethan Allen Interiors

eth · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker eth
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Cryptocurrency
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Ethan Allen Interiors
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L 
R E P O R T 

2019  statement of operations data   

2019 

2018 

2017 

Net sales

$746,684

$766,784 

$763,385

Adjusted gross margin (a)

Adjusted operating income (a)

Adjusted net income (a)

Adjusted diluted EPS (a)

55.1%

$55,051

$41,632 

$1.56

54.2% 

$50,145 

$37,306 

$1.35 

55.8%

$64,960

$40,643 

$1.45

 balance sheet data 
Cash and cash equivalents

$20,824

$22,363 

$65,031

Total assets

Long-term debt

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Working capital

 key metrics
Adjusted return on equity (a)

$510,351

$530,433 

$568,222

$516

$146,422

$363,929

$93,464

$1,096 

$146,563 

$383,870 

$93,165 

  $11,608

$167,326

$400,896

$116,653

11.13%

9.51% 

10.25%

Current ratio

1.76 TO 1

1.77 TO 1 

1.92 TO 1

Long-term debt to equity ratio

0.1%

0.3% 

2.9% 

Common shares outstanding

26,586,945

  26,529,294 

27,447,215

 cash returned to shareholders   
Dividends paid
$29,509 

$46,990

Dividend yield

Cost of shares repurchased

Number of shares repurchased

3.61%

$0

0

3.10% 

$22,019 

950,484 

$20,031

2.29% 

$10,246

357,363

Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data.

(a)  See reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted key financial measures in the back of this annual report.

s
t
h
g
i
l

h
g
i
h

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
2 fi

dear fellow shareholders

 expanded offerings  

& marketing

We have continued to expand our product 

selection with a focus on classic styles with 

a modern perspective. Over the past three 

years, we have refreshed about 70% of our 

entire product line and further diversified 

our assortment to reach a vast and varied 

consumer base.  

Our marketing remains focused on our 

core messages of interior design service, 

style, quality, and value with an emphasis 

on personal service and the Design Center 

experience. In FY 2019, we enhanced our 

marketing initiatives further, harnessing our 

CRM tools to implement targeted marketing 

strategies. We focused our advertising, 

utilizing multiple mediums including 

broadcast, direct mail, print, and digital.

combining technology 

with personal service 

In FY 2019, we continued to strengthen our 

exceptional personal service, combining  

state-of-the-art technology with our 

complimentary design service to deliver  

a dynamic brand experience. 

In FY 2019, we continued to reposition  

our global network of about 185 Design 

Centers in North America and about 120 

internationally with modern projections and 

smaller footprints. Nineteen percent of our 

Design Centers have been relocated within 

the past five years, and 65 percent within the 

past fifteen years. Our new locations average 

less than 10,000 square feet and incorporate 

technology to accelerate the design and 

selling processes.

Our Premier In-Home Delivery service is 

another component of our business that sets 

us apart. Offered at one national price, it is  

a major competitive advantage, and ensures 

clients receive excellent service and value 

throughout the Ethan Allen brand experience.

environmental &  

social responsibility 

Our vertically integrated business 

model allows us to maintain a steadfast 

commitment to environmental stewardship 

and social responsibility. We have increased 

emphasis on sustainability practices 

throughout all parts of our business.

talent 

This year, we debuted our 3D room planner 

We continued to strengthen our 

in all Design Centers to further enhance 

unwavering leadership in all facets of our 

designer-client relationships and increase 

business, particularly in our retail network, 

conversions by showing clients photo- 

realistic previews of their room designs.  

We also continued to expand our 

manufacturing, and logistics. Today, we 

have approximately 1,500 interior design 

professionals throughout our global  

EA inHome™ augmented reality app,  

network of 144 company-operated and  

adding thousands of products and  

enhancing search functionality.

158 independently owned Design Centers. 

The commitment and achievements 

Additionally, we made major enhancements 

of all our talented associates have 

to our e-commerce sites, especially our 

been instrumental in maintaining our 

mobile experience, and continue to support 

foundational strengths. I would like to 

our successful Live Chat, which allows visitors 

thank all of them, as well as our clients and 

to ethanallen.com to experience personal 

shareholders, for their continued support  

service from our designers anywhere, anytime.

as we look forward to a successful FY 2020.

customer experience  

that differentiates us 

In FY 2019, we continued to focus on 

strategic initiatives to reinforce our unique 

value and competitive advantage, including 

strengthening our vertically integrated 

business, innovating and expanding 

our product selection, continuing our 

retail transformation, and enhancing our 

advertising efforts with increased digital 

initiatives and technology. We also made 

infrastructure investments to increase our 

supply chain efficiency and continued our 

commitment to social responsibility and 

sustainability.

We achieved net sales for FY 2019 of $746.7 

million and generated adjusted earnings 

per diluted share of $1.56, an increase of 

15.6%. We also returned $47.0 million to 

shareholders in regular and special dividends. 

Our strategic focus continues to center 

on creating an omnichannel experience 

The exceptional experience and design 

that “wows” the customer, and we are well 

service found in our Design Centers 

positioned to grow in FY 2020.

remains a key focus of our business.  

farooq kathwari 

Chairman, President and CEO 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 statement of operations data   

2019 

2018 

2017 

Net sales

$746,684

$766,784 

$763,385

Adjusted gross margin (a)

Adjusted operating income (a)

Adjusted net income (a)

Adjusted diluted EPS (a)

55.1%

$55,051

$41,632 

$1.56

54.2% 

$50,145 

$37,306 

$1.35 

55.8%

$64,960

$40,643 

$1.45

 balance sheet data 

Cash and cash equivalents

$20,824

$22,363 

$65,031

Total assets

Long-term debt

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Working capital

 key metrics

$510,351

$530,433 

$568,222

$516

$146,422

$363,929

$93,464

$1,096 

$146,563 

$383,870 

$93,165 

  $11,608

$167,326

$400,896

$116,653

Adjusted return on equity (a)

11.13%

9.51% 

10.25%

Current ratio

1.76 TO 1

1.77 TO 1 

1.92 TO 1

Long-term debt to equity ratio

0.1%

0.3% 

2.9% 

Common shares outstanding

26,586,945

  26,529,294 

27,447,215

 cash returned to shareholders   

Dividends paid

Dividend yield

Cost of shares repurchased

Number of shares repurchased

$46,990

3.61%

$0

0

$29,509 

3.10% 

$22,019 

950,484 

$20,031

2.29% 

$10,246

357,363

Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data.

(a)  See reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted key financial measures in the back of this annual report.

s

t

h

g

i

l

h

g

i

h

l

a

i

c

n

a

n

2 fi

dear fellow shareholders

 expanded offerings  
& marketing
We have continued to expand our product 
selection with a focus on classic styles with 
a modern perspective. Over the past three 
years, we have refreshed about 70% of our 
entire product line and further diversified 
our assortment to reach a vast and varied 
consumer base.  

Our marketing remains focused on our 
core messages of interior design service, 
style, quality, and value with an emphasis 
on personal service and the Design Center 
experience. In FY 2019, we enhanced our 
marketing initiatives further, harnessing our 
CRM tools to implement targeted marketing 
strategies. We focused our advertising, 
utilizing multiple mediums including 
broadcast, direct mail, print, and digital.

combining technology 
with personal service 
In FY 2019, we continued to strengthen our 
exceptional personal service, combining  
state-of-the-art technology with our 
complimentary design service to deliver  
a dynamic brand experience. 

This year, we debuted our 3D room planner 
in all Design Centers to further enhance 
designer-client relationships and increase 
conversions by showing clients photo- 
realistic previews of their room designs.  
We also continued to expand our 
EA inHome™ augmented reality app,  
adding thousands of products and  
enhancing search functionality.

Additionally, we made major enhancements 
to our e-commerce sites, especially our 
mobile experience, and continue to support 
our successful Live Chat, which allows visitors 
to ethanallen.com to experience personal 
service from our designers anywhere, anytime.

customer experience  
that differentiates us 
The exceptional experience and design 
service found in our Design Centers 
remains a key focus of our business.  

In FY 2019, we continued to reposition  
our global network of about 185 Design 
Centers in North America and about 120 
internationally with modern projections and 
smaller footprints. Nineteen percent of our 
Design Centers have been relocated within 
the past five years, and 65 percent within the 
past fifteen years. Our new locations average 
less than 10,000 square feet and incorporate 
technology to accelerate the design and 
selling processes.

Our Premier In-Home Delivery service is 
another component of our business that sets 
us apart. Offered at one national price, it is  
a major competitive advantage, and ensures 
clients receive excellent service and value 
throughout the Ethan Allen brand experience.

environmental &  
social responsibility 
Our vertically integrated business 
model allows us to maintain a steadfast 
commitment to environmental stewardship 
and social responsibility. We have increased 
emphasis on sustainability practices 
throughout all parts of our business.

talent 
We continued to strengthen our 
unwavering leadership in all facets of our 
business, particularly in our retail network, 
manufacturing, and logistics. Today, we 
have approximately 1,500 interior design 
professionals throughout our global  
network of 144 company-operated and  
158 independently owned Design Centers. 

The commitment and achievements 
of all our talented associates have 
been instrumental in maintaining our 
foundational strengths. I would like to 
thank all of them, as well as our clients and 
shareholders, for their continued support  
as we look forward to a successful FY 2020.

farooq kathwari 
Chairman, President and CEO 
Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.

In FY 2019, we continued to focus on 

strategic initiatives to reinforce our unique 

value and competitive advantage, including 

strengthening our vertically integrated 

business, innovating and expanding 

our product selection, continuing our 

retail transformation, and enhancing our 

advertising efforts with increased digital 

initiatives and technology. We also made 

infrastructure investments to increase our 

supply chain efficiency and continued our 

commitment to social responsibility and 

sustainability.

We achieved net sales for FY 2019 of $746.7 
million and generated adjusted earnings 
per diluted share of $1.56, an increase of 
15.6%. We also returned $47.0 million to 
shareholders in regular and special dividends. 

Our strategic focus continues to center 
on creating an omnichannel experience 
that “wows” the customer, and we are well 
positioned to grow in FY 2020.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ethan Allen is a leader in the home furnishings 

industry, renowned for incomparable quality, 

exceptional craftsmanship, variety of style,  

and personal service. These values, and  

our longstanding commitment to a strong  

vertically integrated business model, continue 

to differentiate us and guide our growth.

2

3

2019Ethan Allen is a leader in the home furnishings 

industry, renowned for incomparable quality, 

exceptional craftsmanship, variety of style,  

and personal service. These values, and  

our longstanding commitment to a strong  

vertically integrated business model, continue 

to differentiate us and guide our growth.

2

3

2019Exceptional service sets us apart; it’s an  

essential part of the Ethan Allen experience.  

With a global network of 1,500 designers  

and state-of-the-art design tools, we continue  

to find innovative ways to combine technology 

with personal service.

COMPLIMENTARY 
DESIGN SERVICE
For most clients, the Ethan Allen experience 
begins as a conversation with one of our 
talented designers. Many of our designers 
trained in the world’s finest institutes; many 
owned their own design firms before joining 
Ethan Allen. They lend us their talents and 
their extraordinary eyes for style, and in 
exchange, we provide them all the tools they 
need to succeed, including an extraordinary 
selection of products backed by our 
reputation for exceptional quality.

As the primary ambassadors for our brand, 
our global network of 1,500 designers 
assists clients in Design Centers, during 
in-home appointments, and via online 
consultations. We help our designers connect 
with an expanded client base by featuring each 
designer’s bio and portfolio on our website.

This year, we’ve strengthened our designers’ 
portfolio pages and made it easier for clients 
to connect with them online. We’ve also made 
it possible for clients to contact designers 
directly from the EA inHome™ app, and we’ve 
continued to offer online Live Chat with 
designers via ethanallen.com.

4

5

personalservice 
Exceptional service sets us apart; it’s an  

essential part of the Ethan Allen experience.  

With a global network of 1,500 designers  

and state-of-the-art design tools, we continue  

to find innovative ways to combine technology 

with personal service.

COMPLIMENTARY 

DESIGN SERVICE

For most clients, the Ethan Allen experience 

begins as a conversation with one of our 

talented designers. Many of our designers 

trained in the world’s finest institutes; many 

owned their own design firms before joining 

Ethan Allen. They lend us their talents and 

their extraordinary eyes for style, and in 

exchange, we provide them all the tools they 

need to succeed, including an extraordinary 

selection of products backed by our 

reputation for exceptional quality.

As the primary ambassadors for our brand, 

our global network of 1,500 designers 

assists clients in Design Centers, during 

in-home appointments, and via online 

consultations. We help our designers connect 

with an expanded client base by featuring each 

designer’s bio and portfolio on our website.

This year, we’ve strengthened our designers’ 

portfolio pages and made it easier for clients 

to connect with them online. We’ve also made 

it possible for clients to contact designers 

directly from the EA inHome™ app, and we’ve 

continued to offer online Live Chat with 

designers via ethanallen.com.

4

5

personalservice 
Our longstanding commitment to excellent 
craftsmanship continues to set us apart in 
the marketplace. As we carry on tried-and-
true techniques that define us, we’ve also 
embraced state-of-the-art technologies and 
new ways of operating to strengthen our 
position and viability.

Approximately 75% of our products 
are manufactured in our plants in North 
America. When we seek out partnerships 
with international suppliers and vendors, we 
look for artisans who use traditional methods, 
source local materials, and have a reputation 
for being the best at what they do. 

Our manufacturing plant in Silao, Guanajuato, 
Mexico, for example, is located in an area 
with a rich historical tradition of leather 
craftsmanship. Our clients receive leather 
furnishings custom-made by people 
who’ve honed their skills over a lifetime, 
many from families who have passed those 
skills down through the generations.

Over half of our domestic wood furniture 
production happens at our Vermont 
facilities, and 50% of the wood furniture we 
manufacture domestically is crafted from 
logs received in our Beecher Falls, Vermont, 
manufacturing plant and sawmill. More than 
20% of our Vermont associates have invested 
over 30 years in their work for Ethan Allen. 
Many of those associates are from families 
with members from multiple generations 
who’ve worked for us.

In addition to having exceptional wood-
working skills, many of our craftspeople 
harness their mathematics and computing 
skills to operate modern CNC machinery, 
which helps to increase productivity within 
our facilities. Our craftspeople are also on 
the front lines of our efforts to manufacture 
products in an environmentally sustainable 
way. Many of the initiatives we’ve developed 
to cut landfill waste, boost recycling, and use 
electricity more efficiently were created from 
the ground up by the talented people who 
work in our plants.

6

7

exceptional craftsmanship 
Our longstanding commitment to excellent 

Over half of our domestic wood furniture 

craftsmanship continues to set us apart in 

production happens at our Vermont 

the marketplace. As we carry on tried-and-

facilities, and 50% of the wood furniture we 

true techniques that define us, we’ve also 

manufacture domestically is crafted from 

embraced state-of-the-art technologies and 

logs received in our Beecher Falls, Vermont, 

new ways of operating to strengthen our 

manufacturing plant and sawmill. More than 

position and viability.

20% of our Vermont associates have invested 

over 30 years in their work for Ethan Allen. 

Approximately 75% of our products 

Many of those associates are from families 

are manufactured in our plants in North 

with members from multiple generations 

America. When we seek out partnerships 

who’ve worked for us.

with international suppliers and vendors, we 

look for artisans who use traditional methods, 

In addition to having exceptional wood-

source local materials, and have a reputation 

working skills, many of our craftspeople 

for being the best at what they do. 

harness their mathematics and computing 

skills to operate modern CNC machinery, 

Our manufacturing plant in Silao, Guanajuato, 

which helps to increase productivity within 

Mexico, for example, is located in an area 

our facilities. Our craftspeople are also on 

with a rich historical tradition of leather 

the front lines of our efforts to manufacture 

craftsmanship. Our clients receive leather 

products in an environmentally sustainable 

furnishings custom-made by people 

way. Many of the initiatives we’ve developed 

who’ve honed their skills over a lifetime, 

to cut landfill waste, boost recycling, and use 

many from families who have passed those 

electricity more efficiently were created from 

skills down through the generations.

the ground up by the talented people who 

work in our plants.

6

7

exceptional craftsmanship 
OUR NEW NOD HILL OUTDOOR COLLECTION: STYLISH, 

SCALED FOR COMFORT, AND DESIGNED TO LAST. 

To attract top design talent, and to keep up with 

the evolving tastes of consumers, Ethan Allen 

maintains an incredible portfolio of furnishings. 

In FY 2019, our product design teams, drawing 

on our “classic design, modern perspective” 

ethos, developed two new projections and  

a selection of new outdoor looks designed  

to appeal to today’s tastes and lifestyles.

MIDCENTURY MODERN,

REIMAGINED

Fiscal 2019 saw the debut of an expansive line  

of midcentury-inspired furnishings, updated  

with vibrant colors, sleek silhouettes, and an 

incredible mix of materials. Designed for  

maximum quality at an attractive price point, 

these pieces have a signature style that appeals  

to a new generation of clients.

Although more modern in aesthetic, the look  

gets incredible warmth and energy from a large 

selection of decorative accents in shades of 

citron, teal, and fire. The look also features a range 

of inventive lighting, including table lamps crafted 

from materials like Sukhothai clay and concrete, 

slender floor lamps with lustrous metal finishes,  

and industrial-inspired chandeliers and pendants.

In addition to a beautiful assortment of framed 

giclée art prints and photographs, we premiered 

a range of 3D wall art pieces in this introduction, 

including both wall sculptures and beautifully 

textured paper art crafted in the Philippines.  

A wide range of new bedcoverings, decorative 

pillows and throws, and eye-catching rugs  

add even more vivid color and touchable texture.

8

9

styleOUR NEW NOD HILL OUTDOOR COLLECTION: STYLISH, 

SCALED FOR COMFORT, AND DESIGNED TO LAST. 

To attract top design talent, and to keep up with 

the evolving tastes of consumers, Ethan Allen 

maintains an incredible portfolio of furnishings. 

In FY 2019, our product design teams, drawing 

on our “classic design, modern perspective” 

ethos, developed two new projections and  

a selection of new outdoor looks designed  

to appeal to today’s tastes and lifestyles.

MIDCENTURY MODERN,
REIMAGINED
Fiscal 2019 saw the debut of an expansive line  
of midcentury-inspired furnishings, updated  
with vibrant colors, sleek silhouettes, and an 
incredible mix of materials. Designed for  
maximum quality at an attractive price point, 
these pieces have a signature style that appeals  
to a new generation of clients.

Although more modern in aesthetic, the look  
gets incredible warmth and energy from a large 
selection of decorative accents in shades of 
citron, teal, and fire. The look also features a range 
of inventive lighting, including table lamps crafted 
from materials like Sukhothai clay and concrete, 
slender floor lamps with lustrous metal finishes,  
and industrial-inspired chandeliers and pendants.

In addition to a beautiful assortment of framed 
giclée art prints and photographs, we premiered 
a range of 3D wall art pieces in this introduction, 
including both wall sculptures and beautifully 
textured paper art crafted in the Philippines.  
A wide range of new bedcoverings, decorative 
pillows and throws, and eye-catching rugs  
add even more vivid color and touchable texture.

8

9

styleRELAXED MODERN
Our relaxed modern styles, which debuted in 2019, are simple, 
elegant pieces made remarkable by beautiful hand-applied 
finishes and an innovative mix of materials.

Hand-tailored seating is crafted with 
meticulous attention to detail yet 
communicates a look of casual couture. 
Wood furnishings crafted from oak, with 
finishes wire-brushed by hand to bring out 
the grain, combine chic silhouettes with 
welcoming textures. The mix of materials— 
oak, canvas, capiz shells, steel, seeded glass 
and more—adds drama to the minimalist 
contours of each piece.

The look comes together in a beautiful 
array of pillows, throws, and bedcoverings, 
presented in a palette of sand and sky. 
Texture and dimension speak volumes, 
both in soft goods and across the line, 
where an air of effortless elegance reigns. 
Breathtaking lighting drawn from multiple 
design eras, from midcentury to art deco to 
Old Hollywood, takes the most glamorous 
elements of each period and presents them 
with fresh, up-to-date sophistication.

10

11

RELAXED MODERN

Our relaxed modern styles, which debuted in 2019, are simple, 

elegant pieces made remarkable by beautiful hand-applied 

finishes and an innovative mix of materials.

Hand-tailored seating is crafted with 

The look comes together in a beautiful 

meticulous attention to detail yet 

array of pillows, throws, and bedcoverings, 

communicates a look of casual couture. 

presented in a palette of sand and sky. 

Wood furnishings crafted from oak, with 

Texture and dimension speak volumes, 

finishes wire-brushed by hand to bring out 

both in soft goods and across the line, 

the grain, combine chic silhouettes with 

where an air of effortless elegance reigns. 

welcoming textures. The mix of materials— 

Breathtaking lighting drawn from multiple 

oak, canvas, capiz shells, steel, seeded glass 

design eras, from midcentury to art deco to 

and more—adds drama to the minimalist 

Old Hollywood, takes the most glamorous 

contours of each piece.

elements of each period and presents them 

with fresh, up-to-date sophistication.

10

11

V I S I T   A   D E S I G N   C E N T E R   TO   E X P E R I E N C E   T H E   E T H A N   A L L E N   D I F F E R E N C E

make it

PERSONAL

I N T R O D U C I N G   

N E W   R E L A X E D   M O D E R N   S T Y L E S

PROJECTIONS THROUGHOUT OUR DIRECT 

MAIL MAGAZINES REINFORCED THE “MAKE 

IT PERSONAL” MESSAGE, SHOWCASING  

OUR PRODUCTS IN SETTINGS THAT APPEAL 

TO THE DISTINCT TASTES AND LIFESTYLES  

OF VARIOUS DEMOGRAPHICS.

*Discounts are taken off our Everyday Best Prices. Prior reductions may have been taken. Offer excludes clearance items, Ethan Allen | Disney products, DREAM eazzzTM mattresses, Simple Life® foundations and platform bed bases,  
and adjustable motion bases. Offer cannot be applied to prior purchases, pending deliveries, sales tax, shipping and delivery charges, gift cards, or furniture protection plans and cannot be combined with any other savings offers,  
sales, discounts, coupons, or promotions except applicable financing offers. Please ask a designer or visit ethanallen.com for sale details. Offer ends July 31, 2019. Prices in this magazine reflect up to 20% savings rounded to the  
next whole dollar. Full savings will be given at time of purchase. Visit a Design Center or ethanallen.com for details. All information is current as of June 1, 2019, and is subject to change without notice. We are not responsible for  
typographical errors. For current information, visit ethanallen.com or your local Design Center. Prices and services are optional for each retailer. All items may not be displayed at every Design Center. Final products may vary from  
display. Certain names and marks are proprietary and owned by Ethan Allen Global, Inc. The paper used for this catalog comes from certified forests that are managed in a sustainable way to meet the social, economic, and 
environmental needs of present and future generations. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Danbury, CT. ©Disney. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. (A)

†No Interest for 36 Months with Equal Payments: Gift card purchases are not eligible for promotional financing. 0% APR from date of eligible purchase until paid in full. Monthly payment is the purchase amount divided by the 
number of months in the offer. Last payment may vary due to rounding. On-time payments will pay off the promotional balance. Advertised monthly payment amount excludes taxes, delivery, or other charges. Other transactions  
and charges affect total monthly payment amount. Prior purchases excluded. Account must be in good standing. Offer expires July 31, 2019. Standard account terms apply to purchases that do not qualify. New accounts: Standard 
Purchase APR 29.99%. Minimum interest charge $1. Existing accounts, see your credit agreement for applicable terms. Subject to credit approval. Ethan Allen financing account issued by TD Bank, N.A.

Front cover:  NEW Channing 64" Sofas 207058  starting at  $1799 ea.  NOW $1439 ea.  as shown  $2379 ea.  NOW $1899 ea.      NEW  Printed 
Silk Ogee Pillows 065664  $129 ea.  NOW $103 ea.      NEW  Printed Silk Ladder Pillows 065663  $129 ea.  NOW $103 ea.      Sequined   
Velvet Pillow, seaglass 065750 $174  NOW $139      Heron Round Coffee Table 139271  $1269  NOW $1009      NEW  Bensen Accent Table 
421834  $469  NOW $375      NEW  Starburst Chandelier, nickel 093621 $1799  NOW $1439      NEW  Surfaces Artwork 075083  $999   
NOW $799      NEW  Nudes I Artwork 073761A  $829  NOW $663      NEW  White Goddess Vases: medium  432060B  $99  NOW $79, small 
432060C $89  NOW $71      NEW  Small Jacey Ceramic Vase 432065B  $79  NOW $63      NEW  Lotus Tealight Holders, set of 2 432051   
$79  NOW $63      Peach Blossom Watergarden 446629  $1209  NOW $967      Custom window treatments available in Design Centers         
Cozy Chalet Rug, shimmer 046065 $2179–$2849  NOW $1743–$2279  Custom rug sizes available in Design Centers

S AV E   U P   T O   2 0 %* 

PLUS, ENJOY SPECIAL FINANCING † WITH THE NEW   

ETHAN ALLEN PL ATINUM CARD

†Restrictions apply. See back cover for details.

US

181043_June2019_DirectMail_Final.indd   1

4/30/19   1:59 PM

As the world changes, one thing remains the same at 

Ethan Allen: We stand for quality, service, craftsmanship,  

value, and classic design with a modern attitude. Our marketing 

efforts communicate our core brand messages and value 

propositions consistently and cohesively across all advertising 

platforms, from digital and broadcast to direct mail and print. 

MAKE IT PERSONAL
In FY 2019, we emphasized our 
personalized service and the details 
about our brand that set us apart: 
craftsmanship, quality, style, and 
sustainability. We introduced a  
“Make It Personal” campaign 
promoting the exclusive experience 
you can only find in our Design 
Centers. Our tagline, “Every Detail 
Matters,” remained as part of our 
core branding message, reinforcing 

our exceptional attention to detail in 
every facet of our business model.

Print advertising and direct mail 
magazines remain important 
mediums for reaching our core clients 
and building awareness among new 
target audiences. The “Make It Personal” 
message was reflected on the cover and 
pages of our direct mail pieces, as well as 
in local print and broadcast advertising.

12

©Disney

13

EASTVIEW MALL TEXT 585.466.0196 FOR A COMPLIMENTARY DESIGN CONSULTATIONSale going on for a limited time. Exclusions apply. Ask a designer or visit ethanallen.com for details. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc.SPECIAL SAVINGS GOING ON NOWVISIT YOUR LOCAL DESIGN CENTER TO EXPERIENCE THE  ETHAN ALLEN DIFFERENCE.MAKE IT  PERSONALWATER MILL  1054 MONTAUK HIGHWAY  631.726.4652BRING THIS AD TO RECEIVE A FREE GIFT WITH PURCHASE — WHILE SUPPLIES LAST.make itPERSONALSAVE UP TO 20% STARTING TOMORROW**Discounts are taken off our Everyday Best Prices. Prior reductions may have been taken. Exclusions apply. Visit a Design Center or ethanallen.com for details.  Offer ends July 31, 2019. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc.INTRODUCING  NEW RELAXED MODERN STYLESmarketingmake it
PERSONAL

V I S I T   A   D E S I G N   C E N T E R   TO   E X P E R I E N C E   T H E   E T H A N   A L L E N   D I F F E R E N C E

I N T R O D U C I N G   
N E W   R E L A X E D   M O D E R N   S T Y L E S

PROJECTIONS THROUGHOUT OUR DIRECT 

MAIL MAGAZINES REINFORCED THE “MAKE 

IT PERSONAL” MESSAGE, SHOWCASING  

OUR PRODUCTS IN SETTINGS THAT APPEAL 

TO THE DISTINCT TASTES AND LIFESTYLES  

OF VARIOUS DEMOGRAPHICS.

*Discounts are taken off our Everyday Best Prices. Prior reductions may have been taken. Offer excludes clearance items, Ethan Allen | Disney products, DREAM eazzzTM mattresses, Simple Life® foundations and platform bed bases,  
and adjustable motion bases. Offer cannot be applied to prior purchases, pending deliveries, sales tax, shipping and delivery charges, gift cards, or furniture protection plans and cannot be combined with any other savings offers,  

sales, discounts, coupons, or promotions except applicable financing offers. Please ask a designer or visit ethanallen.com for sale details. Offer ends July 31, 2019. Prices in this magazine reflect up to 20% savings rounded to the  

next whole dollar. Full savings will be given at time of purchase. Visit a Design Center or ethanallen.com for details. All information is current as of June 1, 2019, and is subject to change without notice. We are not responsible for  

typographical errors. For current information, visit ethanallen.com or your local Design Center. Prices and services are optional for each retailer. All items may not be displayed at every Design Center. Final products may vary from  

display. Certain names and marks are proprietary and owned by Ethan Allen Global, Inc. The paper used for this catalog comes from certified forests that are managed in a sustainable way to meet the social, economic, and 

environmental needs of present and future generations. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Danbury, CT. ©Disney. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. (A)

†No Interest for 36 Months with Equal Payments: Gift card purchases are not eligible for promotional financing. 0% APR from date of eligible purchase until paid in full. Monthly payment is the purchase amount divided by the 
number of months in the offer. Last payment may vary due to rounding. On-time payments will pay off the promotional balance. Advertised monthly payment amount excludes taxes, delivery, or other charges. Other transactions  
and charges affect total monthly payment amount. Prior purchases excluded. Account must be in good standing. Offer expires July 31, 2019. Standard account terms apply to purchases that do not qualify. New accounts: Standard 

Purchase APR 29.99%. Minimum interest charge $1. Existing accounts, see your credit agreement for applicable terms. Subject to credit approval. Ethan Allen financing account issued by TD Bank, N.A.

Front cover:  NEW Channing 64" Sofas 207058  starting at  $1799 ea.  NOW $1439 ea.  as shown  $2379 ea.  NOW $1899 ea.      NEW  Printed 
Silk Ogee Pillows 065664  $129 ea.  NOW $103 ea.      NEW  Printed Silk Ladder Pillows 065663  $129 ea.  NOW $103 ea.      Sequined   
Velvet Pillow, seaglass 065750 $174  NOW $139      Heron Round Coffee Table 139271  $1269  NOW $1009      NEW  Bensen Accent Table 
421834  $469  NOW $375      NEW  Starburst Chandelier, nickel 093621 $1799  NOW $1439      NEW  Surfaces Artwork 075083  $999   
NOW $799      NEW  Nudes I Artwork 073761A  $829  NOW $663      NEW  White Goddess Vases: medium  432060B  $99  NOW $79, small 
432060C $89  NOW $71      NEW  Small Jacey Ceramic Vase 432065B  $79  NOW $63      NEW  Lotus Tealight Holders, set of 2 432051   
$79  NOW $63      Peach Blossom Watergarden 446629  $1209  NOW $967      Custom window treatments available in Design Centers         

Cozy Chalet Rug, shimmer 046065 $2179–$2849  NOW $1743–$2279  Custom rug sizes available in Design Centers

S AV E   U P   T O   2 0 %* 
PLUS, ENJOY SPECIAL FINANCING † WITH THE NEW   
ETHAN ALLEN PL ATINUM CARD

†Restrictions apply. See back cover for details.

181043_June2019_DirectMail_Final.indd   1

US

4/30/19   1:59 PM

As the world changes, one thing remains the same at 

Ethan Allen: We stand for quality, service, craftsmanship,  

value, and classic design with a modern attitude. Our marketing 

efforts communicate our core brand messages and value 

propositions consistently and cohesively across all advertising 

platforms, from digital and broadcast to direct mail and print. 

MAKE IT PERSONAL

In FY 2019, we emphasized our 

our exceptional attention to detail in 

personalized service and the details 

every facet of our business model.

about our brand that set us apart: 

craftsmanship, quality, style, and 

Print advertising and direct mail 

sustainability. We introduced a  

magazines remain important 

“Make It Personal” campaign 

mediums for reaching our core clients 

promoting the exclusive experience 

and building awareness among new 

you can only find in our Design 

target audiences. The “Make It Personal” 

Centers. Our tagline, “Every Detail 

message was reflected on the cover and 

Matters,” remained as part of our 

pages of our direct mail pieces, as well as 

core branding message, reinforcing 

in local print and broadcast advertising.

12

©Disney

13

EASTVIEW MALL TEXT 585.466.0196 FOR A COMPLIMENTARY DESIGN CONSULTATIONSale going on for a limited time. Exclusions apply. Ask a designer or visit ethanallen.com for details. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc.SPECIAL SAVINGS GOING ON NOWVISIT YOUR LOCAL DESIGN CENTER TO EXPERIENCE THE  ETHAN ALLEN DIFFERENCE.MAKE IT  PERSONALWATER MILL  1054 MONTAUK HIGHWAY  631.726.4652BRING THIS AD TO RECEIVE A FREE GIFT WITH PURCHASE — WHILE SUPPLIES LAST.make itPERSONALSAVE UP TO 20% STARTING TOMORROW**Discounts are taken off our Everyday Best Prices. Prior reductions may have been taken. Exclusions apply. Visit a Design Center or ethanallen.com for details.  Offer ends July 31, 2019. ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc.INTRODUCING  NEW RELAXED MODERN STYLESmarketingDIGITAL MARKETING/E-COMMERCE
Online and mobile shopping are 
increasingly critical components of the 
retail experience. We’ve continued to 
improve our website user experience 
and to invest in both paid and  
organic marketing strategies to  
build awareness.

activity on our site, and we use social 
advertising to drive awareness of both 
monthly promotions and periodic 
promotional drivers.

Increased investment in our organic 
social media campaigns has broadened 
awareness of the Ethan Allen brand 
and introduced our products to a more 
demographically diverse client base. 
We use these channels to showcase  
best-selling products, to reinforce our 
position as a leading interior design 
company, and to promote new product 
introductions and promotions that are 
relevant to our clients.

In FY 2019, we’ve enhanced our digital 
advertising efforts with a variety of 
strategies to build online awareness 
and retarget clients who’ve visited our 
website. We display personalized room 
projections and product assortments 
based on user demographics and prior 

14

We’ve also worked to improve 
the visibility and experience 
of ethanallen.com to meet the 
expectations of the online shopper. 
We have expanded and refined our 
search engine optimization strategies  
to drive qualified traffic to our website. 
We have also continued to invest in  
our successful Live Chat in the U.S., 
enabling clients to consult our designers 
online and reinforce our exceptional 
service message.

15

DIGITAL MARKETING/E-COMMERCE

Online and mobile shopping are 

activity on our site, and we use social 

We’ve also worked to improve 

increasingly critical components of the 

advertising to drive awareness of both 

the visibility and experience 

retail experience. We’ve continued to 

monthly promotions and periodic 

of ethanallen.com to meet the 

improve our website user experience 

promotional drivers.

and to invest in both paid and  

expectations of the online shopper. 

We have expanded and refined our 

organic marketing strategies to  

Increased investment in our organic 

search engine optimization strategies  

build awareness.

social media campaigns has broadened 

to drive qualified traffic to our website. 

awareness of the Ethan Allen brand 

We have also continued to invest in  

In FY 2019, we’ve enhanced our digital 

and introduced our products to a more 

our successful Live Chat in the U.S., 

advertising efforts with a variety of 

demographically diverse client base. 

enabling clients to consult our designers 

strategies to build online awareness 

We use these channels to showcase  

online and reinforce our exceptional 

and retarget clients who’ve visited our 

best-selling products, to reinforce our 

service message.

website. We display personalized room 

position as a leading interior design 

projections and product assortments 

company, and to promote new product 

based on user demographics and prior 

introductions and promotions that are 

relevant to our clients.

14

15

n
o
i
t
a
r
g
e
t
n

i

l
a
c
i
t
r
e
v

One of Ethan Allen’s greatest competitive strengths is our 
vertically integrated business structure. Because we design, 
source, and manufacture the majority of our products and 
then distribute, market, and deliver them, we are able to 
maintain quality, control costs, and develop an assortment 
of home furnishings for diverse demographics.

DESIGN & SOURCING
Ethan Allen’s reputation for diversity 
of style and quality is rooted in our 
strategic design development. Our  
in-house design team develops product 
lines that appeal to a wide range of 
audiences. Our product designers  
are immersed in the Ethan Allen  
brand ethos of classic design, modern 
perspective, and continually draw on  
the past and present to develop home 
furnishings that are relevant and 
competitive in today’s marketplace.

We also work with artisans all over the 
world to enhance our exceptional product 
offerings. We have exclusive partnerships 
with specialized vendors whose artistry and 
workmanship meet our exacting quality 
standards. Some of our partners include 
porcelain makers in the Jiangxi region 
of China, a woman-owned workshop 
that crafts Vietnamese lacquerware, and 
ceramicists in Venice who’ve practiced  
their craft for generations.

MANUFACTURING

In FY 2019, we made changes to 

our infrastructure to strengthen our 

supply chain and build a stronger, 

more efficient business model. We’ve 

transformed our Old Fort, North Carolina,  

facility into a distribution center for our 

rapidly expanding U.S. government 

contract business. We are also investing 

and deliver furnishings of superior quality 

In-Home Delivery service is integral to 

at an extraordinary value. Many of our 

the Ethan Allen experience. Our delivery 

best-selling products are produced in our 

specialists bring furnishings into each 

Vermont and Maiden workshops; they 

client’s home, carefully remove protective 

exemplify the exceptional handcrafted 

wrappings, place the furnishings where 

artistry and quality that define us.

clients want them to go, and perform 

DISTRIBUTION  

& DELIVERY

in the expansion of our Maiden, North 

With four national distribution centers 

Carolina, facility to accommodate 

and 27 retail division service centers,  

increased manufacturing volume. Our 

we ensure exceptional service to the very 

production capabilities allow us to craft 

end of the purchase cycle. Our Premier  

assembly when needed. Once clients  

are happy with their furniture placement, 

our specialists remove all packaging, 

ensuring the experience is satisfactory 

from start to finish.

16

17

 
 
 
n

o

i

t

a

r

g

e

t

n

i

l

a

c

i

t

r

e

v

One of Ethan Allen’s greatest competitive strengths is our 

vertically integrated business structure. Because we design, 

source, and manufacture the majority of our products and 

then distribute, market, and deliver them, we are able to 

maintain quality, control costs, and develop an assortment 

of home furnishings for diverse demographics.

DESIGN & SOURCING

Ethan Allen’s reputation for diversity 

of style and quality is rooted in our 

strategic design development. Our  

in-house design team develops product 

lines that appeal to a wide range of 

audiences. Our product designers  

are immersed in the Ethan Allen  

brand ethos of classic design, modern 

perspective, and continually draw on  

the past and present to develop home 

furnishings that are relevant and 

competitive in today’s marketplace.

We also work with artisans all over the 

world to enhance our exceptional product 

offerings. We have exclusive partnerships 

with specialized vendors whose artistry and 

workmanship meet our exacting quality 

standards. Some of our partners include 

porcelain makers in the Jiangxi region 

of China, a woman-owned workshop 

that crafts Vietnamese lacquerware, and 

ceramicists in Venice who’ve practiced  

their craft for generations.

MANUFACTURING
In FY 2019, we made changes to 
our infrastructure to strengthen our 
supply chain and build a stronger, 
more efficient business model. We’ve 
transformed our Old Fort, North Carolina,  
facility into a distribution center for our 
rapidly expanding U.S. government 
contract business. We are also investing 
in the expansion of our Maiden, North 
Carolina, facility to accommodate 
increased manufacturing volume. Our 
production capabilities allow us to craft 

and deliver furnishings of superior quality 
at an extraordinary value. Many of our 
best-selling products are produced in our 
Vermont and Maiden workshops; they 
exemplify the exceptional handcrafted 
artistry and quality that define us.

DISTRIBUTION  
& DELIVERY
With four national distribution centers 
and 27 retail division service centers,  
we ensure exceptional service to the very 
end of the purchase cycle. Our Premier  

In-Home Delivery service is integral to 
the Ethan Allen experience. Our delivery 
specialists bring furnishings into each 
client’s home, carefully remove protective 
wrappings, place the furnishings where 
clients want them to go, and perform 
assembly when needed. Once clients  
are happy with their furniture placement, 
our specialists remove all packaging, 
ensuring the experience is satisfactory 
from start to finish.

16

17

 
 
 
302 DESIGN CENTERS

144 COMPANY OPERATED

158 INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED

39%

INTERNATIONAL

Living Room B

C O N T E M P O R A R Y

CLIN 

ITEM#  QTY 

DESCRIPTION

5101 

902114 

ARCATA 75" SOFA 

5102 

902111 

ARCATA CHAIR

5103 

288042 

END TABLE

5104 

288040  

COFFEE TABLE

5105 

289045 

MEDIA CREDENZA

5106 

289067 

BOOKCASE

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2 

5107 

097040 

5108 

092100 

1 

JAGGER TABLE LAMP  

(SEE STUDENT, OUTDOOR &  

LIGHTING CATALOG)

FIONA FLOOR LAMP  

(SEE STUDENT, OUTDOOR &  

LIGHTING CATALOG)

Department of State

W O R L D W I D E   R E S I D E N T I A L  F U R N I T U R E   P R O G R A M

Contemporary Collection

SHOWN IN COLOR SCHEME SOFT BLUE

ALSO AVAILABLE IN NEUTRAL BRONZE, 

CHARCOAL/RED, AND WARM WHEAT.

4

CONTEMPORARY COLLECTI ON    5

CAS E  G OODS

CAS E  G OODS

CO FFEE TA BL E   

EN D TAB LE   

ACCESSO RY TABL E   

CL IN: 5104, 5504, 6106,  6605, 

CL IN: 5103, 5503,  6105, 6604   

CL IN: 6107, 7106  I TEM:  288046

7104, 7605   I TEM:  288040

ITEM: 288042

Saber legs 

40"w x 20"d x 17"h 

One drawer, one shelf 

20"w x 25"d x 24" h 

One shelf 

20"dia. x 24"h 

(51cm dia. x 61cm h) 

(102cm w x 51cm d x 43cm h) 

(51cm w x 64cm d x 61cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

WO OD FR AME MIR ROR   

CL IN: ACC -0070, ACC- 0071 

WO OD FR AME GILT MIRR OR   

CL IN: EA -0275   ITEM: 289061

ITEM: 289060 

Beveled glass 

24"w x 14"d x 72"h 

(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Beveled glass 

24"w x 14"d x 72"h 

Finish: Vegas 

CO RNER  MEDIA CO NSOLE   

CL IN: EA -0276, EA -0277    

ITEM: 289065

One fixed shelf, wire access, levelers 

(110cm w x 51cm d x 51cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 

43.25"w x 20"d x 20"h 

© 20 17  E THA N AL LEN G LOBA L, I NC.

N ESTI NG EN D TAB LES   

TABL E DESK   

SMALL END TAB LE/N IGHT TABL E 

C LI N: 7105, 7604   ITEM: 288063

CL IN: EA -0278, EA -0279    

C LI N: 7304, 7404, 7504    

Two tables 

18"w x 14"d x 22"h 

(46cm w x 36cm d x 56cm h) 

13.5"w x 13.5"d x 19"h 

(34cm w x 34cm d x 48cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

ITEM: 288065

One keyboard drawer 

40"w x 21"d x 30"h 

(102cm w x 53cm d x 76cm h) 

ITEM: 288066

One drawer, tapered legs 

16"w x 18"d x 24"h 

(41cm w x 46cm d x 61cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKI NG CABI NET B ASE   

C LI N: E A-0281, E A-0282 

ITEM: 289070

STACKING DRAWER CABINET   

BUFFET CHINA/BASE   

C LI N: E A-0283, E A-0284    

C LI N: 7205 I TEM: 289071G

ITEM: 289071

Levelers; may be paired with Stacking 

One drawer, two doors, one shelf  

Cabinets 289071, and 289072 

32"w x 17"d x 5.75"h 

(81cm w x 43cm d x 15cm h) 

behind doors, levelers 

32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 

(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 

Kit containing Stacking Cabinet Base (289070) & 

Stacking Drawer Cabinet (289071). One drawer, 

two doors, one shelf behind doors, levelers 

32"w x 17"d x 33"h 

(81cm w x 43cm d x 84cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

SOFA TAB LE   

C LI N: 7607   I TEM:  288067

Tapered legs 

56"w x 21"d x 30.25"h 

(142cm w x 53cm d x 77cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

CO MPUT ER DESK   

CL IN: 5506, 6607  I TEM: 289040

Two storage drawers, one file drawer,  

one keyboard drawer, saber legs  

44"w x 25"d x 30"h 

(112cm w x 64cm d x 76cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

MEDIA CREDEN ZA   

CL IN: 5105, 5505,  6108,  6606,   

7108, 7606  I TEM : 289045

Open shelf with wire access, two  

drawers, levelers, two adjustable  

shelves behind each door 

52"w x 22"d x 31"h 

(132cm w x 56cm d x 79cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKI NG DOO R CA BI NET   

C LI N: 7204, E A-0285, E A-0286   

ITEM: 289072 

STACKI NG OPEN -SH ELF  CAB IN ET 

B OOKCASE   

C LI N: E A-0287, E A-0288 

ITEM: 289073 

CL IN: 5106, 5508,  6109,  6609,   

7107, 7609   I TEM:  289067

Shown with Stacking Cabinet Base (289070) 

Shown with Stacking Cabinet Base (289070)

Two wood-framed glass doors, one shelf 

32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 

(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

One adjustable shelf 

32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 

(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 

(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

Three adjustable shelves, one 

fixed center shelf, levelers 

24"w x 14"d x 72"h 

32

CONTEMPORARY COLLECTI ON    33

CONTRACT GROWTH

In FY 2019, we continued to build our thriving 

contract business, which includes a growing 

number of projects with the U.S. government. 

We also launched our EA+ Hospitality 

brand to strengthen our unique competitive 

advantage, drawing on our custom 

capabilities and our vertically integrated 

infrastructure to offer start-to-finish design  

and project management solutions.

 2%

CANADA

l
i
a
t
e
r

59%

UNITED
STATES

While e-commerce is an important facet of our business, our global 

network of approximately 300 Design Centers sets us apart  

and continues to be a focal point of our brand. Our retail showrooms 

offer a highly personalized level of service, where clients can 

experience firsthand the quality and breadth of products we offer.

In FY 2019, we modernized and strengthened 
our retail network. Our Design Centers have 
state-of-the-art technology and smaller 
footprints that enhance our projections  
and our in-store experience.

This fiscal year, we have relocated several 
Design Centers in key markets, with stronger 

demographic profiles and greater visibility. 
These include Albany, New York; Superior, 
Colorado; Ann Arbor, Michigan; and Kenwood, 
Ohio, a major shopping destination in the 
Cincinnati area. These Design Centers now 
exist in thriving communities and lifestyle 
centers, enabling them to prosper in today’s 
retail environment.

We also continued our focus on expanding 

Ethan Allen’s retail presence around the globe. 

In FY 2019, we opened new Design Centers 

in Cambodia, China, and Thailand. We have 

also made great strides in establishing new 

opportunities in viable, untapped global markets 

in Europe, Asia, and other regions where  

Ethan Allen is well positioned to thrive.

18

ETHAN ALLEN PLUS: 

HOSPITALITY

Introducing

Ethan Allen+:

Hospitality

YOUR ONE SOURCE FOR  

TOP-QUALITY, ON-BRAND, ON-TIME  

FURNISHINGS FULFILLMENT. 

A STREAMLINED, SUPPORTIVE, AND  

AGILE DESIGN PROCESS. 

FULL ACCOUNTABILITY, FROM  

THE MATERIALS USED, TO DELIVERY  

AND INSTALLATION, AND BEYOND.

EA+ Hospitality

At a glance

QUALITY

CUSTOMIZATION

COMPETITIVE PRICING

CONCIERGE-LEVEL SERVICE

ADAPTABILITY —NIMBLE AND RESPONSIVE

DEPTH OF RESOURCES

START-TO-FINISH PROJECT MANAGEMENT

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
302 DESIGN CENTERS
144 COMPANY OPERATED
158 INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED

39%

INTERNATIONAL

Living Room B

C O N T E M P O R A R Y

CL IN 

ITEM#  Q TY 

DESC RIPTION

5101 

902114 

5102 

902111 

5103 

288042 

5104 

288040  

5105 

289045 

5106 

289067 

5107 

097040 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2 

5108 

092100 

1 

ARCATA 75" SOFA 

ARCATA CHAIR

END TABLE

COFFEE TABLE

MEDIA CREDENZA

BOOKCASE

JAGGER TABLE LAMP  
(SEE STUDENT, OUTDOOR &  
LIGHTING CATALOG)

FIONA FLOOR LAMP  
(SEE STUDENT, OUTDOOR &  
LIGHTING CATALOG)

Department of State
W O R L D W I D E   R E S I D E N T I A L  F U R N I T U R E   P R O G R A M

Contemporary Collection

SHOWN IN COLOR SCHEME SOFT BLUE

ALSO AVAILABLE IN NEUTRAL BRONZE, 
CHARCOAL/RED, AND WARM WHEAT.

4

CONTEMPORARY COLLECTION   5

CASE GOODS

CASE GOODS

COFFEE TABLE   
CLIN: 5 104 , 5 504 , 61 06, 6 605 , 
71 04,  760 5   ITEM: 2 880 40
Saber legs 
40"w x 20"d x 17"h 
(102cm w x 51cm d x 43cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

END TABLE   
CLIN: 5 103 , 55 03, 61 05,  660 4   
ITEM:  288 042
One drawer, one shelf 
20"w x 25"d x 24" h 
(51cm w x 64cm d x 61cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

ACCESSORY TABLE   
CLIN: 6 107 , 7 106   ITEM: 28 804 6
One shelf 
20"dia. x 24"h 
(51cm dia. x 61cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

WOO D  FRAME  MIRRO R   
CLI N:  ACC- 0 070, ACC-007 1 
ITEM: 289 060 
Beveled glass 
24"w x 14"d x 72"h 
(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

WOO D  FRAME  G ILT  MIRRO R   
CLI N:  EA -0 2 75   ITEM: 28 9 061
Beveled glass 
24"w x 14"d x 72"h 
(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 
Finish: Vegas 

CORNER MEDI A  CONS OLE   
CLI N:  EA -0 2 76, E A- 0 277     
ITEM: 289 065
One fixed shelf, wire access, levelers 
43.25"w x 20"d x 20"h 
(110cm w x 51cm d x 51cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

©2017 ETHAN ALLEN GLOBAL, INC.

NESTING  END TABLES   
CLIN: 7105,  7604  ITEM: 2 880 63
Two tables 
18"w x 14"d x 22"h 
(46cm w x 36cm d x 56cm h) 
13.5"w x 13.5"d x 19"h 
(34cm w x 34cm d x 48cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

TABLE DES K   
CLIN: EA-027 8, EA-02 79     
ITEM:  288 065
One keyboard drawer 
40"w x 21"d x 30"h 
(102cm w x 53cm d x 76cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

SMA LL END TABLE/NIGHT TA BL E 
CLIN: 7304,  7404, 7 504     
ITEM:  288 066
One drawer, tapered legs 
16"w x 18"d x 24"h 
(41cm w x 46cm d x 61cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKING  CABI NET BASE   
CLIN :  EA-0281, EA-0282 
ITEM: 289 070
Levelers; may be paired with Stacking 
Cabinets 289071, and 289072 
32"w x 17"d x 5.75"h 
(81cm w x 43cm d x 15cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKING DRAWER CABINET   
CLIN :  EA-0283, EA-0284     
ITEM: 289071
One drawer, two doors, one shelf  
behind doors, levelers 
32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 
(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

BUFFET CHINA/BASE   
CLIN :  7205 I T EM :  289071G
Kit containing Stacking Cabinet Base (289070) & 
Stacking Drawer Cabinet (289071). One drawer, 
two doors, one shelf behind doors, levelers 
32"w x 17"d x 33"h 
(81cm w x 43cm d x 84cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

SOFA TABLE   
CLIN: 7607   ITEM: 28 806 7
Tapered legs 
56"w x 21"d x 30.25"h 
(142cm w x 53cm d x 77cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

COMPUTER DES K   
CLIN: 5 506 , 6 607   ITEM: 28 904 0
Two storage drawers, one file drawer,  
one keyboard drawer, saber legs  
44"w x 25"d x 30"h 
(112cm w x 64cm d x 76cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

MEDIA CR EDEN ZA   
CLIN: 5 105 , 55 05,  6108 , 6 606 ,   
71 08, 7 606   ITEM:  28 9045
Open shelf with wire access, two  
drawers, levelers, two adjustable  
shelves behind each door 
52"w x 22"d x 31"h 
(132cm w x 56cm d x 79cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKING  D OOR  CABINET   
CLIN :  7204, E A-0285, E A -0286   
ITEM: 289 072 
Shown with Stacking Cabinet Base (289070) 
Two wood-framed glass doors, one shelf 
32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 
(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

STACKING  OPEN-S HEL F CAB INET 
CLIN :  EA-0287, EA-0288 
ITEM: 289 073 
Shown with Stacking Cabinet Base (289070)
One adjustable shelf 
32"w x 17"d x 27.25"h 
(81cm w x 43cm d x 69cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

BO OKCAS E   
CLI N:  51 0 6, 550 8 , 6109 ,  6609,   
7 107, 7 6 09   ITEM: 289 0 67
Three adjustable shelves, one 
fixed center shelf, levelers 
24"w x 14"d x 72"h 
(61cm w x 36cm d x 183cm h) 
Finishes: Khaki (light), Cocoa (dark)

32

CONTEMPORARY COLLECTION   33

CONTRACT GROWTH
In FY 2019, we continued to build our thriving 
contract business, which includes a growing 
number of projects with the U.S. government. 
We also launched our EA+ Hospitality 
brand to strengthen our unique competitive 
advantage, drawing on our custom 
capabilities and our vertically integrated 
infrastructure to offer start-to-finish design  
and project management solutions.

 2%

CANADA

l

i

a

t

e

r

59%

UNITED

STATES

While e-commerce is an important facet of our business, our global 

network of approximately 300 Design Centers sets us apart  

and continues to be a focal point of our brand. Our retail showrooms 

offer a highly personalized level of service, where clients can 

experience firsthand the quality and breadth of products we offer.

In FY 2019, we modernized and strengthened 

demographic profiles and greater visibility. 

our retail network. Our Design Centers have 

These include Albany, New York; Superior, 

state-of-the-art technology and smaller 

Colorado; Ann Arbor, Michigan; and Kenwood, 

footprints that enhance our projections  

Ohio, a major shopping destination in the 

and our in-store experience.

Cincinnati area. These Design Centers now 

exist in thriving communities and lifestyle 

This fiscal year, we have relocated several 

centers, enabling them to prosper in today’s 

Design Centers in key markets, with stronger 

retail environment.

We also continued our focus on expanding 
Ethan Allen’s retail presence around the globe. 
In FY 2019, we opened new Design Centers 
in Cambodia, China, and Thailand. We have 
also made great strides in establishing new 
opportunities in viable, untapped global markets 
in Europe, Asia, and other regions where  
Ethan Allen is well positioned to thrive.

18

ETHAN ALLEN PLUS: 
HOSPITALITY

Introducing
Ethan Allen+:
Hospitality

YOUR ONE SOURCE FOR  

TOP-QUALITY, ON-BRAND, ON-TIME  

FURNISHINGS FULFILLMENT. 

A STREAMLINED, SUPPORTIVE, AND  

AGILE DESIGN PROCESS. 

FULL ACCOUNTABILITY, FROM  

THE MATERIALS USED, TO DELIVERY  

AND INSTALLATION, AND BEYOND.

EA+ Hospitality
At a glance

QUALITY

CUSTOMIZATION

COMPETITIVE PRICING

CONCIERGE-LEVEL SERVICE

ADAPTABILITY —NIMBLE AND RESPONSIVE

DEPTH OF RESOURCES

START-TO-FINISH PROJECT MANAGEMENT

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated sales 
& operating margin

Consolidated Net Sales

Adjusted Operating Margin (a)

(Mark One) 

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Millions

$680

$700

$720

$740

     $760

     $780

     $800

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

2019 

2018

2017

$746.7

7.4%

6.5%

$766.8

8.5%

$763.4

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

      10%

        12%

(a)  See reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted key financial measures in the back of this annual report.

total special & regular 
dividends paid

Cash Dividends Paid—Total

Dividend Yield

Millions

$0

$5

$10

$15

$20

$25

$30

$35

$40

$45

$50

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

2019

2018

2017

$47.0

3.6%

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  

[  ] Yes  

[X] No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. [  ] Yes  

[X] No 

$29.5

3.1%

$20.0

2.3%

0%

.5%

1%

1.5%

2%

2.5%

3%

3.5%

UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549 

_________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 

OR 

For the transition period from  

 to  

Commission file number 1-11692 

      _________________________________________________ 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

Delaware 

06-1275288 

25 Lake Avenue Ext., Danbury, Connecticut  

(Address of principal executive offices) 

            06811-5286 

       (Zip Code) 

(203) 743-8000 

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common stock $0.01 par value 

ETH 

New York Stock Exchange 

(Title of each class) 

(Trading symbol) 

(Name of exchange on which registered) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 

been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  [X] Yes   [  ] No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant 

to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 

required to submit such files).    [X] Yes   [  ] No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting 

company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 

and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:  

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

[  ] 

[  ] 

Emerging growth company  [  ] 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

[X]  

[  ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

[   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   [  ] Yes  [X] No 

G:\CONSOL\Corporate Accounting\SEC Filings\Form 10-K\2019\10-K 2019 FINAL for PRINT.docx          9/12/2019 7:09 PM 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Millions

$680

$700

$720

$740

     $760

     $780

     $800

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
_________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 

OR 

For the transition period from  

 to  

Commission file number 1-11692 

      _________________________________________________ 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

06-1275288 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

25 Lake Avenue Ext., Danbury, Connecticut  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

            06811-5286 
       (Zip Code) 

(203) 743-8000 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common stock $0.01 par value 
(Title of each class) 

ETH 
(Trading symbol) 

New York Stock Exchange 
(Name of exchange on which registered) 

Millions

$0

$5

$10

$15

$20

$25

$30

$35

$40

$45

$50

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

$47.0

3.6%

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  

[  ] Yes  

[X] No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. [  ] Yes  

[X] No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  [X] Yes   [  ] No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant 
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit such files).    [X] Yes   [  ] No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:  

[  ] 
Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
[  ] 
Emerging growth company  [  ] 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 

[X]  
[  ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

[   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   [  ] Yes  [X] No 

G:\CONSOL\Corporate Accounting\SEC Filings\Form 10-K\2019\10-K 2019 FINAL for PRINT.docx          9/12/2019 7:09 PM 

consolidated sales 

& operating margin

Consolidated Net Sales

Adjusted Operating Margin (a)

2019 

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

$746.7

7.4%

6.5%

$766.8

8.5%

$763.4

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

      10%

        12%

(a)  See reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted key financial measures in the back of this annual report.

total special & regular 

dividends paid

Cash Dividends Paid—Total

Dividend Yield

$29.5

3.1%

$20.0

2.3%

0%

.5%

1%

1.5%

2%

2.5%

3%

3.5%

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  on  December  31,  2018,  the  last 
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter,  was approximately $419,386,567. The number of shares 
outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, as of July 25, 2019 was 26,586,945. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A 
for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. 
Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 
30, 2019.

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 5. 

PART III 

PART IV 

Item 1. 

Business ................................................................................................................................................................... 5 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................................ 11 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................................. 17 

Item 2. 

Properties............................................................................................................................................................... 18 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................................. 19 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures ......................................................................................................................................... 19 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of                       

Equity Securities ..................................................................................................................................................... 20 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................... 21 

Item 7. 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................................. 22 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................................ 34 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................................................................................................... 35 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................................. 66 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................................................ 66 

Item 9B. 

Other Information .................................................................................................................................................. 66 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................... 67 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation........................................................................................................................................ 67 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .............. 67 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...................................................... 68 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services ................................................................................................................. 68 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................................ 68 

Item 16. 

Form 10-K Summary .............................................................................................................................................. 71 

SIGNATURES............................................................................................................................................................................... 72 

2 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  on  December  31,  2018,  the  last 

business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter,  was approximately $419,386,567. The number of shares 

outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, as of July 25, 2019 was 26,586,945. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A 

for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. 

Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 

30, 2019.

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business ................................................................................................................................................................... 5 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................................ 11 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................................. 17 

Item 2. 

Properties............................................................................................................................................................... 18 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................................. 19 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures ......................................................................................................................................... 19 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of                       

Equity Securities ..................................................................................................................................................... 20 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................... 21 

Item 7. 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................................. 22 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................................ 34 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................................................................................................... 35 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................................. 66 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................................................ 66 

Item 9B. 

Other Information .................................................................................................................................................. 66 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................... 67 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation........................................................................................................................................ 67 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .............. 67 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...................................................... 68 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services ................................................................................................................. 68 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................................ 68 

Item 16. 

Form 10-K Summary .............................................................................................................................................. 71 

SIGNATURES............................................................................................................................................................................... 72 

2 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS (SAFE-HARBOR) 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the 
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of  1933 and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Generally, 
forward-looking statements give current expectations and projections relating to financial condition, results of operations, 
plans, objectives, future performance and business. A reader can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they 
do not  relate strictly to historical or current  facts.  These  statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” 
“expect,”  “project,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “continue,”  “may,”  “will,”  “short-term,”  “target,”  “outlook,”  “forecast,” 
“guidance,”  “non-recurring,”  “one-time,”  “unusual,”  “should,”  “likely”  and  other  words  and  terms  of  similar  meaning  in 
connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. 

Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those 
that  are  expected.  Ethan  Allen  Interiors  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  derive  many  of  its  forward-looking 
statements from operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While  the Company 
believes that its assumptions are reasonable, it cautions that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors and it 
is impossible for the Company to anticipate all factors that could affect actual results and matters that are identified as “short 
term,” “non-recurring,” “unusual,” “one-time,” or other words and terms of similar meaning may in fact recur in one or more 
future financial reporting periods. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s 
expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed in Item 1A, Risk Factors, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,  and  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  Form  10-K.  All  forward-looking 
statements attributable to  the Company, or persons acting on  its behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these 
cautionary statements, as well as other cautionary statements. A reader should evaluate all forward-looking statements made 
in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  in  the  context  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties.  Given  the  risks  and  uncertainties 
surrounding forward-looking statements, you should not place undue reliance on these statements. Many of these factors 
are beyond our ability to control or predict.  

The  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  hereof.  The 
Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

Overview 

PART I 

Founded in 1932 and incorporated in Delaware in 1989, Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ethan 

Allen Global, Inc., and Ethan Allen Global, Inc.’s subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Ethan Allen” or the “Company”), 

is a leading interior design company, manufacturer and retailer in the home furnishings marketplace. Today we are a global 

luxury international home fashion brand that is vertically integrated from design through delivery, which affords our clientele 

a value proposition of style, quality and price. We provide complimentary interior design service to our customers and sell a 

full range of furniture products and decorative accents through a retail network of approximately 300 design centers in the 

United States and abroad as well as online at ethanallen.com. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees 

and  Company-owned  and  operated  locations.  We  own  and  operate  six  manufacturing  facilities,  including  three 

manufacturing plants and one sawmill in the United States and one upholstery manufacturing plant in Mexico and one case 

goods manufacturing plant in Honduras.  

Business Strategy 

Our strategy has been to position Ethan Allen as a preferred brand offering complimentary design service together with products 

of  superior  style,  quality  and  value  to  provide  consumers  with  a  comprehensive,  one-stop  shopping  solution  for  their  home 

furnishing and interior design needs. In carrying out our strategy, we continue to expand our reach to a broader consumer base 

through a diverse selection of attractively priced products, designed to complement one another, reflecting current fashion trends 

in home decorating. We continuously monitor changes in home fashion trends through attendance at international industry 

events and fashion shows, internal market research, and regular communication with our retailers and design center design 

consultants who provide valuable input on consumer trends. We believe that the observations and input gathered enable us 

to incorporate appropriate style details into our products to react quickly to changing consumer tastes. 

Product  

The  majority  of  the  products  we  sell  are  built  by  artisans  in  our  North  American  plants.  Most  upholstery  frames  are  hand-

assembled  and  stitching  is  guided  by  hand.  We  select  international  partners  who  are  as  committed  to  quality  and  social 

responsibility as we are. All case goods frames are made with premium lumber and veneers. We use best-in-class construction 

techniques, including mortise and tenon joinery and four-corner glued dovetail joinery on drawers. We combine technology with 

personal service and maintain an up-to-date broad range of styles and custom options in keeping with today’s home decorating 

trends. These factors continue to define Ethan Allen, positioning us as a fashion leader in the home furnishing industry.  

The interior of our design centers, which have been substantially refreshed during the past three fiscal years, are organized to 

facilitate display of our product offerings, both in room settings that project the category lifestyle and by product grouping to 

facilitate comparisons of the styles and tastes of our customers. To further enhance the experience, technology is used to expand 

the range of products viewed by including content from our website and 3-D digital images in applications used on large touch-

screen flat panel displays. 

Product Development 

Using a combination of  employees and designers, we design the majority of the products we sell. All  of our products are 

Ethan Allen branded. This important facet of our vertically integrated business enables us to control the design specifications 

and establish consistent levels of quality across all our product programs. In addition to our four United States manufacturing 

facilities,  we  have  an  upholstery  manufacturing  facility  in  Mexico  and  a  case  goods  manufacturing  facility  in  Honduras. 

Approximately  75%  of  our  products  are  manufactured  or  assembled  in  these  North  American  facilities.  We  selectively 

outsource the remaining 25% of our products, primarily from Asia. We carefully select our sourcing partners and require strict 

compliance with our specifications and quality standards. We believe that strategic investments in our manufacturing facilities 

balanced with outsourcing from foreign and domestic suppliers would enable us to accommodate any significant future sales 

growth and allow us to maintain an appropriate degree of control over cost, quality and service to our customers.  

Raw Materials and Other Suppliers  

The most important raw materials we use in furniture manufacturing are lumber, veneers, plywood, hardware, glue, finishing 

materials, glass, laminates, steel, fabrics, foam, and filling material. The various types of wood used in our products include 

cherry, ash, oak, maple, prima vera, African mahogany, birch, rubber wood and poplar.  

4 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS (SAFE-HARBOR) 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the 

meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of  1933 and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Generally, 

forward-looking statements give current expectations and projections relating to financial condition, results of operations, 

plans, objectives, future performance and business. A reader can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they 

do not  relate strictly to historical or current  facts.  These  statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” 

“expect,”  “project,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “continue,”  “may,”  “will,”  “short-term,”  “target,”  “outlook,”  “forecast,” 

“guidance,”  “non-recurring,”  “one-time,”  “unusual,”  “should,”  “likely”  and  other  words  and  terms  of  similar  meaning  in 

connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. 

Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those 

that  are  expected.  Ethan  Allen  Interiors  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  derive  many  of  its  forward-looking 

statements from operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While  the Company 

believes that its assumptions are reasonable, it cautions that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors and it 

is impossible for the Company to anticipate all factors that could affect actual results and matters that are identified as “short 

term,” “non-recurring,” “unusual,” “one-time,” or other words and terms of similar meaning may in fact recur in one or more 

future financial reporting periods. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s 

expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed in Item 1A, Risk Factors, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,  and  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  Form  10-K.  All  forward-looking 

statements attributable to  the Company, or persons acting on  its behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these 

cautionary statements, as well as other cautionary statements. A reader should evaluate all forward-looking statements made 

in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  in  the  context  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties.  Given  the  risks  and  uncertainties 

surrounding forward-looking statements, you should not place undue reliance on these statements. Many of these factors 

are beyond our ability to control or predict.  

The  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  hereof.  The 

Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new 

information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

Overview 

PART I 

Founded in 1932 and incorporated in Delaware in 1989, Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ethan 
Allen Global, Inc., and Ethan Allen Global, Inc.’s subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Ethan Allen” or the “Company”), 
is a leading interior design company, manufacturer and retailer in the home furnishings marketplace. Today we are a global 
luxury international home fashion brand that is vertically integrated from design through delivery, which affords our clientele 
a value proposition of style, quality and price. We provide complimentary interior design service to our customers and sell a 
full range of furniture products and decorative accents through a retail network of approximately 300 design centers in the 
United States and abroad as well as online at ethanallen.com. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees 
and  Company-owned  and  operated  locations.  We  own  and  operate  six  manufacturing  facilities,  including  three 
manufacturing plants and one sawmill in the United States and one upholstery manufacturing plant in Mexico and one case 
goods manufacturing plant in Honduras.  

Business Strategy 

Our strategy has been to position Ethan Allen as a preferred brand offering complimentary design service together with products 
of  superior  style,  quality  and  value  to  provide  consumers  with  a  comprehensive,  one-stop  shopping  solution  for  their  home 
furnishing and interior design needs. In carrying out our strategy, we continue to expand our reach to a broader consumer base 
through a diverse selection of attractively priced products, designed to complement one another, reflecting current fashion trends 
in home decorating. We continuously monitor changes in home fashion trends through attendance at international industry 
events and fashion shows, internal market research, and regular communication with our retailers and design center design 
consultants who provide valuable input on consumer trends. We believe that the observations and input gathered enable us 
to incorporate appropriate style details into our products to react quickly to changing consumer tastes. 

Product  

The  majority  of  the  products  we  sell  are  built  by  artisans  in  our  North  American  plants.  Most  upholstery  frames  are  hand-
assembled  and  stitching  is  guided  by  hand.  We  select  international  partners  who  are  as  committed  to  quality  and  social 
responsibility as we are. All case goods frames are made with premium lumber and veneers. We use best-in-class construction 
techniques, including mortise and tenon joinery and four-corner glued dovetail joinery on drawers. We combine technology with 
personal service and maintain an up-to-date broad range of styles and custom options in keeping with today’s home decorating 
trends. These factors continue to define Ethan Allen, positioning us as a fashion leader in the home furnishing industry.  

The interior of our design centers, which have been substantially refreshed during the past three fiscal years, are organized to 
facilitate display of our product offerings, both in room settings that project the category lifestyle and by product grouping to 
facilitate comparisons of the styles and tastes of our customers. To further enhance the experience, technology is used to expand 
the range of products viewed by including content from our website and 3-D digital images in applications used on large touch-
screen flat panel displays. 

Product Development 

Using a combination of  employees and designers, we design the majority of the products we sell. All  of our products are 
Ethan Allen branded. This important facet of our vertically integrated business enables us to control the design specifications 
and establish consistent levels of quality across all our product programs. In addition to our four United States manufacturing 
facilities,  we  have  an  upholstery  manufacturing  facility  in  Mexico  and  a  case  goods  manufacturing  facility  in  Honduras. 
Approximately  75%  of  our  products  are  manufactured  or  assembled  in  these  North  American  facilities.  We  selectively 
outsource the remaining 25% of our products, primarily from Asia. We carefully select our sourcing partners and require strict 
compliance with our specifications and quality standards. We believe that strategic investments in our manufacturing facilities 
balanced with outsourcing from foreign and domestic suppliers would enable us to accommodate any significant future sales 
growth and allow us to maintain an appropriate degree of control over cost, quality and service to our customers.  

Raw Materials and Other Suppliers  

The most important raw materials we use in furniture manufacturing are lumber, veneers, plywood, hardware, glue, finishing 
materials, glass, laminates, steel, fabrics, foam, and filling material. The various types of wood used in our products include 
cherry, ash, oak, maple, prima vera, African mahogany, birch, rubber wood and poplar.  

4 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Fabrics and other raw materials are purchased both domestically and outside the United States . We have no significant long-term 
supply contracts, and have sufficient alternate sources of supply to prevent disruption in supplying our operations. We maintain 
a number of sources for our raw materials, which we believe contribute to our ability to obtain competitive pricing. Lumber prices 
and availability fluctuate over time based on factors such as weather and demand. The cost of some of our raw materials such as 
foam  and  shipping  costs  are  dependent  on  petroleum  cost.  Higher  material  prices,  cost  of  petroleum,  and  costs  of  sourced 
products could have an adverse effect on margins. 

Appropriate amounts of lumber and fabric inventory are typically stocked to maintain adequate production levels. We believe 
that our sources of supply for these materials are sufficient and that we are not dependent on any one supplier.  

We enter into standard purchase agreements with foreign and domestic suppliers to source selected products. The terms of 
these arrangements are customary for the industry and do not contain any long-term contractual obligations on our behalf. 
We believe we maintain good relationships with our suppliers.  

Segments   

We  have  strategically  aligned  our  business  into  two  reportable  segments:  Wholesale  and  Retail.  These  two  segments 
represent  strategic  business  areas  of  our  vertically  integrated  enterprise  that  operate  separately  and  provide  their  own 
distinctive  services.  This  vertical  structure  enables  us  to  offer  our  complete  line  of  home  furnishings  and  accents  while 
controlling  quality  and  cost.  We  evaluate  performance  of  the  respective  segments  based  upon  net  sales  and  operating 
income. Inter-segment transactions result, primarily, from the wholesale sale of inventory to the retail segment, including 
the  related  profit  margin.  Financial  information,  including  sales,  operating  income  and  long-lived  assets  related  to  our 
segments  are  disclosed  in  Note  19,  Segment  Information, of  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

As of June 30, 2019, the Company operated 144 design centers (our retail segment) and our independent retailers operated 158 
design centers. Our wholesale segment net sales include sales to our retail segment, which are eliminated in consolidation, 
sales to our independent retailers and unaffiliated third parties.  

The following charts depict net sales related to our reportable segments. 

We believe that the demand for furniture generally reflects sensitivity to overall economic conditions, including consumer 
confidence, housing market conditions and unemployment rates. For both our segments, the second and fourth quarters are 
historically  the  seasonally  highest-volume  sales  quarters.  However,  during  fiscal  2019,  we  experienced  our  largest  sales 
volume quarter for our wholesale business during the first  quarter while our retail segment  had its highest  sales volume 
during the second quarter. We believe this fiscal 2019 experience was not an indicator that our seasonal trends are changing. 

Retail Segment 

The retail segment, which accounted for 79% of net sales during fiscal 2019, sells home furnishings and accents to consumers 
through a network of Company operated design centers. Retail revenue is generated upon the retail sale and delivery of our 
products to our retail customers through our network of service centers. Retail profitability reflects (i) the retail gross margin, 
which  represents  the  difference  between  the  retail  net  sales  price  and  the  cost  of  goods,  purchased  primarily  from  the 
wholesale segment, and (ii) other operating costs associated with retail segment activities.  

We measure the performance of our design centers based on net sales and written orders booked on a comparable period basis. 
Comparable  design  centers  are  those  which  have  been  operating  for  at  least  15  months,  including  relocated  design  centers 
provided the original and relocated design center location had been operating for at least 15 months on a combined basis. During 

the first three months of operations of newly opened design centers, written orders are booked but minimal net sales are achieved 

through the delivery of products. Design centers we acquire from independent retailers are included in comparable design center 

sales in their 13th full month of Ethan Allen-owned operations. The frequency of our promotional events as well as the timing of 

the end of those events can also affect the comparability of orders booked during a given period. Due to the nature of the business 

in which the retail segment operates, there are no customer concentration risks. 

The retail  segment’s product line revenue,  expressed  as a  percentage of  net  sales, is comprised of  approximately 48% in 

upholstered products, 30% case goods and the remaining 22% in home accents and other.  

During fiscal 2019, we acquired two new design centers in the United States from independent retailers and closed six locations, 

which is net of three relocations. The geographic distribution of retail design center locations is disclosed under Item 2, Properties, 

contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Wholesale Segment 

The wholesale segment, which accounted for 21% of net sales during fiscal 2019, is principally involved in the development 

of the Ethan Allen brand and encompasses all aspects of design, manufacture, sourcing, marketing, sale and distribution of 

our  broad  range  of  home  furnishings  and  accents.  Wholesale  revenue  is  generated  upon  the  sale  and  shipment  of  our 

products  to  our  retail  network  of  independently  operated  design  centers,  Company  operated  design  centers  and  other 

contract customers. Sales to ten of our largest customers accounted for 21% of revenues within our wholesale segment during 

fiscal 2019.  

Within the wholesale segment, we maintain revenue information according to each respective product line (i.e. case goods, 

upholstery,  and  home  accents).  Case  goods  include  items  such  as  beds,  dressers,  armoires,  tables,  chairs,  buffets, 

entertainment  units,  home  office  furniture,  and  wooden  accents.  Upholstery  items  include  sleepers,  recliners  and  other 

motion furniture, chairs, ottomans, custom pillows, sofas,  loveseats, cut  fabrics and leather. Skilled artisans cut, sew and 

upholster custom-designed upholstery items which are available in a variety of frame, fabric and trim options. Home accent 

items include window treatments and drapery hardware, wall decor, florals, lighting, clocks, mattresses, bedspreads, throws, 

pillows, decorative accents, area rugs, wall coverings and home and garden furnishings.  

Wholesale profitability includes (i) the wholesale gross margin, which represents the difference between the wholesale net 

sales price and the cost associated with manufacturing and/or sourcing the related product, and (ii) other operating costs 

associated with wholesale segment activities.  

The wholesale segment’s product line revenue, expressed as a percentage of net sales, is comprised of approximately 50% in 

upholstered products, 33% case goods and the remaining 17% in home accents and other.  

As  of  June  30,  2019,  our  wholesale  backlog  was  $46.4  million  (as  compared  to  $56.5  million  as  of  June  30,  2018)  which  is 

anticipated  to  be  serviced  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  Our  backlog  was  down  18.0%  as  our  manufacturing  operations 

returned to normal throughput as compared to the prior year’s longer production lead-times primarily related to the GSA contract 

startup. Our wholesale backlog fluctuates based on the timing of net orders booked, manufacturing schedules and efficiency, the 

timing of sourced product receipts, the timing and volume of wholesale shipments, and the timing of various promotional events. 

Because orders may be rescheduled and/or canceled and the sourcing timing may change, the measure of backlog at a point in 

time is not necessarily indicative of future sales performance. 

Our independent retailers are required to enter into license agreements with us, which (i) authorize the use of certain Ethan Allen 

trademarks and (ii) require adherence to certain standards of operation, including a requirement to fulfill related warranty service 

agreements. We are not subject to any territorial or exclusive retailer agreements in North America.  

The geographic distribution of manufacturing and distribution locations is disclosed under Item 2, Properties, contained in Part I 

of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Talent 

Since our  founding, we have built a collaborative culture that recognizes and rewards innovation and offers employees a 

variety  of  opportunities  and  experiences.  Our  employees  are  critical  to  our  success  and  are  one  of  the  main  reasons  we 

continue to execute at a high level. We believe our continued focus on making employee engagement a top priority will help 

us provide high quality products and services to our customers. 

At June 30, 2019 our employee count totaled 4,700, a decrease from 5,200 a year ago, which reflects the impact of restructuring 

actions taken to further optimize our manufacturing and logistics operations. The majority of our employees are employed on a 

6 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Fabrics and other raw materials are purchased both domestically and outside the United States . We have no significant long-term 

supply contracts, and have sufficient alternate sources of supply to prevent disruption in supplying our operations. We maintain 

a number of sources for our raw materials, which we believe contribute to our ability to obtain competitive pricing. Lumber prices 

and availability fluctuate over time based on factors such as weather and demand. The cost of some of our raw materials such as 

foam  and  shipping  costs  are  dependent  on  petroleum  cost.  Higher  material  prices,  cost  of  petroleum,  and  costs  of  sourced 

products could have an adverse effect on margins. 

Appropriate amounts of lumber and fabric inventory are typically stocked to maintain adequate production levels. We believe 

that our sources of supply for these materials are sufficient and that we are not dependent on any one supplier.  

We enter into standard purchase agreements with foreign and domestic suppliers to source selected products. The terms of 

these arrangements are customary for the industry and do not contain any long-term contractual obligations on our behalf. 

We believe we maintain good relationships with our suppliers.  

Segments   

We  have  strategically  aligned  our  business  into  two  reportable  segments:  Wholesale  and  Retail.  These  two  segments 

represent  strategic  business  areas  of  our  vertically  integrated  enterprise  that  operate  separately  and  provide  their  own 

distinctive  services.  This  vertical  structure  enables  us  to  offer  our  complete  line  of  home  furnishings  and  accents  while 

controlling  quality  and  cost.  We  evaluate  performance  of  the  respective  segments  based  upon  net  sales  and  operating 

income. Inter-segment transactions result, primarily, from the wholesale sale of inventory to the retail segment, including 

the  related  profit  margin.  Financial  information,  including  sales,  operating  income  and  long-lived  assets  related  to  our 

segments  are  disclosed  in  Note  19,  Segment  Information, of  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included 

under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

As of June 30, 2019, the Company operated 144 design centers (our retail segment) and our independent retailers operated 158 

design centers. Our wholesale segment net sales include sales to our retail segment, which are eliminated in consolidation, 

sales to our independent retailers and unaffiliated third parties.  

The following charts depict net sales related to our reportable segments. 

We believe that the demand for furniture generally reflects sensitivity to overall economic conditions, including consumer 

confidence, housing market conditions and unemployment rates. For both our segments, the second and fourth quarters are 

historically  the  seasonally  highest-volume  sales  quarters.  However,  during  fiscal  2019,  we  experienced  our  largest  sales 

volume quarter for our wholesale business during the first  quarter while our retail segment  had its highest  sales volume 

during the second quarter. We believe this fiscal 2019 experience was not an indicator that our seasonal trends are changing. 

Retail Segment 

The retail segment, which accounted for 79% of net sales during fiscal 2019, sells home furnishings and accents to consumers 

through a network of Company operated design centers. Retail revenue is generated upon the retail sale and delivery of our 

products to our retail customers through our network of service centers. Retail profitability reflects (i) the retail gross margin, 

which  represents  the  difference  between  the  retail  net  sales  price  and  the  cost  of  goods,  purchased  primarily  from  the 

wholesale segment, and (ii) other operating costs associated with retail segment activities.  

We measure the performance of our design centers based on net sales and written orders booked on a comparable period basis. 

Comparable  design  centers  are  those  which  have  been  operating  for  at  least  15  months,  including  relocated  design  centers 

provided the original and relocated design center location had been operating for at least 15 months on a combined basis. During 

the first three months of operations of newly opened design centers, written orders are booked but minimal net sales are achieved 
through the delivery of products. Design centers we acquire from independent retailers are included in comparable design center 
sales in their 13th full month of Ethan Allen-owned operations. The frequency of our promotional events as well as the timing of 
the end of those events can also affect the comparability of orders booked during a given period. Due to the nature of the business 
in which the retail segment operates, there are no customer concentration risks. 

The retail  segment’s product line revenue,  expressed  as a  percentage of  net  sales, is comprised of  approximately 48% in 
upholstered products, 30% case goods and the remaining 22% in home accents and other.  

During fiscal 2019, we acquired two new design centers in the United States from independent retailers and closed six locations, 
which is net of three relocations. The geographic distribution of retail design center locations is disclosed under Item 2, Properties, 
contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Wholesale Segment 

The wholesale segment, which accounted for 21% of net sales during fiscal 2019, is principally involved in the development 
of the Ethan Allen brand and encompasses all aspects of design, manufacture, sourcing, marketing, sale and distribution of 
our  broad  range  of  home  furnishings  and  accents.  Wholesale  revenue  is  generated  upon  the  sale  and  shipment  of  our 
products  to  our  retail  network  of  independently  operated  design  centers,  Company  operated  design  centers  and  other 
contract customers. Sales to ten of our largest customers accounted for 21% of revenues within our wholesale segment during 
fiscal 2019.  

Within the wholesale segment, we maintain revenue information according to each respective product line (i.e. case goods, 
upholstery,  and  home  accents).  Case  goods  include  items  such  as  beds,  dressers,  armoires,  tables,  chairs,  buffets, 
entertainment  units,  home  office  furniture,  and  wooden  accents.  Upholstery  items  include  sleepers,  recliners  and  other 
motion furniture, chairs, ottomans, custom pillows, sofas,  loveseats, cut  fabrics and leather. Skilled artisans cut, sew and 
upholster custom-designed upholstery items which are available in a variety of frame, fabric and trim options. Home accent 
items include window treatments and drapery hardware, wall decor, florals, lighting, clocks, mattresses, bedspreads, throws, 
pillows, decorative accents, area rugs, wall coverings and home and garden furnishings.  

Wholesale profitability includes (i) the wholesale gross margin, which represents the difference between the wholesale net 
sales price and the cost associated with manufacturing and/or sourcing the related product, and (ii) other operating costs 
associated with wholesale segment activities.  

The wholesale segment’s product line revenue, expressed as a percentage of net sales, is comprised of approximately 50% in 
upholstered products, 33% case goods and the remaining 17% in home accents and other.  

As  of  June  30,  2019,  our  wholesale  backlog  was  $46.4  million  (as  compared  to  $56.5  million  as  of  June  30,  2018)  which  is 
anticipated  to  be  serviced  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  Our  backlog  was  down  18.0%  as  our  manufacturing  operations 
returned to normal throughput as compared to the prior year’s longer production lead-times primarily related to the GSA contract 
startup. Our wholesale backlog fluctuates based on the timing of net orders booked, manufacturing schedules and efficiency, the 
timing of sourced product receipts, the timing and volume of wholesale shipments, and the timing of various promotional events. 
Because orders may be rescheduled and/or canceled and the sourcing timing may change, the measure of backlog at a point in 
time is not necessarily indicative of future sales performance. 

Our independent retailers are required to enter into license agreements with us, which (i) authorize the use of certain Ethan Allen 
trademarks and (ii) require adherence to certain standards of operation, including a requirement to fulfill related warranty service 
agreements. We are not subject to any territorial or exclusive retailer agreements in North America.  

The geographic distribution of manufacturing and distribution locations is disclosed under Item 2, Properties, contained in Part I 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Talent 

Since our  founding, we have built a collaborative culture that recognizes and rewards innovation and offers employees a 
variety  of  opportunities  and  experiences.  Our  employees  are  critical  to  our  success  and  are  one  of  the  main  reasons  we 
continue to execute at a high level. We believe our continued focus on making employee engagement a top priority will help 
us provide high quality products and services to our customers. 

At June 30, 2019 our employee count totaled 4,700, a decrease from 5,200 a year ago, which reflects the impact of restructuring 
actions taken to further optimize our manufacturing and logistics operations. The majority of our employees are employed on a 

6 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

full time basis and we believe we maintain good relationships with our employees. None of our employees are represented by 
unions or collective bargaining agreements. 

Customer Service Offerings 

We offer numerous customer service programs, each of which has been developed and introduced to consumers in an effort 
to make their shopping experience easier and more enjoyable. 

Gift Card. This program allows customers to purchase and redeem gift cards through our website or at any participating retail 
design center, which can be used for any of our products or services.  

Ethan Allen Consumer Credit. The Ethan Allen Platinum consumer credit program offers customers a menu of custom financing 
options.  Financing  offered  through  this  program  is  administered  by  a  third-party  financial  institution  and  is  granted  to  our 
customers on a non-recourse basis to the Company. Customers may apply for an Ethan Allen Platinum card at any participating 
design center or online at ethanallen.com. 

Marketing 

Rooted in the five pillars of our brand – diversity of style, quality and craftsmanship, sustainability, complimentary design service, 
and  premier  in-home  delivery  –  Ethan  Allen’s  marketing  programs  are  designed  to  drive  traffic  to  our  retail  network  of 
approximately 300 design centers as well as to our e-commerce and social sites.  

Our marketing approach begins with a customer experience that exemplifies the Ethan Allen difference. Through interactions in 
the design center, monitoring and response to online reviews and social channels, and surveys, we work to incorporate the voices 
of our customers into every decision we make. By deploying customer relationship management tools, we are further segmenting 
our  target  markets,  creating a  more  personalized  shopping experience  and  developing  more  personalized  content  than  ever 
before.  

Our new Ethan Allen Platinum consumer credit program, designed to make the Ethan Allen brand accessible to everyone, had a 
successful national launch and should continue to attract both new prospects and returning customers.  

Through both paid and owned channels, we continue to position Ethan Allen as an aspirational yet approachable brand. We deliver 
these messages in a variety of ways – locally, nationally, and globally – to connect and engage with our target audience and drive 
sales. Direct mail continues to be a critical marketing medium for us. Our magazine, distributed to almost 22 million households, 
enables customers and prospects to immerse themselves in inspirational photos of our products; it is also a frequent starting point 
for conversations with our designers. We strive to be present at natural connection points with customers, using targeted direct 
mail pieces like our new mover's brochure. Along with our magazine, each direct mail piece is distributed to a targeted marketing 
segment based on data collected internally and through independent market research.  

In addition to newspapers and shelter magazines, local efforts complement and strengthen our national marketing strategy with 
many markets increasing their reach through targeted broadcast, streaming radio, local digital and robust social initiatives.  

As  online  shopping  takes  on  increasing  importance,  we  have  continued  to  improve  both  user  experience  and  conversion 
optimization on ethanallen.com and ethanallen.ca. We invest in both paid and organic search engine marketing, and we work to 
improve the local search rankings of each design center location. We have also continued to improve our programs for collecting 
user-generated content, both from customers and designers, which showcases the way our customers are living with Ethan Allen. 
Our new EA InHomeTM mobile app, which utilizes augmented reality, gives customers the ability to preview products in their space 
before they make a purchase; our 3-D room planner, available in design centers, offers an even more immersive experience and 
helps move customers toward conversion. 

Significant growth in our organic social following, including a 25% increase in Instagram followers during the 2018 calendar year, 
and paid social campaigns help bring awareness of the Ethan Allen brand to every demographic. We utilize these channels to build 
a sense of community, and by extension brand loyalty, among our current and prospective customers. 

Competition 

We believe the home furnishings industry competes primarily on the basis of product styling and quality, personal service, 
prompt delivery, product availability and price. We further believe that we effectively compete on the basis of each of these 
factors  and  that,  more  specifically  under  our  vertical  structure,  our  complimentary  interior  design  service,  direct 
manufacturing,  white  glove  delivery  service,  product  presentations,  and  website  create  a  competitive  advantage,  further 
supporting our mission of providing consumers with a complete home decorating and design solution. We also believe that 

we differentiate ourselves further with the quality of our interior design service through our intensive training and the caliber 

of our design consultants. Our objective is to continue to develop and  strengthen our retail network by (i) expanding the 

Company operated retail business through the repositioning and opening of new design centers, (ii) obtaining and retaining 

independent retailers, encouraging such retailers to expand their business through the opening or relocation of new design 

centers  with  the  objective  of  increasing  the  volume  of  their  sales,  (iii)  further  expanding  our  sales  network  through  our 

independent design associates and realtor referral programs, and (iv) further expanding our ecommerce.  

At Ethan Allen, our internet strategy is to drive traffic into our design centers by combining technology with excellent personal 

service. Though our customers have the opportunity to buy our products online, we take the process further. With so much 

of our product customizable, we encourage our website customers to get personal help from our interior design professionals 

either in person or by chatting online with one of our qualified design consultants. This complimentary direct contact with 

one of our knowledgeable interior designers creates a competitive advantage through our excellent personal service. This 

enhances the online experience and regularly leads to internet customers becoming  customers of our network of interior 

design centers.  

Retail Design Centers 

We continue to strengthen the Ethen Allen brand  with many initiatives, including the opening of new  design centers and 

relocating or consolidating certain existing design and service centers, regularly updating presentations and floor plans, and 

strengthening of the qualifications of our designers through training and certification.  

Ethan Allen design centers are typically located in busy retail settings as freestanding destinations or as part of town centers, 

lifestyle centers, suburban strip malls or shopping malls, depending upon the real estate opportunities in a particular market. 

Our 144 Company operated retail design centers average approximately 15,300 square feet in size with 63% of them ranging 

between 10,000 and 20,000 square feet, while 21% being less than 10,000 square feet and the remaining 16% being greater 

than 20,000 square feet. During the past 10 years, 37% of our design centers are new or have been relocated. 

Combining technology with personal service in our design centers has allowed us to reduce the size of our design centers. In 

the  past  five  years,  we  have  either  opened  or  relocated  a  total  of  24  new  design  centers  that  have  an  average  size  of 

approximately  9,000  square  feet.  These  smaller  footprint  design  centers  reflect  our  direction  as  we  move  forward  in 

repositioning our retail design centers. These new and relocated design centers also reflect our shift from destination and 

shopping mall locations to lifestyle centers that better project our brand and offer increased traffic opportunities. 

We  strive  to  maintain  consistency  of  presentation  throughout  our  retail  design  centers  through  a  comprehensive  set  of 

standards and display planning assistance. These interior display design standards enable each design center to present a high 

quality image by using focused lifestyle settings and select product category groupings to display our products and information 

to facilitate design solutions and to educate consumers. We also create  a  consistent  brand  projection  through  our  exterior 

facades and signage.  

Distribution and Logistics 

by third parties.  

carriers to ship our products.  

We distribute our products through four distribution centers, owned by the Company, strategically located in North Carolina, 

Oklahoma, and Virginia. These distribution centers provide efficient cross-dock operations to receive and ship product from 

our manufacturing facilities and third-party suppliers to our retail network of Company and independently operated retail 

service centers. Retail service centers prepare products for delivery into customers’ homes. At June 30, 2019, our Company 

operated retail design centers were supported by 13 Company operated retail service centers and 14 service centers operated 

While we manufacture to custom order the majority of our products, we also stock certain case goods, upholstery and home 

accents to provide for quick delivery of in-stock items and to allow for more efficient production runs. We utilize independent 

Our practice has been to sell our products at the same delivered cost to all Company and independently operated  design 

centers  throughout  the  United  States,  regardless  of  their  shipping  point.  This  policy  creates  pricing  credibility  with  our 

wholesale customers while providing our retail segment the opportunity to achieve more consistent margins by removing 

fluctuations attributable to the cost of shipping. Further, this policy eliminates the need for our independent retailers to carry 

significant amounts of inventory in their own warehouses. As a result, we obtain more accurate consumer product demand 

information. 

8 

9 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

full time basis and we believe we maintain good relationships with our employees. None of our employees are represented by 

unions or collective bargaining agreements. 

Customer Service Offerings 

We offer numerous customer service programs, each of which has been developed and introduced to consumers in an effort 

to make their shopping experience easier and more enjoyable. 

Gift Card. This program allows customers to purchase and redeem gift cards through our website or at any participating retail 

design center, which can be used for any of our products or services.  

Ethan Allen Consumer Credit. The Ethan Allen Platinum consumer credit program offers customers a menu of custom financing 

options.  Financing  offered  through  this  program  is  administered  by  a  third-party  financial  institution  and  is  granted  to  our 

customers on a non-recourse basis to the Company. Customers may apply for an Ethan Allen Platinum card at any participating 

design center or online at ethanallen.com. 

Marketing 

Rooted in the five pillars of our brand – diversity of style, quality and craftsmanship, sustainability, complimentary design service, 

and  premier  in-home  delivery  –  Ethan  Allen’s  marketing  programs  are  designed  to  drive  traffic  to  our  retail  network  of 

approximately 300 design centers as well as to our e-commerce and social sites.  

Our marketing approach begins with a customer experience that exemplifies the Ethan Allen difference. Through interactions in 

the design center, monitoring and response to online reviews and social channels, and surveys, we work to incorporate the voices 

of our customers into every decision we make. By deploying customer relationship management tools, we are further segmenting 

our  target  markets,  creating a  more  personalized  shopping experience  and  developing  more  personalized  content  than  ever 

before.  

Our new Ethan Allen Platinum consumer credit program, designed to make the Ethan Allen brand accessible to everyone, had a 

successful national launch and should continue to attract both new prospects and returning customers.  

Through both paid and owned channels, we continue to position Ethan Allen as an aspirational yet approachable brand. We deliver 

these messages in a variety of ways – locally, nationally, and globally – to connect and engage with our target audience and drive 

sales. Direct mail continues to be a critical marketing medium for us. Our magazine, distributed to almost 22 million households, 

enables customers and prospects to immerse themselves in inspirational photos of our products; it is also a frequent starting point 

for conversations with our designers. We strive to be present at natural connection points with customers, using targeted direct 

mail pieces like our new mover's brochure. Along with our magazine, each direct mail piece is distributed to a targeted marketing 

segment based on data collected internally and through independent market research.  

In addition to newspapers and shelter magazines, local efforts complement and strengthen our national marketing strategy with 

many markets increasing their reach through targeted broadcast, streaming radio, local digital and robust social initiatives.  

As  online  shopping  takes  on  increasing  importance,  we  have  continued  to  improve  both  user  experience  and  conversion 

optimization on ethanallen.com and ethanallen.ca. We invest in both paid and organic search engine marketing, and we work to 

improve the local search rankings of each design center location. We have also continued to improve our programs for collecting 

user-generated content, both from customers and designers, which showcases the way our customers are living with Ethan Allen. 

Our new EA InHomeTM mobile app, which utilizes augmented reality, gives customers the ability to preview products in their space 

before they make a purchase; our 3-D room planner, available in design centers, offers an even more immersive experience and 

helps move customers toward conversion. 

Significant growth in our organic social following, including a 25% increase in Instagram followers during the 2018 calendar year, 

and paid social campaigns help bring awareness of the Ethan Allen brand to every demographic. We utilize these channels to build 

a sense of community, and by extension brand loyalty, among our current and prospective customers. 

Competition 

We believe the home furnishings industry competes primarily on the basis of product styling and quality, personal service, 

prompt delivery, product availability and price. We further believe that we effectively compete on the basis of each of these 

factors  and  that,  more  specifically  under  our  vertical  structure,  our  complimentary  interior  design  service,  direct 

manufacturing,  white  glove  delivery  service,  product  presentations,  and  website  create  a  competitive  advantage,  further 

supporting our mission of providing consumers with a complete home decorating and design solution. We also believe that 

we differentiate ourselves further with the quality of our interior design service through our intensive training and the caliber 
of our design consultants. Our objective is to continue to develop and  strengthen our retail network by (i) expanding the 
Company operated retail business through the repositioning and opening of new design centers, (ii) obtaining and retaining 
independent retailers, encouraging such retailers to expand their business through the opening or relocation of new design 
centers  with  the  objective  of  increasing  the  volume  of  their  sales,  (iii)  further  expanding  our  sales  network  through  our 
independent design associates and realtor referral programs, and (iv) further expanding our ecommerce.  

At Ethan Allen, our internet strategy is to drive traffic into our design centers by combining technology with excellent personal 
service. Though our customers have the opportunity to buy our products online, we take the process further. With so much 
of our product customizable, we encourage our website customers to get personal help from our interior design professionals 
either in person or by chatting online with one of our qualified design consultants. This complimentary direct contact with 
one of our knowledgeable interior designers creates a competitive advantage through our excellent personal service. This 
enhances the online experience and regularly leads to internet customers becoming  customers of our network of interior 
design centers.  

Retail Design Centers 

We continue to strengthen the Ethen Allen brand  with many initiatives, including the opening of new  design centers and 
relocating or consolidating certain existing design and service centers, regularly updating presentations and floor plans, and 
strengthening of the qualifications of our designers through training and certification.  

Ethan Allen design centers are typically located in busy retail settings as freestanding destinations or as part of town centers, 
lifestyle centers, suburban strip malls or shopping malls, depending upon the real estate opportunities in a particular market. 
Our 144 Company operated retail design centers average approximately 15,300 square feet in size with 63% of them ranging 
between 10,000 and 20,000 square feet, while 21% being less than 10,000 square feet and the remaining 16% being greater 
than 20,000 square feet. During the past 10 years, 37% of our design centers are new or have been relocated. 

Combining technology with personal service in our design centers has allowed us to reduce the size of our design centers. In 
the  past  five  years,  we  have  either  opened  or  relocated  a  total  of  24  new  design  centers  that  have  an  average  size  of 
approximately  9,000  square  feet.  These  smaller  footprint  design  centers  reflect  our  direction  as  we  move  forward  in 
repositioning our retail design centers. These new and relocated design centers also reflect our shift from destination and 
shopping mall locations to lifestyle centers that better project our brand and offer increased traffic opportunities. 

We  strive  to  maintain  consistency  of  presentation  throughout  our  retail  design  centers  through  a  comprehensive  set  of 
standards and display planning assistance. These interior display design standards enable each design center to present a high 
quality image by using focused lifestyle settings and select product category groupings to display our products and information 
to facilitate design solutions and to educate consumers. We also create  a  consistent  brand  projection  through  our  exterior 
facades and signage.  

Distribution and Logistics 

We distribute our products through four distribution centers, owned by the Company, strategically located in North Carolina, 
Oklahoma, and Virginia. These distribution centers provide efficient cross-dock operations to receive and ship product from 
our manufacturing facilities and third-party suppliers to our retail network of Company and independently operated retail 
service centers. Retail service centers prepare products for delivery into customers’ homes. At June 30, 2019, our Company 
operated retail design centers were supported by 13 Company operated retail service centers and 14 service centers operated 
by third parties.  

While we manufacture to custom order the majority of our products, we also stock certain case goods, upholstery and home 
accents to provide for quick delivery of in-stock items and to allow for more efficient production runs. We utilize independent 
carriers to ship our products.  

Our practice has been to sell our products at the same delivered cost to all Company and independently operated  design 
centers  throughout  the  United  States,  regardless  of  their  shipping  point.  This  policy  creates  pricing  credibility  with  our 
wholesale customers while providing our retail segment the opportunity to achieve more consistent margins by removing 
fluctuations attributable to the cost of shipping. Further, this policy eliminates the need for our independent retailers to carry 
significant amounts of inventory in their own warehouses. As a result, we obtain more accurate consumer product demand 
information. 

8 

9 

 
 
 
 
Environmental Sustainability and Social Responsibility  

Information about our Executive Officers 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

We continue to be focused on environmental and social responsibility while incorporating uniform social, environmental, 
health and safety programs into our global manufacturing standards.  

Our environmental (green) initiatives include but are not limited to the use of responsibly harvested Appalachian woods, and 
water-based finishes and measuring our carbon footprint, greenhouse gases and recycled materials from our operations. We 
have  eliminated  the  use  of  heavy  metals  and  hydrochlorofluorocarbons  in  all  packaging.  Our  mattresses  and  custom 
upholstery  use  foam  made  without  harmful  chemicals  and  substances.  We  have  implemented  the  Enhancing  Furniture’s 
Environmental Culture (“EFEC”) environmental management system sponsored by the American Home Furnishing Alliance 
(“AHFA”) at all our domestic manufacturing, distribution and service center facilities, and have expanded these efforts to our 
retail design centers, which have now been registered in EFEC. Our Mexico and Honduras facilities are also registered under 
the AHFA's EFEC program. Our United States manufacturing, distribution and service centers have also achieved Sustainable 
by Design (“SBD”) registration status under the EFEC program. SBD provides a framework for home furnishings companies to 
create  and  maintain  a  corporate  culture  of  conservation  and  environmental  stewardship  by  integrating  socio-economic 
policies and sustainable business practices into their manufacturing operations and sourcing strategies. 

The Company requires its sourcing facilities that manufacture Ethan Allen branded products to implement a labor compliance 
program  and  meet  or  exceed  the  standards  established  for  preventing  child  labor,  involuntary  labor,  coercion  and 
harassment, discrimination, and restrictions to freedom of association. These facilities are also required to provide a safe and 
healthy environment in all workspaces, compliance with all local wage and hour laws and regulations, compliance with all 
applicable environmental laws and regulations, and are required to authorize Ethan Allen or its designated agents (including 
third-party auditing companies) to engage in monitoring activities to confirm compliance. 

We work to ensure our products are safe in our customers’ homes through responsible use of chemicals and manufacturing 
substances.  

Intellectual Property 

We currently hold, or have registration applications pending for, numerous trademarks, service marks and copyrights for the 
Ethan Allen name, logos and designs in a broad range of classes for both products and services in the United States and in 
many foreign countries. In addition, we have registered, or have applications pending for certain of our slogans utilized in 
connection  with  promoting  brand  awareness,  retail  sales  and  other  services  and  certain  collection  names.  We  view  such 
trademarks and service marks as valuable assets and have an ongoing program to diligently monitor and defend, through 
appropriate action, against their unauthorized use. 

Government Regulation 

The  Company  is  subject  to  reporting  requirements,  disclosure  obligations  and  other  recordkeeping  requirements  of  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  and  the  various  local  authorities  that  regulate  each  location  in  which  we 
operate.  

Corporate Contact Information 

Ethan Allen’s principal executive office is in Danbury, Connecticut.  

•  Mailing address of the Company’s headquarters: 25 Lake Avenue Ext., Danbury, Connecticut 06811 
• 
•  Website address: ethanallen.com  

Telephone number: +1 (203) 743-8000  

Available Information 

Information contained in our Investor Relations section of our website at ethanallen.com/investors is not part of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. Information that we furnish or file with the SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly 
Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K or exhibits included in these reports are available for download, free of 
charge, on our website soon after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including exhibits filed 
therewith, are available on the SEC’s website at sec.gov.  

Listed below are the name, age, and current position for each of our executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report 

on Form 10-K. If they have not held the positions for at least five years, their former positions during that period are listed. 

M. Farooq Kathwari*, age 74 

Daniel M. Grow, age 73 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since 1988 

Senior Vice President, Business Development since February 2015 

•  Vice President, Business Development from 2009 to 2015 

Eric D. Koster, age 72 

•  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since April 2013 

Private practice prior to joining the Company in April 2013 

Christopher Robertson, age 50 

•  Vice President, Logistics and Service since January 2016 

•  Director, Operations Support since May 2011 

•  Vice President, Upholstery Manufacturing since May 2001 

Clifford Thorn, age 67 

Corey Whitely, age 59 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Michael Worth, age 52 

•  Vice President, Case Goods Manufacturing since December 2016 

•  Regional Operations Manager, Case Goods since February 2004 

Executive Vice President, Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since July 2014 

Executive Vice President, Operations from October 2007 through July 2014 

* Mr. Kathwari is the only one of our executive officers who operates under a written employment agreement. 

Additional Information 

by reference: 

Additional information with respect to the Company’s business is included in the following pages and is incorporated herein 

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data…………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations…………………………. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk……………………………………………………………………… 

Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled Organization and Nature of Business……………………… 

Note 19 to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled Segment Information…………………………………………… 

Page 

21 

22 

34 

43 

61 

10 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Information about our Executive Officers 
Listed below are the name, age, and current position for each of our executive officers as of the date of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. If they have not held the positions for at least five years, their former positions during that period are listed. 

M. Farooq Kathwari*, age 74 

• 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since 1988 

Daniel M. Grow, age 73 

Senior Vice President, Business Development since February 2015 

• 
•  Vice President, Business Development from 2009 to 2015 

Eric D. Koster, age 72 

•  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since April 2013 
• 
Private practice prior to joining the Company in April 2013 

Christopher Robertson, age 50 

•  Vice President, Logistics and Service since January 2016 
•  Director, Operations Support since May 2011 

Clifford Thorn, age 67 

•  Vice President, Upholstery Manufacturing since May 2001 

Corey Whitely, age 59 

• 
• 

Executive Vice President, Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since July 2014 
Executive Vice President, Operations from October 2007 through July 2014 

Michael Worth, age 52 

•  Vice President, Case Goods Manufacturing since December 2016 
•  Regional Operations Manager, Case Goods since February 2004 

* Mr. Kathwari is the only one of our executive officers who operates under a written employment agreement. 

Additional Information 

Additional information with respect to the Company’s business is included in the following pages and is incorporated herein 
by reference: 

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data…………………………………………………………………………………………… 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations…………………………. 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk……………………………………………………………………… 
Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled Organization and Nature of Business……………………… 
Note 19 to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled Segment Information…………………………………………… 

Page 
21 
22 
34 
43 
61 

Environmental Sustainability and Social Responsibility  

We continue to be focused on environmental and social responsibility while incorporating uniform social, environmental, 

health and safety programs into our global manufacturing standards.  

Our environmental (green) initiatives include but are not limited to the use of responsibly harvested Appalachian woods, and 

water-based finishes and measuring our carbon footprint, greenhouse gases and recycled materials from our operations. We 

have  eliminated  the  use  of  heavy  metals  and  hydrochlorofluorocarbons  in  all  packaging.  Our  mattresses  and  custom 

upholstery  use  foam  made  without  harmful  chemicals  and  substances.  We  have  implemented  the  Enhancing  Furniture’s 

Environmental Culture (“EFEC”) environmental management system sponsored by the American Home Furnishing Alliance 

(“AHFA”) at all our domestic manufacturing, distribution and service center facilities, and have expanded these efforts to our 

retail design centers, which have now been registered in EFEC. Our Mexico and Honduras facilities are also registered under 

the AHFA's EFEC program. Our United States manufacturing, distribution and service centers have also achieved Sustainable 

by Design (“SBD”) registration status under the EFEC program. SBD provides a framework for home furnishings companies to 

create  and  maintain  a  corporate  culture  of  conservation  and  environmental  stewardship  by  integrating  socio-economic 

policies and sustainable business practices into their manufacturing operations and sourcing strategies. 

The Company requires its sourcing facilities that manufacture Ethan Allen branded products to implement a labor compliance 

program  and  meet  or  exceed  the  standards  established  for  preventing  child  labor,  involuntary  labor,  coercion  and 

harassment, discrimination, and restrictions to freedom of association. These facilities are also required to provide a safe and 

healthy environment in all workspaces, compliance with all local wage and hour laws and regulations, compliance with all 

applicable environmental laws and regulations, and are required to authorize Ethan Allen or its designated agents (including 

third-party auditing companies) to engage in monitoring activities to confirm compliance. 

We work to ensure our products are safe in our customers’ homes through responsible use of chemicals and manufacturing 

substances.  

Intellectual Property 

We currently hold, or have registration applications pending for, numerous trademarks, service marks and copyrights for the 

Ethan Allen name, logos and designs in a broad range of classes for both products and services in the United States and in 

many foreign countries. In addition, we have registered, or have applications pending for certain of our slogans utilized in 

connection  with  promoting  brand  awareness,  retail  sales  and  other  services  and  certain  collection  names.  We  view  such 

trademarks and service marks as valuable assets and have an ongoing program to diligently monitor and defend, through 

The  Company  is  subject  to  reporting  requirements,  disclosure  obligations  and  other  recordkeeping  requirements  of  the 

Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  and  the  various  local  authorities  that  regulate  each  location  in  which  we 

appropriate action, against their unauthorized use. 

Government Regulation 

operate.  

Corporate Contact Information 

• 

Telephone number: +1 (203) 743-8000  

•  Website address: ethanallen.com  

Available Information 

Ethan Allen’s principal executive office is in Danbury, Connecticut.  

•  Mailing address of the Company’s headquarters: 25 Lake Avenue Ext., Danbury, Connecticut 06811 

Information contained in our Investor Relations section of our website at ethanallen.com/investors is not part of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K. Information that we furnish or file with the SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly 

Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K or exhibits included in these reports are available for download, free of 

charge, on our website soon after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including exhibits filed 

therewith, are available on the SEC’s website at sec.gov.  

10 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations 
and  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline.  These  risk  factors  do  not  identify  all  risks  that  we  face;  our 
operations could also be affected by factors that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial 
to our operations. Investors should also refer to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10‐K, including 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements including 
the  related  notes.  Investors  should  carefully  consider  all  risks,  including  those  disclosed,  before  making  an  investment 
decision. 

A volatile retail  environment  and  changing  economic  conditions  may  further  adversely  affect  consumer  demand  and 
spending. 

General economic factors that are beyond the Company’s control could impact our forecasts and actual performance. These 
factors include housing markets, recession, inflation, deflation, consumer credit availability, consumer debt levels, fuel and 
energy costs, interest rates, tax rates and policy, unemployment trends, the impact of natural disasters, civil disturbances 
and terrorist activities, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, conditions affecting the retail environment for products 
sold by the Company and other matters that influence consumer spending. Changes in the economic climate could adversely 
affect the Company’s performance. 

Historically, the home furnishings industry has been subject to cyclical variations in the general economy and to uncertainty 
regarding future economic prospects. Should the current economic recovery falter or the current recovery in housing starts 
to stall, consumer confidence and demand for home furnishings could deteriorate, which could adversely affect our business 
through its impact on the performance of our Company‐owned design centers, as well as on our independent licensees and 
the ability of a number of them to meet their obligations to us. 

Our business and results of operations are affected by international, national and regional economic conditions. Regional 
economic conditions in the United States  and in other regions of the world where we have a concentration of design centers 
such as Canada or China, may have a greater impact on the Company compared to economic conditions in other parts of the 
world where we have lesser concentration of design centers. An economic downturn of significance or extended duration 
could  adversely  affect  consumer  demand  and  discretionary  spending  habits  and,  as  a  result,  our  business  performance, 
profitability, and cash flows. Our international net sales accounted for 6.8% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2019. 

Global  and  local  economic  uncertainty  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  manufacturing  operations  or  sources  of 
merchandise and international operations. 

The current economic challenges in China, including global economic ramifications of the softening of the Chinese economy 
and trade agreement negotiations, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions. This economic uncertainty, 
as  well  as  other  variations  in  global  economic  conditions  such  as  fuel  costs,  wage  and  benefit  inflation,  and  currency 
fluctuations, may  cause inconsistent  and  unpredictable  consumer spending  habits,  while  increasing  our  own  input  costs. 
These risks resulting from global and local economic uncertainty could also severely disrupt our manufacturing operations, 
which could have a material  adverse  affect  on  our  financial  performance.  We  import  a  portion  of  our  merchandise  from 
foreign countries and operate manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras and retail design centers in Canada. As a result, 
our ability to obtain adequate supplies or to control our costs may be adversely affected by events affecting international 
commerce  and  businesses  located  outside  the  United  States,  including  natural  disasters,  changes  in  international  trade 
including tariffs, central bank actions, changes in the relationship of the United States dollar versus other currencies, labor 
availability  and  cost,  and  other  governmental  policies  of  the  United  States  and  the  countries  from  which  we  import  our 
merchandise or in which we operate facilities.  

Disruptions of our supply chain could have a material adverse affect on our operating and financial results. 

Disruption of the Company’s supply chain capabilities due to trade restrictions, political instability, weather, natural disaster, 
terrorism, product recalls, labor supply or stoppages, the financial and/or operational instability of key suppliers and carriers, 
or other reasons could impair the Company’s ability to distribute its products. To the extent  we are unable to mitigate the 
likelihood or potential impact of such events, there could be a material adverse affect on our operating and financial results. 

Changes in United States trade and tax policy could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Changes in the political environment in the  United States may require us to modify our current business practices. Because we 

manufacture components and finished goods in Mexico and Honduras and purchase components and finished goods manufactured 

in foreign countries, including China, we are subject to risks relating to increased tariffs on United States imports, changes in the North 

American  Free  Trade  Agreement,  and  other  changes  affecting  imports.  Recently,  the  United  States  administration  considered 

enacting certain tariffs on many items sourced from China, including certain furniture, accessories, furniture parts, and raw materials 

that are imported into the United States and used in our domestic operations. We may not be able to fully or substantially mitigate 

the impact of such tariffs, pass price increases on to our customers, or secure adequate alternative sources of products or materials. 

The tariffs, along with any additional tariffs or retaliatory trade restrictions implemented by other countries, could negatively impact 

customer sales, including potential delays in product received from our vendors, our cost of goods sold and results of operations.  

Approximately  25%  of  our  merchandise  is  sourced  from  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  United  States  government  is 

considering proposals for substantial changes to its trade and tax policies, which could include import restrictions, increased 

import tariffs, changes to or withdrawal from existing trade agreements, and border-adjustment taxes among other possible 

measures. Material changes in these policies could increase our tax obligations or require us to increase prices to customers, 

which  would likely adversely affect  sales. Any significant  change in  United  States policy related to imported merchandise 

could have a material adverse affect on our business and financial results.  

Competition from overseas manufacturers and domestic retailers may adversely materially affect our business, operating 

results or financial condition. 

Our wholesale business segment is involved in the development of our brand, which encompasses the design, manufacture, 

sourcing,  sales  and  distribution  of  our  home  furnishings  products,  and  competes  with  other  United  States  and  foreign 

manufacturers. Our retail network sells home furnishings to consumers through a network of independently operated and 

Company  operated  design  centers,  and  competes  against  a  diverse  group  of  retailers  ranging  from  specialty  stores  to 

traditional furniture and department stores, any of which may operate locally, regionally, nationally or globally, as well as 

over  the  internet.  We  also  compete  with  these  and  other  retailers  for  retail  locations  as  well  as  for  qualified  design 

consultants and management personnel. Such competition could adversely affect our future financial performance. 

Industry  globalization  has  led  to  increased  competitive  pressures  brought  about  by  the  increasing  volume  of  imported 

finished goods and components, particularly for case good products, and the development of manufacturing capabilities in 

other  countries,  specifically  within  Asia.  The  increase  in  overseas  production  has  created  over‐capacity  for  many 

manufacturers,  including  us,  which  has  led  to  industry‐wide  plant  consolidation.  In  addition,  because  many  foreign 

manufacturers are able to maintain substantially lower production costs, including the cost of labor and overhead, imported 

product may be capable of being sold at a lower price to consumers, which, in turn, could lead to some measure of further 

industry‐wide price deflation. 

We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  establish  or  maintain  relationships  with  sufficient  or  appropriate 

manufacturers, whether foreign or domestic, to supply us with selected case goods, upholstery and home accent items to 

enable us to maintain our competitive advantage. In addition, the emergence of foreign manufacturers has served to broaden 

the competitive landscape. Some of these competitors produce furniture types not manufactured by us and may have greater 

financial resources available to them or lower costs of operating. This competition could materially adversely affect our future 

financial performance. 

Failure to successfully anticipate or respond to changes in consumer tastes and trends in a timely manner could materially 

adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Sales  of  our  products  are  dependent  upon  consumer  acceptance  of  our  product  designs,  styles,  quality  and  price.  We 

continuously monitor changes in home design trends through attendance at international industry events and fashion shows, 

internal marketing research, and regular communication with our retailers and design consultants who provide valuable input 

on consumer tendencies. However, as with all retailers, our business is susceptible to changes in consumer tastes and trends. 

Such tastes and trends can change rapidly and any delay or failure to anticipate or respond to changing consumer tastes and 

trends in a timely manner could materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Inability to maintain and enhance our brand may materially adversely impact our business. 

Maintaining and enhancing our brand is critical to our ability to expand our base of customers and may require us to make 

substantial investments. Our advertising campaign utilizes television, direct mail, digital, newspapers, magazines and radio 

12 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations 

and  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline.  These  risk  factors  do  not  identify  all  risks  that  we  face;  our 

operations could also be affected by factors that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial 

to our operations. Investors should also refer to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10‐K, including 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements including 

the  related  notes.  Investors  should  carefully  consider  all  risks,  including  those  disclosed,  before  making  an  investment 

A volatile retail  environment  and  changing  economic  conditions  may  further  adversely  affect  consumer  demand  and 

decision. 

spending. 

General economic factors that are beyond the Company’s control could impact our forecasts and actual performance. These 

factors include housing markets, recession, inflation, deflation, consumer credit availability, consumer debt levels, fuel and 

energy costs, interest rates, tax rates and policy, unemployment trends, the impact of natural disasters, civil disturbances 

and terrorist activities, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, conditions affecting the retail environment for products 

sold by the Company and other matters that influence consumer spending. Changes in the economic climate could adversely 

affect the Company’s performance. 

Historically, the home furnishings industry has been subject to cyclical variations in the general economy and to uncertainty 

regarding future economic prospects. Should the current economic recovery falter or the current recovery in housing starts 

to stall, consumer confidence and demand for home furnishings could deteriorate, which could adversely affect our business 

through its impact on the performance of our Company‐owned design centers, as well as on our independent licensees and 

the ability of a number of them to meet their obligations to us. 

Our business and results of operations are affected by international, national and regional economic conditions. Regional 

economic conditions in the United States  and in other regions of the world where we have a concentration of design centers 

such as Canada or China, may have a greater impact on the Company compared to economic conditions in other parts of the 

world where we have lesser concentration of design centers. An economic downturn of significance or extended duration 

could  adversely  affect  consumer  demand  and  discretionary  spending  habits  and,  as  a  result,  our  business  performance, 

profitability, and cash flows. Our international net sales accounted for 6.8% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2019. 

Global  and  local  economic  uncertainty  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  manufacturing  operations  or  sources  of 

merchandise and international operations. 

The current economic challenges in China, including global economic ramifications of the softening of the Chinese economy 

and trade agreement negotiations, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions. This economic uncertainty, 

as  well  as  other  variations  in  global  economic  conditions  such  as  fuel  costs,  wage  and  benefit  inflation,  and  currency 

fluctuations, may  cause inconsistent  and  unpredictable  consumer spending  habits,  while  increasing  our  own  input  costs. 

These risks resulting from global and local economic uncertainty could also severely disrupt our manufacturing operations, 

which could have a material  adverse  affect  on  our  financial  performance.  We  import  a  portion  of  our  merchandise  from 

foreign countries and operate manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras and retail design centers in Canada. As a result, 

our ability to obtain adequate supplies or to control our costs may be adversely affected by events affecting international 

commerce  and  businesses  located  outside  the  United  States,  including  natural  disasters,  changes  in  international  trade 

including tariffs, central bank actions, changes in the relationship of the United States dollar versus other currencies, labor 

availability  and  cost,  and  other  governmental  policies  of  the  United  States  and  the  countries  from  which  we  import  our 

merchandise or in which we operate facilities.  

Disruptions of our supply chain could have a material adverse affect on our operating and financial results. 

Disruption of the Company’s supply chain capabilities due to trade restrictions, political instability, weather, natural disaster, 

terrorism, product recalls, labor supply or stoppages, the financial and/or operational instability of key suppliers and carriers, 

or other reasons could impair the Company’s ability to distribute its products. To the extent  we are unable to mitigate the 

likelihood or potential impact of such events, there could be a material adverse affect on our operating and financial results. 

Changes in United States trade and tax policy could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Changes in the political environment in the  United States may require us to modify our current business practices. Because we 
manufacture components and finished goods in Mexico and Honduras and purchase components and finished goods manufactured 
in foreign countries, including China, we are subject to risks relating to increased tariffs on United States imports, changes in the North 
American  Free  Trade  Agreement,  and  other  changes  affecting  imports.  Recently,  the  United  States  administration  considered 
enacting certain tariffs on many items sourced from China, including certain furniture, accessories, furniture parts, and raw materials 
that are imported into the United States and used in our domestic operations. We may not be able to fully or substantially mitigate 
the impact of such tariffs, pass price increases on to our customers, or secure adequate alternative sources of products or materials. 
The tariffs, along with any additional tariffs or retaliatory trade restrictions implemented by other countries, could negatively impact 
customer sales, including potential delays in product received from our vendors, our cost of goods sold and results of operations.  

Approximately  25%  of  our  merchandise  is  sourced  from  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  United  States  government  is 
considering proposals for substantial changes to its trade and tax policies, which could include import restrictions, increased 
import tariffs, changes to or withdrawal from existing trade agreements, and border-adjustment taxes among other possible 
measures. Material changes in these policies could increase our tax obligations or require us to increase prices to customers, 
which  would likely adversely affect  sales. Any significant  change in  United  States policy related to imported merchandise 
could have a material adverse affect on our business and financial results.  

Competition from overseas manufacturers and domestic retailers may adversely materially affect our business, operating 
results or financial condition. 

Our wholesale business segment is involved in the development of our brand, which encompasses the design, manufacture, 
sourcing,  sales  and  distribution  of  our  home  furnishings  products,  and  competes  with  other  United  States  and  foreign 
manufacturers. Our retail network sells home furnishings to consumers through a network of independently operated and 
Company  operated  design  centers,  and  competes  against  a  diverse  group  of  retailers  ranging  from  specialty  stores  to 
traditional furniture and department stores, any of which may operate locally, regionally, nationally or globally, as well as 
over  the  internet.  We  also  compete  with  these  and  other  retailers  for  retail  locations  as  well  as  for  qualified  design 
consultants and management personnel. Such competition could adversely affect our future financial performance. 

Industry  globalization  has  led  to  increased  competitive  pressures  brought  about  by  the  increasing  volume  of  imported 
finished goods and components, particularly for case good products, and the development of manufacturing capabilities in 
other  countries,  specifically  within  Asia.  The  increase  in  overseas  production  has  created  over‐capacity  for  many 
manufacturers,  including  us,  which  has  led  to  industry‐wide  plant  consolidation.  In  addition,  because  many  foreign 
manufacturers are able to maintain substantially lower production costs, including the cost of labor and overhead, imported 
product may be capable of being sold at a lower price to consumers, which, in turn, could lead to some measure of further 
industry‐wide price deflation. 

We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  establish  or  maintain  relationships  with  sufficient  or  appropriate 
manufacturers, whether foreign or domestic, to supply us with selected case goods, upholstery and home accent items to 
enable us to maintain our competitive advantage. In addition, the emergence of foreign manufacturers has served to broaden 
the competitive landscape. Some of these competitors produce furniture types not manufactured by us and may have greater 
financial resources available to them or lower costs of operating. This competition could materially adversely affect our future 
financial performance. 

Failure to successfully anticipate or respond to changes in consumer tastes and trends in a timely manner could materially 
adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Sales  of  our  products  are  dependent  upon  consumer  acceptance  of  our  product  designs,  styles,  quality  and  price.  We 
continuously monitor changes in home design trends through attendance at international industry events and fashion shows, 
internal marketing research, and regular communication with our retailers and design consultants who provide valuable input 
on consumer tendencies. However, as with all retailers, our business is susceptible to changes in consumer tastes and trends. 
Such tastes and trends can change rapidly and any delay or failure to anticipate or respond to changing consumer tastes and 
trends in a timely manner could materially adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Inability to maintain and enhance our brand may materially adversely impact our business. 

Maintaining and enhancing our brand is critical to our ability to expand our base of customers and may require us to make 
substantial investments. Our advertising campaign utilizes television, direct mail, digital, newspapers, magazines and radio 

12 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

to maintain and enhance our existing brand equity. We cannot provide assurance that our marketing, advertising and other 
efforts to promote and maintain awareness of our brand will not require us to incur substantial costs. If these efforts are 
unsuccessful  or  we  incur  substantial  costs  in  connection  with  these  efforts,  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial 
condition could be materially adversely affected. 

new technology, and related changes in customer behavior, presents a specific risk in the event we are unable to successfully 

execute  our  plans  or  adjust  them  over  time  if  needed.  Further,  unanticipated  changes  in  pricing  and  other  practices  of 

competitors,  including  promotional  activity,  such  as  thresholds  for  free  shipping  and  rapid  price  fluctuation  enabled  by 

technology, may adversely affect our performance. 

Our number of  manufacturing and logistics sites may  increase  our  exposure to business disruptions  and could  result  in 
higher transportation costs. 

We  rely  extensively  on  information  technology  systems  to  process  transactions,  summarize  results,  and  manage  our 

business and that of certain independent retailers. Disruptions in both our primary and back-up systems could adversely 

We  have  a  limited  number  of  manufacturing  sites  in  our  case  goods  and  upholstery  operations  and  consolidated  our 
distribution network into fewer centers for both wholesale and retail segments. Our upholstery operations consist of two 
upholstery plants at our North Carolina campus and one plant in Mexico. The Company operates two manufacturing plants  
(Vermont and Honduras)  and  one  sawmill  in  support  of  our case  goods operations. As a result of the consolidation of our 
manufacturing operations into fewer facilities, if any of our manufacturing or logistics sites experience significant business 
interruption, our ability to manufacture or deliver our products in a timely manner would likely be impacted. While we have 
long‐standing relationships with multiple outside suppliers of our raw materials and commodities, there can be no assurance 
of their ability to fulfill our supply needs on a timely basis. The consolidation to fewer locations has resulted in longer distances 
for delivery and could result in higher costs to transport products if fuel costs increase significantly. 

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials could result in increased costs or cause production delays 
which might result in a decline in sales, either of which could materially adversely impact our earnings. 

We use various types of wood, foam, fibers, fabrics, leathers, and other raw materials in manufacturing our furniture. Certain 
of our raw materials, including fabrics, are purchased domestically as well as outside North America. Fluctuations in the price, 
availability and quality of raw materials could result in increased costs or a delay in manufacturing our products, which in turn 
could result in a delay in  delivering products to our customers.  For  example,  lumber prices  fluctuate  over  time based  on 
factors such as weather and demand, which, in turn, impact availability. Production delays or upward trends in raw material 
prices could result in lower sales or margins, thereby materially adversely impacting our earnings. 

In addition, certain suppliers may require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to produce products in the 
quantities we desire. This long lead time may require us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will 
be  offered  for  sale,  thereby  exposing  us  to  risks  relating  to  shifts  in  consumer  demand  and  trends,  and  any  significant 
downturn in the United States economy. 

Our  current  and  former  manufacturing  and  retail  operations  and  products  are  subject  to  increasingly  stringent 
environmental, health and safety requirements. 

We use and generate hazardous substances in our manufacturing and retail operations. In addition, both the manufacturing 
properties  on  which  we  currently  operate  and  those  on  which  we  have  ceased  operations  are  and  have  been  used  for 
industrial purposes. Our manufacturing operations and, to a lesser extent, our retail operations involve risk of personal injury 
or  death.  We  are  subject  to  increasingly  stringent  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  our 
products, current and former properties and our current operations. These laws and regulations provide for substantial fines 
and  criminal  sanctions  for  violations  and  sometimes  require  product  recalls  and/or  redesign,  the  installation  of  costly 
pollution control or safety equipment, or costly changes in operations to limit pollution or decrease the likelihood of injuries. 
In  addition,  we  may  become  subject  to  potentially  material  liabilities  for  the  investigation  and  cleanup  of  contaminated 
properties and to claims alleging personal injury or property damage resulting from exposure to or releases of hazardous 
substances or personal injury because of an unsafe workplace. 

In addition, noncompliance with, or stricter enforcement of, existing laws and regulations, adoption of more stringent new 
laws and regulations, discovery of previously unknown contamination or imposition of new or increased requirements could 
require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that could be material. 

We  operate  in  the  highly  competitive  retail  business  where  the  use  of  emerging  technologies  as  well  as  unanticipated 
changes in the pricing and other practices of competitors may adversely affect our performance. 

The retail business is highly competitive. We compete for customers, employees, locations, merchandise, technology, services 
and other important aspects of the business with many other local, regional and national retailers. Those competitors range 
from specialty retailers to department stores and discounters as well as online and multichannel retailers. Specifically, rapidly 
evolving technologies are altering the manner in which the Company and its competitors communicate and transact with 
customers. Our strategy designed to adapt to these changes, in the context of competitors’ actions, customers adoption of 

14 

15 

affect our business and operating results. 

Our  primary  and  back‐up  information  technology  systems  are  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from  power  outages, 

computer  and  telecommunications  failures,  viruses,  phishing  attempts,  cyber‐attacks,  malware  and  ransomware  attacks, 

security breaches, natural disasters, and errors by employees. Though losses arising from some of these issues would be 

covered by insurance, interruptions of our critical business information technology systems or failure of our back‐up systems 

could result in longer production times or negatively impact customers resulting in damage to our reputation and a reduction 

in sales. If our critical information technology systems or back‐up systems were damaged or ceased to function properly, we 

might have to make a significant investment to repair or replace them.  

Product recalls or product safety concerns could materially adversely affect our sales and operating results. 

If the Company's merchandise offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or consumers' expectations regarding safety, 

the Company could experience decreased sales, increased costs and/or be exposed to legal and reputational risk. Events that 

give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns could expose the Company to government enforcement 

action and/or private litigation. Reputational damage caused by real or perceived product safety concerns or product recalls 

could negatively affect the Company's business and results of operations. 

Successful cyber-attacks and the failure to maintain adequate cyber-security systems and procedures could harm materially 

our operations. 

In the current environment, there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including criminal hackers, 

hacktivists, state‐sponsored intrusions, industrial espionage, employee malfeasance and human or technological error. High‐

profile security breaches at other companies and in government agencies have increased in recent years, and security industry 

experts and government officials have warned about the risks of hackers and cyberattacks targeting businesses such as ours. 

Cyber‐attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and in some cases have caused significant harm.  Computer 

hackers and others routinely attempt to breach the security of technology products, services and systems, and to fraudulently 

induce employees, customers, or others to disclose information or unwittingly provide access to systems or data. We operate 

many  aspects  of  our  business  including  financial  reporting,  and  customer  relationship  management  through server and 

web‐based technologies, and store various types of data on such servers or with third‐parties who in turn store it on servers 

and  in  the  “cloud.”  Any  disruption  to  the  internet  or  to  the  Company's  or  its  service  providers'  global  technology 

infrastructure, including malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” attempts to penetrate networks, data theft or loss and 

human error, could have adverse affects on the Company's operations. A cyber‐attack of our systems or networks that impairs 

our information technology systems could disrupt our business operations and result in loss of service to customers. The risk 

of cyberattacks to our Company also includes attempted breaches of contractors, business partners, vendors and other third 

parties. We have a comprehensive cybersecurity program designed to protect and preserve the integrity of our information 

technology systems. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience actual or attempted cyber‐attacks of our IT 

systems or networks; however, none of these actual or attempted cyber‐attacks had a material impact on our operations or 

financial condition. 

While  we  devote  significant  resources  to  network  security,  data  encryption  and  other  security  measures  to  protect  our 

systems and data, including our own proprietary information and the confidential and personally identifiable information of 

our customers, employees, and business partners, these measures cannot provide absolute security. The costs to eliminate 

or alleviate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could 

be  significant,  and  our  efforts  to  address  these  problems  may  not  be  successful,  resulting  potentially  in  the  theft,  loss, 

destruction or corruption of information we store electronically, as well as unexpected interruptions, delays or cessation of 

service, any of which could cause harm to our business operations. Moreover, if a computer security breach or cyber‐attack 

affects our systems or results in the unauthorized release of proprietary or personally identifiable information, our reputation 

could be materially damaged, our customer confidence could be diminished, and our operations, including technical support 

for our devices, could be impaired. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which could 

have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

to maintain and enhance our existing brand equity. We cannot provide assurance that our marketing, advertising and other 

efforts to promote and maintain awareness of our brand will not require us to incur substantial costs. If these efforts are 

unsuccessful  or  we  incur  substantial  costs  in  connection  with  these  efforts,  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial 

condition could be materially adversely affected. 

Our number of  manufacturing and logistics sites may  increase  our  exposure to business disruptions  and could result  in 

higher transportation costs. 

We  have  a  limited  number  of  manufacturing  sites  in  our  case  goods  and  upholstery  operations  and  consolidated  our 

distribution network into fewer centers for both wholesale and retail segments. Our upholstery operations consist of two 

upholstery plants at our North Carolina campus and one plant in Mexico. The Company operates two manufacturing plants  

(Vermont and Honduras)  and  one  sawmill  in  support  of  our case  goods operations. As a result of the consolidation of our 

manufacturing operations into fewer facilities, if any of our manufacturing or logistics sites experience significant business 

interruption, our ability to manufacture or deliver our products in a timely manner would likely be impacted. While we have 

long‐standing relationships with multiple outside suppliers of our raw materials and commodities, there can be no assurance 

of their ability to fulfill our supply needs on a timely basis. The consolidation to fewer locations has resulted in longer distances 

for delivery and could result in higher costs to transport products if fuel costs increase significantly. 

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials could result in increased costs or cause production delays 

which might result in a decline in sales, either of which could materially adversely impact our earnings. 

We use various types of wood, foam, fibers, fabrics, leathers, and other raw materials in manufacturing our furniture. Certain 

of our raw materials, including fabrics, are purchased domestically as well as outside North America. Fluctuations in the price, 

availability and quality of raw materials could result in increased costs or a delay in manufacturing our products, which in turn 

could result in a delay in  delivering products to our customers.  For  example,  lumber prices  fluctuate  over  time based  on 

factors such as weather and demand, which, in turn, impact availability. Production delays or upward trends in raw material 

prices could result in lower sales or margins, thereby materially adversely impacting our earnings. 

In addition, certain suppliers may require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to produce products in the 

quantities we desire. This long lead time may require us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will 

be  offered  for  sale,  thereby  exposing  us  to  risks  relating  to  shifts  in  consumer  demand  and  trends,  and  any  significant 

downturn in the United States economy. 

Our  current  and  former  manufacturing  and  retail  operations  and  products  are  subject  to  increasingly  stringent 

environmental, health and safety requirements. 

We use and generate hazardous substances in our manufacturing and retail operations. In addition, both the manufacturing 

properties  on  which  we  currently  operate  and  those  on  which  we  have  ceased  operations  are  and  have  been  used  for 

industrial purposes. Our manufacturing operations and, to a lesser extent, our retail operations involve risk of personal injury 

or  death.  We  are  subject  to  increasingly  stringent  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  our 

products, current and former properties and our current operations. These laws and regulations provide for substantial fines 

and  criminal  sanctions  for  violations  and  sometimes  require  product  recalls  and/or  redesign,  the  installation  of  costly 

pollution control or safety equipment, or costly changes in operations to limit pollution or decrease the likelihood of injuries. 

In  addition,  we  may  become  subject  to  potentially  material  liabilities  for  the  investigation  and  cleanup  of  contaminated 

properties and to claims alleging personal injury or property damage resulting from exposure to or releases of hazardous 

substances or personal injury because of an unsafe workplace. 

In addition, noncompliance with, or stricter enforcement of, existing laws and regulations, adoption of more stringent new 

laws and regulations, discovery of previously unknown contamination or imposition of new or increased requirements could 

require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that could be material. 

We  operate  in  the  highly  competitive  retail  business  where  the  use  of  emerging  technologies  as  well  as  unanticipated 

changes in the pricing and other practices of competitors may adversely affect our performance. 

The retail business is highly competitive. We compete for customers, employees, locations, merchandise, technology, services 

and other important aspects of the business with many other local, regional and national retailers. Those competitors range 

from specialty retailers to department stores and discounters as well as online and multichannel retailers. Specifically, rapidly 

evolving technologies are altering the manner in which the Company and its competitors communicate and transact with 

customers. Our strategy designed to adapt to these changes, in the context of competitors’ actions, customers adoption of 

new technology, and related changes in customer behavior, presents a specific risk in the event we are unable to successfully 
execute  our  plans  or  adjust  them  over  time  if  needed.  Further,  unanticipated  changes  in  pricing  and  other  practices  of 
competitors,  including  promotional  activity,  such  as  thresholds  for  free  shipping  and  rapid  price  fluctuation  enabled  by 
technology, may adversely affect our performance. 

We  rely  extensively  on  information  technology  systems  to  process  transactions,  summarize  results,  and  manage  our 
business and that of certain independent retailers. Disruptions in both our primary and back-up systems could adversely 
affect our business and operating results. 

Our  primary  and  back‐up  information  technology  systems  are  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from  power  outages, 
computer  and  telecommunications  failures,  viruses,  phishing  attempts,  cyber‐attacks,  malware  and  ransomware  attacks, 
security breaches, natural disasters, and errors by employees. Though losses arising from some of these issues would be 
covered by insurance, interruptions of our critical business information technology systems or failure of our back‐up systems 
could result in longer production times or negatively impact customers resulting in damage to our reputation and a reduction 
in sales. If our critical information technology systems or back‐up systems were damaged or ceased to function properly, we 
might have to make a significant investment to repair or replace them.  

Product recalls or product safety concerns could materially adversely affect our sales and operating results. 

If the Company's merchandise offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or consumers' expectations regarding safety, 
the Company could experience decreased sales, increased costs and/or be exposed to legal and reputational risk. Events that 
give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns could expose the Company to government enforcement 
action and/or private litigation. Reputational damage caused by real or perceived product safety concerns or product recalls 
could negatively affect the Company's business and results of operations. 

Successful cyber-attacks and the failure to maintain adequate cyber-security systems and procedures could harm materially 
our operations. 

In the current environment, there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including criminal hackers, 
hacktivists, state‐sponsored intrusions, industrial espionage, employee malfeasance and human or technological error. High‐
profile security breaches at other companies and in government agencies have increased in recent years, and security industry 
experts and government officials have warned about the risks of hackers and cyberattacks targeting businesses such as ours. 
Cyber‐attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and in some cases have caused significant harm.  Computer 
hackers and others routinely attempt to breach the security of technology products, services and systems, and to fraudulently 
induce employees, customers, or others to disclose information or unwittingly provide access to systems or data. We operate 
many  aspects  of  our  business  including  financial  reporting,  and  customer  relationship  management  through server and 
web‐based technologies, and store various types of data on such servers or with third‐parties who in turn store it on servers 
and  in  the  “cloud.”  Any  disruption  to  the  internet  or  to  the  Company's  or  its  service  providers'  global  technology 
infrastructure, including malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” attempts to penetrate networks, data theft or loss and 
human error, could have adverse affects on the Company's operations. A cyber‐attack of our systems or networks that impairs 
our information technology systems could disrupt our business operations and result in loss of service to customers. The risk 
of cyberattacks to our Company also includes attempted breaches of contractors, business partners, vendors and other third 
parties. We have a comprehensive cybersecurity program designed to protect and preserve the integrity of our information 
technology systems. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience actual or attempted cyber‐attacks of our IT 
systems or networks; however, none of these actual or attempted cyber‐attacks had a material impact on our operations or 
financial condition. 

While  we  devote  significant  resources  to  network  security,  data  encryption  and  other  security  measures  to  protect  our 
systems and data, including our own proprietary information and the confidential and personally identifiable information of 
our customers, employees, and business partners, these measures cannot provide absolute security. The costs to eliminate 
or alleviate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could 
be  significant,  and  our  efforts  to  address  these  problems  may  not  be  successful,  resulting  potentially  in  the  theft,  loss, 
destruction or corruption of information we store electronically, as well as unexpected interruptions, delays or cessation of 
service, any of which could cause harm to our business operations. Moreover, if a computer security breach or cyber‐attack 
affects our systems or results in the unauthorized release of proprietary or personally identifiable information, our reputation 
could be materially damaged, our customer confidence could be diminished, and our operations, including technical support 
for our devices, could be impaired. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which could 
have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

14 

15 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Loss, corruption and misappropriation of data and information relating to customers could materially adversely affect our 
operations. 

and secure design center locations. 

We may not be able to maintain our current design center locations at current costs. We may also fail to successfully select 

We have access to sensitive customer information in the ordinary course of business. If a significant data breach occurred, 
our reputation may be adversely affected, customer confidence may be diminished, or we may be subject to legal claims, or 
legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, may have a negative impact on our reputation, may lead 
to regulatory enforcement actions against us, and may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition. The loss, disclosure or misappropriation of our business information may materially adversely affect our business, 
operating results and financial condition. Further, legislative or regulatory action in these areas is evolving, and we may be 
unable to adapt  our IT systems or to manage the IT systems of third parties to accommodate these changes. Finally, if a 
significant  data  breach  occurred,  our  reputation  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected,  and  confidence  among  our 
customers may be diminished.  

Our business is dependent on certain key personnel; if we  lose  key personnel or are unable  to hire additional qualified 
personnel, our business may be harmed. 

The success of our business depends upon our ability to retain continued service of certain key personnel, particularly our 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  M.  Farooq  Kathwari,  and  to  attract  and  retain  additional 
qualified key personnel in the future. We face risks related to loss of any key personnel and we also face risks related to any 
changes that may occur in key senior leadership executive positions. Any disruption in the services of our key personnel could 
make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals and could adversely affect our 
results of operation and financial condition. These changes could also increase the volatility of our stock price. 

The  market  for  qualified  employees  and  personnel  in  the  retail  and  manufacturing  industries  is  highly  competitive.  Our 
success depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified artisans, professional and clerical employees and 
upon the continued contributions of these individuals. We cannot provide assurance that we will be successful in attracting 
and retaining qualified personnel. A shortage of qualified personnel may require us to enhance our wage and benefits package 
in order to compete effectively in the hiring and retention of qualified employees. Our labor and benefit costs may continue 
to increase and such increases may not be recovered. This could have a material adverse affect on our business, operating 
results and financial condition. 

In  addition,  as  previously  announced  in  April  2019,  we  are  currently  executing  plans  to  further  improve  our  vertically 
integrated  operations  with  a  number  of  initiatives.  As  a  result  of  the  ongoing  evolution  of  our  business,  we  frequently 
implement changes to our organizational design in order to more closely align our management structure with the needs of 
the business. In connection with such changes to our retail and wholesale structure, we also implement changes in personnel 
and reductions in force as a result of which we may incur severance costs and other reorganization charges and expenses. 
Changes in our organizational structure may also have an adverse impact on our ability to retain qualified personnel.  

Our total assets include substantial amounts of long-lived assets, principally property and equipment. Changes to estimates 
or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, financial results that are lower than current estimates at certain 
design center locations or determinations to close  underperforming  locations may cause  us to incur  future  impairment 
charges, negatively affecting its financial results. 

We make certain accounting estimates and projections with regard to individual design center operations as well as overall 
Company  performance  in  connection  with  our  impairment  analysis  for  long‐lived  assets  in  accordance  with  applicable 
accounting guidance. An impairment charge may be required if the impairment analysis indicates that the carrying value of 
an asset exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows of the asset. The projection of future cash flows used in 
this analysis requires the use of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating  results. If actual 
results differ from Company estimates, additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. If impairment 
charges are significant, our financial results could be negatively affected. 

Access to consumer credit could be interrupted as a result of conditions outside of our control, which could  reduce sales 
and profitability. 

Our ability to continue to access consumer credit for our customers could be negatively affected by conditions outside our 
control. If capital market conditions have a material negative change, there is a risk that our business partner that issues our 
private label credit card program may not be able to fulfill its obligations under that agreement. In addition, the tightening of 
credit markets may restrict the ability and willingness of customers to make purchases. 

Our design centers are typically located in busy urban settings as freestanding destinations or as part of suburban strip malls 

or shopping malls, depending upon the real estate opportunities in a particular market. Our business competes with other 

retailers and as a result, our success may be affected by our ability to renew current design center leases and to select and 

secure appropriate retail locations for existing and future design centers. 

Our business may be materially adversely affected by changes to fiscal and tax policies. 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to tax examinations by various governmental tax authorities. The global 

and diverse nature of our business means that there could be additional examinations by governmental tax authorities and 

the resolution of ongoing and other probable audits, which could impose a future risk to the results of our business.  

On December 22, 2017, the  United  States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, (the  “Act”) was signed into law. The Act enacted broad 

changes to the existing United States Internal Revenue code, including reducing the federal corporate income tax rate from 

35% to 21%, among many other complex provisions. Guidance issued by the SEC provided a measurement period of one year 

from the enactment date to finalize the accounting for effects of the Act. In fiscal 2018, we made a provisional estimate of 

the effects of the Act on our existing deferred tax balances. In fiscal 2019 the measurement period ended, and no material 

adjustments were made to our provisional estimate of the impacts of the Act. The U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal 

Revenue Service and other standard‐setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Act will be 

applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. Finally, foreign governments may enact tax laws 

in response to the Act that could result in further changes to global taxation and materially affect our financial position and 

results of operations. The uncertainty surrounding the effect of the reforms on our financial results and business could also 

weaken confidence among investors in our financial condition.  This could, in turn, have a materially adverse affect on the 

price of our common stock. 

Our operations present hazards and risks which may not be fully covered by insurance, if insured. 

The scope and nature of our operations present a variety of operational hazards and risks that must be managed through 

continual oversight and control. As protection against hazards and risks, we maintain insurance against many, but not all, 

potential losses or liabilities arising from such risks. Uninsured losses and liabilities from operating risks could reduce the 

funds available to us for capital and investment spending and could have a material adverse impact on the results of 

operations. 

Failure to protect our intellectual property could materially adversely affect us. 

We  believe  that  our  copyrights,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  secrets,  and  all  of  our  other  intellectual  property  are 

important to our success. We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and confidentiality and restricted 

use agreements, to protect our intellectual property and may seek licenses to intellectual property of others. Some of our 

intellectual  property  is  not  covered  by  any  patent,  trademark,  or  copyright  or  any  applications  for  the  same.  We  cannot 

provide  assurance that agreements  designed  to protect  our  intellectual property  will  not  be  breached,  that  we  will  have 

adequate remedies for any such breach,  or that the efforts we take to protect our proprietary rights will be sufficient or 

effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights or failure to obtain licenses of intellectual property 

from third parties could harm our business or our ability to compete. Moreover, we cannot provide assurance that the use 

of our technology or proprietary “know‐how” or information does not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we 

have to litigate to protect or defend any of our rights, such litigation could result in significant expense. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None. 

16 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
Loss, corruption and misappropriation of data and information relating to customers could materially adversely affect our 

operations. 

We have access to sensitive customer information in the ordinary course of business. If a significant data breach occurred, 

our reputation may be adversely affected, customer confidence may be diminished, or we may be subject to legal claims, or 

legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, may have a negative impact on our reputation, may lead 

to regulatory enforcement actions against us, and may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 

condition. The loss, disclosure or misappropriation of our business information may materially adversely affect our business, 

operating results and financial condition. Further, legislative or regulatory action in these areas is evolving, and we may be 

unable to adapt  our IT systems or to manage the IT systems of third parties to accommodate these changes. Finally, if a 

significant  data  breach  occurred,  our  reputation  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected,  and  confidence  among  our 

customers may be diminished.  

personnel, our business may be harmed. 

Our business is dependent on certain key personnel; if we  lose  key personnel or are unable  to hire additional qualified 

The success of our business depends upon our ability to retain continued service of certain key personnel, particularly our 

Chairman  of  the  Board,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  M.  Farooq  Kathwari,  and  to  attract  and  retain  additional 

qualified key personnel in the future. We face risks related to loss of any key personnel and we also face risks related to any 

changes that may occur in key senior leadership executive positions. Any disruption in the services of our key personnel could 

make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals and could adversely affect our 

results of operation and financial condition. These changes could also increase the volatility of our stock price. 

The  market  for  qualified  employees  and  personnel  in  the  retail  and  manufacturing  industries  is  highly  competitive.  Our 

success depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified artisans, professional and clerical employees and 

upon the continued contributions of these individuals. We cannot provide assurance that we will be successful in attracting 

and retaining qualified personnel. A shortage of qualified personnel may require us to enhance our wage and benefits package 

in order to compete effectively in the hiring and retention of qualified employees. Our labor and benefit costs may continue 

to increase and such increases may not be recovered. This could have a material adverse affect on our business, operating 

results and financial condition. 

In  addition,  as  previously  announced  in  April  2019,  we  are  currently  executing  plans  to  further  improve  our  vertically 

integrated  operations  with  a  number  of  initiatives.  As  a  result  of  the  ongoing  evolution  of  our  business,  we  frequently 

implement changes to our organizational design in order to more closely align our management structure with the needs of 

and reductions in force as a result of which we may incur severance costs and other reorganization charges and expenses. 

Changes in our organizational structure may also have an adverse impact on our ability to retain qualified personnel.  

Our total assets include substantial amounts of long-lived assets, principally property and equipment. Changes to estimates 

or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, financial results that are lower than current estimates at certain 

design center locations or determinations to close  underperforming  locations may cause  us to incur  future  impairment 

charges, negatively affecting its financial results. 

We make certain accounting estimates and projections with regard to individual design center operations as well as overall 

Company  performance  in  connection  with  our  impairment  analysis  for  long‐lived  assets  in  accordance  with  applicable 

accounting guidance. An impairment charge may be required if the impairment analysis indicates that the carrying value of 

an asset exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows of the asset. The projection of future cash flows used in 

this analysis requires the use of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating  results. If actual 

results differ from Company estimates, additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. If impairment 

charges are significant, our financial results could be negatively affected. 

Access to consumer credit could be interrupted as a result of conditions outside of our control, which could  reduce sales 

and profitability. 

Our ability to continue to access consumer credit for our customers could be negatively affected by conditions outside our 

control. If capital market conditions have a material negative change, there is a risk that our business partner that issues our 

private label credit card program may not be able to fulfill its obligations under that agreement. In addition, the tightening of 

credit markets may restrict the ability and willingness of customers to make purchases. 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

We may not be able to maintain our current design center locations at current costs. We may also fail to successfully select 
and secure design center locations. 

Our design centers are typically located in busy urban settings as freestanding destinations or as part of suburban strip malls 
or shopping malls, depending upon the real estate opportunities in a particular market. Our business competes with other 
retailers and as a result, our success may be affected by our ability to renew current design center leases and to select and 
secure appropriate retail locations for existing and future design centers. 

Our business may be materially adversely affected by changes to fiscal and tax policies. 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to tax examinations by various governmental tax authorities. The global 
and diverse nature of our business means that there could be additional examinations by governmental tax authorities and 
the resolution of ongoing and other probable audits, which could impose a future risk to the results of our business.  

On December 22, 2017,  the  United  States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, (the  “Act”) was signed into law. The Act enacted broad 
changes to the existing United States Internal Revenue code, including reducing the federal corporate income tax rate from 
35% to 21%, among many other complex provisions. Guidance issued by the SEC provided a measurement period of one year 
from the enactment date to finalize the accounting for effects of the Act. In fiscal 2018, we made a provisional estimate of 
the effects of the Act on our existing deferred tax balances. In fiscal 2019 the measurement period ended, and no material 
adjustments were made to our provisional estimate of the impacts of the Act. The U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal 
Revenue Service and other standard‐setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Act will be 
applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. Finally, foreign governments may enact tax laws 
in response to the Act that could result in further changes to global taxation and materially affect our financial position and 
results of operations. The uncertainty surrounding the effect of the reforms on our financial results and business could also 
weaken confidence among investors in our financial condition.  This could, in turn, have a materially adverse affect on the 
price of our common stock. 

Our operations present hazards and risks which may not be fully covered by insurance, if insured. 

The scope and nature of our operations present a variety of operational hazards and risks that must be managed through 
continual oversight and control. As protection against hazards and risks, we maintain insurance against many, but not all, 
potential losses or liabilities arising from such risks. Uninsured losses and liabilities from operating risks could reduce the 
funds available to us for capital and investment spending and could have a material adverse impact on the results of 
operations. 

the business. In connection with such changes to our retail and wholesale structure, we also implement changes in personnel 

Failure to protect our intellectual property could materially adversely affect us. 

We  believe  that  our  copyrights,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  secrets,  and  all  of  our  other  intellectual  property  are 
important to our success. We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and confidentiality and restricted 
use agreements, to protect our intellectual property and may seek licenses to intellectual property of others. Some of our 
intellectual  property  is  not  covered  by  any  patent,  trademark,  or  copyright  or  any  applications  for  the  same.  We  cannot 
provide  assurance that agreements  designed  to protect  our  intellectual property  will  not  be  breached,  that  we  will  have 
adequate remedies for any such breach,  or that the efforts we take to protect our proprietary rights will be sufficient or 
effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights or failure to obtain licenses of intellectual property 
from third parties could harm our business or our ability to compete. Moreover, we cannot provide assurance that the use 
of our technology or proprietary “know‐how” or information does not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we 
have to litigate to protect or defend any of our rights, such litigation could result in significant expense. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None. 

16 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Based 

on currently available information, we do not believe that the ultimate outcome of these unresolved matters against Ethan 

Allen, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse affect on our consolidated financial position, our annual 

results of operations or our annual cash flows. However, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of 

these matters may change in the future. For additional information regarding legal matters, refer to Note 20, Commitments 

and Contingencies, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 

10-K. 

Regulations  issued  under  the  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990  required  the  industry  to  reformulate  certain  furniture 

finishes or institute process changes to reduce emissions  of volatile organic  compounds. Compliance  with many of these 

requirements has been facilitated through the introduction of high solids coating technology and alternative formulations. In 

addition, we have instituted a variety of technical and procedural controls, including reformulation of finishing materials to 

reduce toxicity, implementation of high velocity low pressure spray systems, development of storm water protection plans 

and controls, and further development of related inspection/audit teams, all of which have served to reduce emissions per 

unit  of production. We remain committed to implementing new waste minimization programs and/or enhancing existing 

programs with the objective of (i) reducing the total volume of waste, (ii) limiting the liability associated with waste disposal, 

and  (iii)  continuously  improving  environmental  and  job  safety  programs  on  the  factory  floor  which  serve  to  minimize 

emissions and safety risks for employees. To reduce the use of hazardous materials in the manufacturing process, we will 

continue  to  evaluate  the  most  appropriate,  cost-effective  control  technologies  for  finishing  operations  and  production 

methods. We believe that our facilities are in material compliance with all such applicable laws and regulations. Our currently 

anticipated capital expenditures for environmental control facility matters are not material. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable.   

Ethan  Allen’s  144,000  square  foot  corporate  headquarters  building,  located  in  Danbury,  Connecticut,  is  owned  by  the 
Company.  

We operate six manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Mexico and Honduras. These facilities are owned by the 
Company and include three case goods plants (including one sawmill) totaling 1,300,000 square feet and three upholstery 
furniture plants totaling 1,170,000 square feet. Two of our case goods manufacturing facilities are located in Vermont and 
one is in Honduras. We have two upholstery manufacturing facilities at our North Carolina campus and one in Mexico. Our 
wholesale division also owns and operates four national distribution and fulfillment centers, which are a combined 1,428,000 
square feet. Our distribution facilities are located in North Carolina, Oklahoma, and Virginia. 

We own three and lease 10 retail service centers, totaling approximately 770,000 square feet. Our retail service centers are 
located throughout the United States  and Canada and serve to support our various retail design centers. 

As of June 30, 2019 there were 144 Company operated retail design centers totaling 2,210,000 square feet, and averaging 
approximately 15,300 square feet in size per location. Of the 144 Company operated retail design centers, 50 of the properties 
are  owned  and  94  are  leased.  We  own  one  and  lease  six  additional  retail  properties,  of  which  we  sublease  three  to 
independent Ethan Allen retailers and four to unaffiliated third parties.  

The location activity and geographic distribution of our retail network for fiscal years ended June 30 are as follows: 

 Fis cal 2019

 Fis cal 2018

Independent
retailers

Company‐
operated

Total

Independent
retailers

Company‐
operated

Total

Retail Des ign Center location activity:

Balance at July 1

New locations

Clos ures

Trans fers

Balance at June 30

Relocations  (in new and clos ures )

Retail Des ign Center geographic locations :

United States

Canada

China

Other As ia

Europe

Middle Eas t

Total

148

21

(9)

(2)

158

‐

40

‐

100

11

1

6

158

148

3

(9)

2

144

3

138

6

‐

‐

‐

‐

144

296

24

(18)

‐

302

3

178

6

100

11

1

6

302

155

11

(16)

(2)

148

‐

44

‐

87

9

1

7

148

2

(4)

2

148

1

142

6

‐

‐

‐

‐

303

13

(20)

‐

296

1

186

6

87

9

1

7

148

148

296

We believe that all our properties are well maintained and in good condition. We have additional capacity at each facility as we 
estimate that our manufacturing plants are currently operating at approximately 50% of capacity based on their current shifts 
and  staffing.  In  an  effort  to  further  improve  and  optimize  our  manufacturing  and  logistics  operations,  we  are  currently 
executing the following plans, which we expect to be completed during fiscal 2020: (i) convert our Old Fort, North Carolina 
plant  into  a  state‐of‐the‐art  distribution  center  to  support  our  national  distribution  structure  and  growing  United  States 
government  General  Services  Administration  (“GSA”)  contract  business;  (ii)  consolidate  United  States  case  goods 
manufacturing to Vermont; (iii) expand our Maiden, North Carolina campus with the addition of 80,000 square feet; and (iv) 
move the distribution operations from our Passaic, New Jersey facility to our operations in North Carolina and outsource the 
art framing operations. 

18 

19 

 
 
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                   
                 
              
                    
                
              
                    
               
            
                   
               
            
                    
                 
                
                     
                
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                   
             
            
                    
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                 
                 
            
                    
                 
              
                   
                 
              
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Based 
on currently available information, we do not believe that the ultimate outcome of these unresolved matters against Ethan 
Allen, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse affect on our consolidated financial position, our annual 
results of operations or our annual cash flows. However, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of 
these matters may change in the future. For additional information regarding legal matters, refer to Note 20, Commitments 
and Contingencies, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. 

Regulations  issued  under  the  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990  required  the  industry  to  reformulate  certain  furniture 
finishes or institute process changes to reduce emissions  of volatile organic  compounds. Compliance  with many of these 
requirements has been facilitated through the introduction of high solids coating technology and alternative formulations. In 
addition, we have instituted a variety of technical and procedural controls, including reformulation of finishing materials to 
reduce toxicity, implementation of high velocity low pressure spray systems, development of storm water protection plans 
and controls, and further development of related inspection/audit teams, all of which have served to reduce emissions per 
unit of production. We remain committed to implementing new waste minimization programs and/or enhancing  existing 
programs with the objective of (i) reducing the total volume of waste, (ii) limiting the liability associated with waste disposal, 
and  (iii)  continuously  improving  environmental  and  job  safety  programs  on  the  factory  floor  which  serve  to  minimize 
emissions and safety risks for employees. To reduce the use of hazardous materials in the manufacturing process, we will 
continue  to  evaluate  the  most  appropriate,  cost-effective  control  technologies  for  finishing  operations  and  production 
methods. We believe that our facilities are in material compliance with all such applicable laws and regulations. Our currently 
anticipated capital expenditures for environmental control facility matters are not material. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable.   

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Company.  

Ethan  Allen’s  144,000  square  foot  corporate  headquarters  building,  located  in  Danbury,  Connecticut,  is  owned  by  the 

We operate six manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Mexico and Honduras. These facilities are owned by the 

Company and include three case goods plants (including one sawmill) totaling 1,300,000 square feet and three upholstery 

furniture plants totaling 1,170,000 square feet. Two of our case goods manufacturing facilities are located in Vermont and 

one is in Honduras. We have two upholstery manufacturing facilities at our North Carolina campus and one in Mexico. Our 

wholesale division also owns and operates four national distribution and fulfillment centers, which are a combined 1,428,000 

square feet. Our distribution facilities are located in North Carolina, Oklahoma, and Virginia. 

We own three and lease 10 retail service centers, totaling approximately 770,000 square feet. Our retail service centers are 

located throughout the United States  and Canada and serve to support our various retail design centers. 

As of June 30, 2019 there were 144 Company operated retail design centers totaling 2,210,000 square feet, and averaging 

approximately 15,300 square feet in size per location. Of the 144 Company operated retail design centers, 50 of the properties 

are  owned  and  94  are  leased.  We  own  one  and  lease  six  additional  retail  properties,  of  which  we  sublease  three  to 

independent Ethan Allen retailers and four to unaffiliated third parties.  

The location activity and geographic distribution of our retail network for fiscal years ended June 30 are as follows: 

 Fis cal 2019

 Fis cal 2018

Independent

retailers

Company‐

operated

Independent

Total

retailers

Company‐

operated

Total

Retail Des ign Center location activity:

Relocations  (in new and clos ures )

Retail Des ign Center geographic locations :

Balance at July 1

New locations

Clos ures

Trans fers

Balance at June 30

United States

Canada

China

Other As ia

Europe

Middle Eas t

Total

148

21

(9)

(2)

158

‐

40

‐

100

11

1

6

158

148

(9)

144

138

3

2

3

6

‐

‐

‐

‐

144

296

24

(18)

302

‐

3

178

6

100

11

1

6

302

155

11

(16)

(2)

148

‐

44

‐

87

9

1

7

148

(4)

148

142

2

2

1

6

‐

‐

‐

‐

303

13

(20)

296

‐

1

186

6

87

9

1

7

148

148

296

We believe that all our properties are well maintained and in good condition. We have additional capacity at each facility as we 

estimate that our manufacturing plants are currently operating at approximately 50% of capacity based on their current shifts 

and  staffing.  In  an  effort  to  further  improve  and  optimize  our  manufacturing  and  logistics  operations,  we  are  currently 

executing the following plans, which we expect to be completed during fiscal 2020: (i) convert our Old Fort, North Carolina 

plant  into  a  state‐of‐the‐art  distribution  center  to  support  our  national  distribution  structure  and  growing  United  States 

government  General  Services  Administration  (“GSA”)  contract  business;  (ii)  consolidate  United  States  case  goods 

manufacturing to Vermont; (iii) expand our Maiden, North Carolina campus with the addition of 80,000 square feet; and (iv) 

move the distribution operations from our Passaic, New Jersey facility to our operations in North Carolina and outsource the 

art framing operations. 

18 

19 

 
 
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                   
                 
              
                    
                
              
                    
               
            
                   
               
            
                    
                 
                
                     
                
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                   
             
            
                    
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                 
                 
            
                    
                 
              
                   
                 
              
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth, for the periods and at the dates indicated, our selected historical consolidated financial data. 

We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and as of June 

30, 2019 and 2018, from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. We have derived 

the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and as of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 

from our consolidated financial statements not appearing elsewhere in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily 

indicative of the results we may achieve in any future period.  

This financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 

and Results of Operations and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

PART II 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
EQUITY SECURITIES 

(a)  Market Information, Holders of Record, Dividends, Securities Authorized for Issuance and Stock Performance Graph 

Market  Information.  Ethan  Allen  common  stock  is  traded on  the New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  under  ticker  symbol 
“ETH”.  

Holders of Record. As of July 25, 2019, there were 221 shareholders of record of our common stock, including Cede & Co., the 
nominee of the Depository Trust Company. However, because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and 
other institutions on behalf of  shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by 
these record holders. The closing price of our common stock on July 25, 2019, was $20.63 per share as reported on the NYSE.   

Dividends. The Company’s policy is to issue quarterly dividends, and we expect to continue to declare  and pay comparable 
quarterly dividends for the foreseeable future, business conditions permitting.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans. Refer to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Stock Performance Graph. The annual changes for the five-year period shown in the graph below are based on the assumption 
that $100 had been invested in our common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Standard & Poor’s Retail Select 
Industry Index (“SPSIRE”) on June 30, 2014. The total cumulative dollar returns shown on the graph represent the value that 
such investments would have had on June 30, 2019. Stockholder returns over the indicated period are based on historical 
data and should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., the S&P 500 Index,
S&P Retail Select Industry Index (SPSIRE)

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

6/14

6/15

6/16

6/17

6/18

6/19

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.

S&P 500®

S&P Retail Select Industry Index (SPSIRE)

*This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed 
to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Ethan Allen under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act whether 
made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing. 

(b)  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

There were no sales of unregistered equity securities during fiscal 2019. 

(c)  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

We may from time to time make repurchases in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, subject to 
market conditions, including pursuant to our previously announced repurchase program. There were no share repurchases 
under the program during fiscal 2019. At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 
shares of our common stock pursuant to our program. 

20 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

PART II 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following tables set forth, for the periods and at the dates indicated, our selected historical consolidated financial data. 
We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and as of June 
30, 2019 and 2018, from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. We have derived 
the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and as of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 
from our consolidated financial statements not appearing elsewhere in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily 
indicative of the results we may achieve in any future period.  

This financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 

(a)  Market Information, Holders of Record, Dividends, Securities Authorized for Issuance and Stock Performance Graph 

Market  Information.  Ethan  Allen  common  stock  is  traded on  the New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  under  ticker  symbol 

EQUITY SECURITIES 

“ETH”.  

Holders of Record. As of July 25, 2019, there were 221 shareholders of record of our common stock, including Cede & Co., the 

nominee of the Depository Trust Company. However, because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and 

other institutions on behalf of  shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by 

these record holders. The closing price of our common stock on July 25, 2019, was $20.63 per share as reported on the NYSE.   

Dividends. The Company’s policy is to issue quarterly dividends, and we expect to continue to declare  and pay comparable 

quarterly dividends for the foreseeable future, business conditions permitting.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans. Refer to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Stock Performance Graph. The annual changes for the five-year period shown in the graph below are based on the assumption 

that $100 had been invested in our common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Standard & Poor’s Retail Select 

Industry Index (“SPSIRE”) on June 30, 2014. The total cumulative dollar returns shown on the graph represent the value that 

such investments would have had on June 30, 2019. Stockholder returns over the indicated period are based on historical 

data and should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., the S&P 500 Index,

S&P Retail Select Industry Index (SPSIRE)

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

6/14

6/15

6/16

6/17

6/18

6/19

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.

S&P 500®

S&P Retail Select Industry Index (SPSIRE)

*This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed 

to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Ethan Allen under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act whether 

made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing. 

(b)  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

There were no sales of unregistered equity securities during fiscal 2019. 

(c)  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

We may from time to time make repurchases in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, subject to 

market conditions, including pursuant to our previously announced repurchase program. There were no share repurchases 

under the program during fiscal 2019. At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 

shares of our common stock pursuant to our program. 

20 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

revolving credit facility and subsequently repaid this borrowing in full by June 30, 2019, using cash generated from operating 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide a 
reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results 
of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results.  

The MD&A is based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes 
included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Executive Overview 

Who We Are. We are a leading interior design company and manufacturer and retailer of quality home furnishings. Founded 
over 87 years ago, today we are a leading international home fashion brand doing business in North America, Europe, Asia 
and the Middle East. We are vertically integrated from design through delivery, affording our clientele a value proposition of 
style, quality and price. We offer complementary interior design service to our clients and sell a full range of furniture products 
and decorative accents through ethanallen.com and a network of approximately 300 design centers in the United States and 
abroad. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees and our own Company operated retail segment. We 
own and operate six manufacturing facilities, including three manufacturing plants and one sawmill in the United States and 
one manufacturing plant in Mexico and one in Honduras. 

Business Model. Our business model is to maintain continued focus on (i) capitalizing on the strength of our interior design 
professionals and management  in our retail design  centers, (ii)  communicating our messages  with strong advertising and 
marketing campaigns,  (iii) utilizing ethanallen.com as a key marketing tool to drive traffic to our design centers, (iv) investing 
in new technologies across key aspects of our vertically integrated business, and (v) leveraging the benefits of our vertical 
integration by maintaining a strong manufacturing capacity in North America where we manufacture approximately 75% of 
our products. 

Our competitive advantages arise from: 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

providing fashionable high-quality products of the finest craftsmanship; 
offering  complimentary  design  service  through  approximately  2,000  motivated  interior  design  professionals 
network-wide; 
offering a wide array of custom products across our upholstery, case goods, and accent product categories; 
enhancing our technology in all aspects of the business; and 
leveraging our vertically integrated structure. 

Transformation. We have completed a major transformation of our  product offerings,  having refreshed over 70% of our 
entire product line over the past three years. In the past 12 months, we further strengthened our offerings with relevant new 
products  featuring  a  modern  perspective  on  classic  designs.  During  fiscal  2019,  we  successfully  introduced  our  Relaxed 
Modern product line, a casual, livable, inspired by nature, transitional design made of mixed materials as well as expanded 
our Home & Garden collection. Our contract sales, including sales to the GSA, hospitality and other commercial businesses, 
continue to grow and the GSA has become one of our ten largest customers. Our internet sales, while still a low percentage 
of our consolidated sales, are growing at a rate that continues to out-pace our brick and mortar design centers. 

Fiscal 2019 Year in Review.(1) Improved adjusted gross margin, cost containment within our expenses and a lower effective 
tax rate helped increase our  adjusted diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2019 to $1.56, up 15.6%. Consolidated net sales 
decreased 2.6% due to a decline of 7.2% within our wholesale segment partially offset by growth in our retail segment of 
0.4%. Consolidated international net sales for fiscal 2019 decreased $27.4 million primarily due to lower sales in China and 
made  up  6.8%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  compared  with  10.2%  in  the  prior  year  period.  Our  adjusted  gross  margin 
expanded 90 basis points to 55.1%, driven by a price increase and a change in the retail segment sales mix relative to total 
consolidated sales, which was 79.0% compared with 76.6% in the year ago period. Adjusted operating income, which excludes 
$21.1  million  of  pre-tax  charges  from  restructuring  initiatives,  asset  impairments  and  other  corporate  actions,  rose  9.8% 
during the current year due to lower national television advertising costs and a reduction in share-based compensation. The 
full  year  fiscal  2019  effective  income  tax  rate  was  24.1%  compared  with  25.9%  in  the  prior  year  due  to  tax  law  changes 
resulting from the Tax Act. As of June 30, 2019, our balance sheet remains strong with cash and cash equivalents of $20.8 
million and inventory of $162.4 million.  During the fiscal 2019 year we paid $47.0 million in dividends, including a special 
dividend payment of $26.7 million, reflecting an annual increase of 59.2%. In addition, during December 2018 we entered 
into a  five-year, $165 million senior  secured revolving credit facility, which  amended and restated the previously existing 
facility. To partially fund the special cash dividend paid to shareholders in January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the 

22 

activities.  

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

Optimization  of  Manufacturing  and  Logistics.  During  April  2019  we  announced  plans  to  further  improve  our  vertically 

integrated operations with a number of initiatives including converting our case goods manufacturing plant in North Carolina 

to a state-of-the-art distribution center, consolidating case goods manufacturing to our Vermont and other plants, adding a 

80,000 square foot addition to one of our upholstery plants and moving our distribution operations from New Jersey to North 

Carolina. For these actions, we recorded pre-tax restructuring, impairment, and other related charges totaling $8.3 million, 

consisting of $3.1 million in impairments of long-lived assets, $2.8 million in employee severance and other payroll and benefit 

costs, $2.0 million in inventory write-downs and manufacturing variances and $0.4 million of other associated costs, including 

freight  and  relocation  expenses. Consistent  with  our  overall  strategy  to  maximize  production  efficiencies  and  maintain 

competitive advantage, we have also reduced our employee headcount by approximately 380 positions as part of our efforts 

to consolidate our manufacturing and logistics operations. 

Retail Segment Impairment Charges. During fiscal 2019 we recorded $12.1 million of impairment and exit charges within the 

retail segment. Approximately $9.9 million was an impairment charge for long-lived assets held at the retail design center 

level. An additional $2.1 million primarily represented remaining contractual obligations under leased space for which we 

A summary of our key operating metrics is presented in the following table ($ in millions, except per share amounts). 

2019

% of Sa l es

2018

% of Sa l es

2017

% of Sa l es

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

$    

746.7

$    

409.5

$    

411.5

$      

33.9

$      

55.1

$      

25.7

$      

41.6

$      

0.96

$      

1.56

$      

55.2

100.0%

54.8%

55.1%

4.5%

7.4%

3.4%

5.6%

$    

766.8

$    

416.0

$    

416.0

$      

48.9

$      

50.1

$      

36.4

$      

37.3

$      

1.32

$      

1.35

$      

42.5

100.0%

54.2%

54.2%

6.4%

6.5%

4.7%

4.9%

$    

763.4

$    

419.7

$    

426.1

$      

58.0

$      

65.0

$      

36.2

$      

40.6

$      

1.29

$      

1.45

$      

78.6

100.0%

55.0%

55.8%

7.6%

8.5%

4.7%

5.3%

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

A summary of changes from the applicable periods in the preceding fiscal year is presented in the following table. 

ceased using as of June 30, 2019.  

Key Operating Metrics 

Net s a l es

Gros s  profi t

Adjus ted gros s  profi t(1)

Opera ti ng i ncome

Adjus ted opera ti ng i ncome (1)

Net i ncome

Adjus ted net i ncome (1)

Di l uted EPS

Adjus ted di l uted EPS (1)

Ca s h fl ow from opera ti ng a cti vi ti es

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

Net s a l es

Gros s  profi t

Adjus ted gros s  profi t(1)

Opera ti ng i ncome

Adjus ted opera ti ng i ncome (1)

Net i ncome

Adjus ted net i ncome (1)

Di l uted EPS

Adjus ted di l uted EPS (1)

Ca s h fl ows  from opera ti ng a cti vi tes

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

0.4%

(0.9%)

(2.4%)

(15.7%)

(22.8%)

0.5%

(8.2%)

2.3%

(6.9%)

(46.0%)

(3.9%)

(5.1%)

(3.6%)

(35.0%)

(25.3%)

(36.1%)

(25.4%)

(35.5%)

(24.5%)

34.7%

(2.6%)

(1.6%)

(1.1%)

(30.5%)

9.8%

(29.3%)

11.6%

(27.3%)

15.6%

30.0%

23 

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

 
 
 
 
 
        
          
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
          
      
      
      
          
      
        
        
      
      
          
      
        
        
      
        
      
        
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide a 

reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results 

of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results.  

The MD&A is based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes 

included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Executive Overview 

Who We Are. We are a leading interior design company and manufacturer and retailer of quality home furnishings. Founded 

over 87 years ago, today we are a leading international home fashion brand doing business in North America, Europe, Asia 

and the Middle East. We are vertically integrated from design through delivery, affording our clientele a value proposition of 

style, quality and price. We offer complementary interior design service to our clients and sell a full range of furniture products 

and decorative accents through ethanallen.com and a network of approximately 300 design centers in the United States and 

abroad. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees and our own Company operated retail segment. We 

own and operate six manufacturing facilities, including three manufacturing plants and one sawmill in the United States and 

one manufacturing plant in Mexico and one in Honduras. 

Business Model. Our business model is to maintain continued focus on (i) capitalizing on the strength of our interior design 

professionals and management  in our retail design  centers, (ii)  communicating our messages  with strong advertising and 

marketing campaigns,  (iii) utilizing ethanallen.com as a key marketing tool to drive traffic to our design centers, (iv) investing 

in new technologies across key aspects of our vertically integrated business, and (v) leveraging the benefits of our vertical 

integration by maintaining a strong manufacturing capacity in North America where we manufacture approximately 75% of 

our products. 

Our competitive advantages arise from: 

network-wide; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

providing fashionable high-quality products of the finest craftsmanship; 

offering  complimentary  design  service  through  approximately  2,000  motivated  interior  design  professionals 

offering a wide array of custom products across our upholstery, case goods, and accent product categories; 

enhancing our technology in all aspects of the business; and 

leveraging our vertically integrated structure. 

Transformation. We have completed a major transformation of our  product offerings,  having refreshed over 70% of our 

entire product line over the past three years. In the past 12 months, we further strengthened our offerings with relevant new 

products  featuring  a  modern  perspective  on  classic  designs.  During  fiscal  2019,  we  successfully  introduced  our  Relaxed 

Modern product line, a casual, livable, inspired by nature, transitional design made of mixed materials as well as expanded 

our Home & Garden collection. Our contract sales, including sales to the GSA, hospitality and other commercial businesses, 

continue to grow and the GSA has become one of our ten largest customers. Our internet sales, while still a low percentage 

of our consolidated sales, are growing at a rate that continues to out-pace our brick and mortar design centers. 

Fiscal 2019 Year in Review.(1) Improved adjusted gross margin, cost containment within our expenses and a lower effective 

tax rate helped increase our  adjusted diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2019 to $1.56, up 15.6%. Consolidated net sales 

decreased 2.6% due to a decline of 7.2% within our wholesale segment partially offset by growth in our retail segment of 

0.4%. Consolidated international net sales for fiscal 2019 decreased $27.4 million primarily due to lower sales in China and 

made  up  6.8%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  compared  with  10.2%  in  the  prior  year  period.  Our  adjusted  gross  margin 

expanded 90 basis points to 55.1%, driven by a price increase and a change in the retail segment sales mix relative to total 

consolidated sales, which was 79.0% compared with 76.6% in the year ago period. Adjusted operating income, which excludes 

$21.1  million  of  pre-tax  charges  from  restructuring  initiatives,  asset  impairments  and  other  corporate  actions,  rose  9.8% 

during the current year due to lower national television advertising costs and a reduction in share-based compensation. The 

full  year  fiscal  2019  effective  income  tax  rate  was  24.1%  compared  with  25.9%  in  the  prior  year  due  to  tax  law  changes 

resulting from the Tax Act. As of June 30, 2019, our balance sheet remains strong with cash and cash equivalents of $20.8 

million and inventory of $162.4 million.  During the fiscal 2019 year we paid $47.0 million in dividends, including a special 

dividend payment of $26.7 million, reflecting an annual increase of 59.2%. In addition, during December 2018 we entered 

into a  five-year, $165 million senior  secured revolving credit facility, which  amended and restated the previously existing 

facility. To partially fund the special cash dividend paid to shareholders in January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the 

revolving credit facility and subsequently repaid this borrowing in full by June 30, 2019, using cash generated from operating 
activities.  

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

Optimization  of  Manufacturing  and  Logistics.  During  April  2019  we  announced  plans  to  further  improve  our  vertically 
integrated operations with a number of initiatives including converting our case goods manufacturing plant in North Carolina 
to a state-of-the-art distribution center, consolidating case goods manufacturing to our Vermont and other plants, adding a 
80,000 square foot addition to one of our upholstery plants and moving our distribution operations from New Jersey to North 
Carolina. For these actions, we recorded pre-tax restructuring, impairment, and other related charges totaling $8.3 million, 
consisting of $3.1 million in impairments of long-lived assets, $2.8 million in employee severance and other payroll and benefit 
costs, $2.0 million in inventory write-downs and manufacturing variances and $0.4 million of other associated costs, including 
freight  and  relocation  expenses. Consistent  with  our  overall  strategy  to  maximize  production  efficiencies  and  maintain 
competitive advantage, we have also reduced our employee headcount by approximately 380 positions as part of our efforts 
to consolidate our manufacturing and logistics operations. 

Retail Segment Impairment Charges. During fiscal 2019 we recorded $12.1 million of impairment and exit charges within the 
retail segment. Approximately $9.9 million was an impairment charge for long-lived assets held at the retail design center 
level. An additional $2.1 million primarily represented remaining contractual obligations under leased space for which we 
ceased using as of June 30, 2019.  

Key Operating Metrics 

A summary of our key operating metrics is presented in the following table ($ in millions, except per share amounts). 

Net s a l es
Gros s  profi t
Adjus ted gros s  profi t(1)
Opera ti ng i ncome
Adjus ted opera ti ng i ncome (1)
Net i ncome
Adjus ted net i ncome (1)
Di l uted EPS
Adjus ted di l uted EPS (1)
Ca s h fl ow from opera ti ng a cti vi ti es

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

% of Sa l es
100.0%
54.8%

55.1%
4.5%

7.4%
3.4%

5.6%

2019

$    
$    

746.7
409.5

$    
$      

411.5
33.9

$      
$      

55.1
25.7

$      
$      

41.6
0.96

$      
$      

1.56
55.2

% of Sa l es
100.0%
54.2%

54.2%
6.4%

6.5%
4.7%

4.9%

2018

$    
$    

766.8
416.0

$    
$      

416.0
48.9

$      
$      

50.1
36.4

$      
$      

37.3
1.32

$      
$      

1.35
42.5

% of Sa l es
100.0%
55.0%

55.8%
7.6%

8.5%
4.7%

5.3%

2017

$    
$    

763.4
419.7

$    
$      

426.1
58.0

$      
$      

65.0
36.2

$      
$      

40.6
1.29

$      
$      

1.45
78.6

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

A summary of changes from the applicable periods in the preceding fiscal year is presented in the following table. 

Net s a l es

Gros s  profi t
Adjus ted gros s  profi t(1)

Opera ti ng i ncome
Adjus ted opera ti ng i ncome (1)

Net i ncome
Adjus ted net i ncome (1)

Di l uted EPS
Adjus ted di l uted EPS (1)

Ca s h fl ows  from opera ti ng a cti vi tes

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(2.6%)

(1.6%)

(1.1%)

(30.5%)

9.8%

(29.3%)

11.6%

(27.3%)

15.6%

30.0%

0.4%

(0.9%)

(2.4%)

(15.7%)

(22.8%)

0.5%

(8.2%)

2.3%

(6.9%)

(46.0%)

(3.9%)

(5.1%)

(3.6%)

(35.0%)

(25.3%)

(36.1%)

(25.4%)

(35.5%)

(24.5%)

34.7%

22 

23 

(1)  Refer to the Regulation G Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section within this MD&A for the reconciliation of U.S. GAAP 

to adjusted key financial metrics. 

 
 
 
 
 
        
          
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
          
      
      
      
          
      
        
        
      
      
          
      
        
        
      
        
      
        
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

The components of consolidated net sales and operating income (loss) by business segment are presented in the following 
table ($ in millions): 

Results of Operations 

Fi s ca l  Yea r  Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

Net s a l es
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment
El i mi na ti on of i nters egment s a l es

Cons ol i da ted net s a l es

Opera ti ng i ncome (l os s ):
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment
El i mi na ti on of i ntercompa ny profi t(1)
Cons ol i da ted opera ti ng i ncome

$   

441.6
589.8
(284.7)
746.7

$   

$   

475.7
587.5
(296.4)
766.8

$   

$   

453.3
603.7
(293.6)
763.4

$   

$     

42.4
(10.5)

2.0
33.9

$     

$     

48.5
(1.7)

2.1
48.9

$     

$     

53.5
1.2

3.3
58.0

$     

(1)  Represents the change in wholesale profit contained in Ethan Allen-operated design center inventory existing at the end of the period. 

A summary by business segment changes from the applicable periods in the preceding fiscal year is presented in the following 
table: 

Fi s ca l  Yea r  Ended June 30,
2018

2019

2017

Whol es a l e s egment:

Net s a l es
Opera ti ng i ncome
Ba ckl og

(7.2%)
(12.4%)
(18.0%)

4.9%
(9.4%)
19.3%

(7.8%)
(28.1%)
17.6%

Reta i l  s egment:
Net s a l es
Compa ra bl e des i gn center net s a l es
Tota l  wri tten orders
Compa ra bl e des i gn center wri tten orders
Opera ti ng i ncome
Ba ckl og

0.4%
(0.8%)
(1.4%)
(2.7%)
(505.8%)
(11.0%)

(2.7%)
(3.2%)
(3.1%)
(3.8%)
(245.1%)
(2.3%)

(3.6%)
(4.6%)
(0.9%)
(2.5%)
(92.7%)
(1.0%)

The following table shows selected design center location information. 

 Fis cal 2019

 Fis cal 2018

Independent
retailers

Company-
operated

Total

Independent
retailers

Company-
operated

Total

Retail Des ign Center location activity:

Balance at July 1

New locations

Clos ures

Trans fers

Balance at June 30

Relocations  (in new and clos ures )

Retail Des ign Center geographic locations :

United States

Canada

China

Other As ia

Europe

Middle Eas t

Total

148

21

(9)

(2)

158

-

40

-

100

11

1

6

158

155

11

(16)

(2)

148

-

44

-

87

9

1

7

148

2

(4)

2

148

1

142

6

-

-

-

-

303

13

(20)

-

296

1

186

6

87

9

1

7

148

148

296

148

3

(9)

2

144

3

138

6

-

-

-

-

144

296

24

(18)

-

302

3

178

6

100

11

1

6

302

24 

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced our financial performance during the past two fiscal years, the 

following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes presented 

under Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K ($ in millions, except per share amounts).  

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018  

Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2019 were $746.7 million, a decrease of 2.6% compared to the same prior year period. Net 

sales decreased by 7.2% for our wholesale segment, which were partly offset by a 0.4% increase in our retail segment. There 

was a $27.4 million decrease in international sales from our combined retail and wholesale segments, which was primarily 

related  to  the  economic  uncertainty  surrounding  international  trade  disputes,  lower  sales  in  China  and  a  slowing  global 

economy.   

Wholesale net sales decreased by $34.2 million or 7.2%, to $441.6 million. The lower net sales were primarily due to a $22.3 

million decline in sales to China and an $18.3 million reduction in sales to our North American independent retail network. 

Partially offsetting these declines was growth in contract sales, which grew $19.5 million year over year. The year over year 

increase in contract sales was primarily attributable to higher sales from the GSA contract. There were 302 design centers 

globally as of June 30, 2019, an increase of six in the past 12 months. Our international net sales to independent retailers was 

4.1% of our consolidated net sales compared to 7.0%. Our backlog at June 30, 2019 was down 18.0% compared to the prior 

year as our manufacturing operations returned to normal throughput as compared to the prior year’s longer production lead-

times primarily related to the GSA contract startup. 

Retail net sales from Ethan Allen operated design centers increased by $2.3 million, or 0.4%, to $589.8 million. There was a 

1.2% increase in sales in the United States, while sales from the Canadian design centers decreased 17.3%. Comparative retail 

net sales decreased 0.8%. There were 144 Company operated design centers at the end of fiscal 2019, down from 148 at the 

beginning of the year. Total written business (new orders booked) decreased 1.4%, with the United States decreasing 0.9% 

while Canada declined 13.9%. Comparable design center written business was down 2.7% during fiscal 2019 in total. Regional 

economic conditions in Canada, where we have six design centers, were negatively impacted in fiscal 2019 due to the trade 

dispute and additional tariffs levied during most of the year. A higher increase in retail net sales relative to written orders is 

reflected in the 11.0% decrease in our ending retail order backlog at June 30, 2019. 

Gross profit decreased 1.6% to $409.5 million compared to the prior year period due to a 9.1% decline in profit within our 

wholesale segment, while our retail segment grew 3.0%. Wholesale gross profit in fiscal 2019 was negatively impacted by 

lower sales volume and restructuring actions taken during the year, partially offset by a change in product mix. Our fiscal 

2019 gross margin improved to 54.8%, up from 54.2% in the prior year. Retail sales as a percent of total consolidated sales 

were  79.0%  for  the  year  compared  with  76.6%  in  the  prior  fiscal  year,  which  sales  mix  increased  our  consolidated  gross 

margin.  A  price  increase  during  fiscal  2019  improved  retail  gross  profit,  while  lower  wholesale  sales  volume  negatively 

impacted gross profit. The restructuring actions, which included the write off of inventory, higher unfavorable manufacturing 

variances and incremental freight and relocation costs, negatively impacted our fiscal 2019 gross margin by 30 basis points.  

Operating expenses increased $8.4 million or 2.3% to $375.5 million or 50.3% of net sales in fiscal 2019 from $367.1 million 

or  47.9%  of  net  sales  in  fiscal  2018.  The  increase  in  operating  expenses  was  due  to  $18.4  million  in  restructuring  and 

impairments  charges  and  higher  occupancy  and  retail  management  costs  partially  offset  by  lower  national  television 

advertising costs of $14.4 million.  

Operating income for fiscal 2019 totaled $33.9 million, or 4.5% of net sales, compared to $48.9 million, or 6.4% of net sales, 

in the prior fiscal year.  The primary causes for the decrease in operating income was lower net sales of $20.1 million and 

restructuring charges in the current fiscal year of $18.4 million partially offset by a higher gross margin and a reduction in 

national television advertising costs. 

Wholesale operating income totaled $42.5 million, or 9.6% of net sales, as compared to $48.5 million, or 10.2% of net sales, 

in the prior  year.  The decrease was largely due to lower  sales volumes, restructuring actions which  included  $2.0 million 

within cost  of goods sold  and $6.3 million within operating expenses  during  fiscal 2019 and lower margins in upholstery. 

These decreases were partially offset by lower advertising costs and improved gross margins in case goods and home accents. 

Retail operating loss was $10.5 million, or 1.8% of sales for fiscal 2019, compared to a loss of $1.7 million, or 0.3% of sales, 

for fiscal 2018, a decrease of $8.8 million. Restructuring and impairments charges lowered retail operating income by $12.1 

million during fiscal 2019. These charges were partially offset by a higher gross margin.  

25 

 
 
     
     
     
    
    
    
      
        
         
         
         
         
 
     
       
   
   
     
 
   
     
   
       
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                   
                 
              
                    
                
              
                    
               
            
                   
               
            
                    
                 
                
                     
                
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                   
             
            
                    
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                 
                 
            
                    
                 
              
                   
                 
              
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
 
 
 
The components of consolidated net sales and operating income (loss) by business segment are presented in the following 

Results of Operations 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Cons ol i da ted opera ti ng i ncome

$     

33.9

$     

48.9

$     

58.0

(1)  Represents the change in wholesale profit contained in Ethan Allen-operated design center inventory existing at the end of the period. 

A summary by business segment changes from the applicable periods in the preceding fiscal year is presented in the following 

table ($ in millions): 

Net s a l es

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment

El i mi na ti on of i nters egment s a l es

Cons ol i da ted net s a l es

Opera ti ng i ncome (l os s ):

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment

El i mi na ti on of i ntercompa ny profi t(1)

Fi s ca l  Yea r  Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

$   

441.6

$   

475.7

$   

453.3

589.8

(284.7)

587.5

(296.4)

603.7

(293.6)

$   

746.7

$   

766.8

$   

763.4

$     

42.4

$     

48.5

$     

53.5

(10.5)

2.0

(1.7)

2.1

1.2

3.3

table: 

Whol es a l e s egment:

Net s a l es

Opera ti ng i ncome

Ba ckl og

Reta i l  s egment:

Net s a l es

Fi s ca l  Yea r  Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(7.2%)

(12.4%)

(18.0%)

4.9%

(9.4%)

19.3%

(7.8%)

(28.1%)

17.6%

Compa ra bl e des i gn center net s a l es

Tota l  wri tten orders

Compa ra bl e des i gn center wri tten orders

Opera ti ng i ncome

Ba ckl og

0.4%

(0.8%)

(1.4%)

(2.7%)

(2.7%)

(3.2%)

(3.1%)

(3.8%)

(505.8%)

(11.0%)

(245.1%)

(2.3%)

(3.6%)

(4.6%)

(0.9%)

(2.5%)

(92.7%)

(1.0%)

The following table shows selected design center location information. 

 Fis cal 2019

 Fis cal 2018

Independent

retailers

Company-

operated

Independent

Total

retailers

Company-

operated

Total

Retail Des ign Center location activity:

Relocations  (in new and clos ures )

Retail Des ign Center geographic locations :

Balance at July 1

New locations

Clos ures

Trans fers

Balance at June 30

United States

Canada

China

Other As ia

Europe

Middle Eas t

Total

148

21

(9)

(2)

158

-

40

-

100

11

1

6

158

148

(9)

144

138

3

2

3

6

-

-

-

-

144

296

24

(18)

302

-

3

178

6

100

11

1

6

302

24 

155

11

(16)

(2)

148

-

44

-

87

9

1

7

148

(4)

148

142

2

2

1

6

-

-

-

-

303

13

(20)

296

-

1

186

6

87

9

1

7

148

148

296

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced our financial performance during the past two fiscal years, the 
following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes presented 
under Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K ($ in millions, except per share amounts).  

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018  

Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2019 were $746.7 million, a decrease of 2.6% compared to the same prior year period. Net 
sales decreased by 7.2% for our wholesale segment, which were partly offset by a 0.4% increase in our retail segment. There 
was a $27.4 million decrease in international sales from our combined retail and wholesale segments, which was primarily 
related  to  the  economic  uncertainty  surrounding  international  trade  disputes,  lower  sales  in  China  and  a  slowing  global 
economy.   

Wholesale net sales decreased by $34.2 million or 7.2%, to $441.6 million. The lower net sales were primarily due to a $22.3 
million decline in sales to China and an $18.3 million reduction in sales to our North American independent retail network. 
Partially offsetting these declines was growth in contract sales, which grew $19.5 million year over year. The year over year 
increase in contract sales was primarily attributable to higher sales from the GSA contract. There were 302 design centers 
globally as of June 30, 2019, an increase of six in the past 12 months. Our international net sales to independent retailers was 
4.1% of our consolidated net sales compared to 7.0%. Our backlog at June 30, 2019 was down 18.0% compared to the prior 
year as our manufacturing operations returned to normal throughput as compared to the prior year’s longer production lead-
times primarily related to the GSA contract startup. 

Retail net sales from Ethan Allen operated design centers increased by $2.3 million, or 0.4%, to $589.8 million. There was a 
1.2% increase in sales in the United States, while sales from the Canadian design centers decreased 17.3%. Comparative retail 
net sales decreased 0.8%. There were 144 Company operated design centers at the end of fiscal 2019, down from 148 at the 
beginning of the year. Total written business (new orders booked) decreased 1.4%, with the United States decreasing 0.9% 
while Canada declined 13.9%. Comparable design center written business was down 2.7% during fiscal 2019 in total. Regional 
economic conditions in Canada, where we have six design centers, were negatively impacted in fiscal 2019 due to the trade 
dispute and additional tariffs levied during most of the year. A higher increase in retail net sales relative to written orders is 
reflected in the 11.0% decrease in our ending retail order backlog at June 30, 2019. 

Gross profit decreased 1.6% to $409.5 million compared to the prior year period due to a 9.1% decline in profit within our 
wholesale segment, while our retail segment grew 3.0%. Wholesale gross profit in fiscal 2019 was negatively impacted by 
lower sales volume and restructuring actions taken during the year, partially offset by a change in product mix. Our fiscal 
2019 gross margin improved to 54.8%, up from 54.2% in the prior year. Retail sales as a percent of total consolidated sales 
were  79.0%  for  the  year  compared  with  76.6%  in  the  prior  fiscal  year,  which  sales  mix  increased  our  consolidated  gross 
margin.  A  price  increase  during  fiscal  2019  improved  retail  gross  profit,  while  lower  wholesale  sales  volume  negatively 
impacted gross profit. The restructuring actions, which included the write off of inventory, higher unfavorable manufacturing 
variances and incremental freight and relocation costs, negatively impacted our fiscal 2019 gross margin by 30 basis points.  

Operating expenses increased $8.4 million or 2.3% to $375.5 million or 50.3% of net sales in fiscal 2019 from $367.1 million 
or  47.9%  of  net  sales  in  fiscal  2018.  The  increase  in  operating  expenses  was  due  to  $18.4  million  in  restructuring  and 
impairments  charges  and  higher  occupancy  and  retail  management  costs  partially  offset  by  lower  national  television 
advertising costs of $14.4 million.  

Operating income for fiscal 2019 totaled $33.9 million, or 4.5% of net sales, compared to $48.9 million, or 6.4% of net sales, 
in the prior fiscal year.  The primary causes for the decrease in operating income was lower net sales of $20.1 million and 
restructuring charges in the current fiscal year of $18.4 million partially offset by a higher gross margin and a reduction in 
national television advertising costs. 

Wholesale operating income totaled $42.5 million, or 9.6% of net sales, as compared to $48.5 million, or 10.2% of net sales, 
in the prior  year.  The decrease was largely due to lower  sales volumes, restructuring actions which  included  $2.0 million 
within cost  of goods sold  and $6.3 million within operating expenses  during  fiscal 2019 and lower margins in upholstery. 
These decreases were partially offset by lower advertising costs and improved gross margins in case goods and home accents. 

Retail operating loss was $10.5 million, or 1.8% of sales for fiscal 2019, compared to a loss of $1.7 million, or 0.3% of sales, 
for fiscal 2018, a decrease of $8.8 million. Restructuring and impairments charges lowered retail operating income by $12.1 
million during fiscal 2019. These charges were partially offset by a higher gross margin.  

25 

 
 
     
     
     
    
    
    
      
        
         
         
         
         
 
     
       
   
   
     
 
   
     
   
       
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                   
                 
              
                    
                
              
                    
               
            
                   
               
            
                    
                 
                
                     
                
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                   
             
            
                    
            
            
                      
                 
                
                       
                
                
                 
                 
            
                    
                 
              
                   
                 
              
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                     
                 
                
                      
                 
                
                 
             
            
                  
            
            
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Income tax expense was $8.2 million for fiscal 2019 and $12.7 million for fiscal 2018. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2019 
was 24.1% compared to 25.9% in fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate of 24.1% primarily includes a provision for income tax on 
the current year’s taxable income, including federal, state and local taxes, tax expense on the establishment and maintenance 
of a valuation allowance on Canadian deferred tax assets, and tax and interest expense on uncertain tax positions, partially 
offset by the reversal of various uncertain tax positions.  The decrease from 25.9% in the prior fiscal year to 24.1% in the 
current fiscal year was primarily driven by  being able to recognize a full year benefit of the Tax Act, which required us to 
compute income taxes expense for fiscal 2018 using a blended rate of 28% and 21% while fiscal 2019 was able to utilize the 
21% rate for the full year.  

Net income for fiscal 2019 was $25.7 million compared with $36.4 million for the prior year period, which resulted in $0.96 
per diluted share compared to $1.32 in the prior  year period. Fiscal 2019 restructuring and impairment  charges of  $20.4 
million along with other corporate actions during the year totaled $0.7 million, which lowered diluted EPS by $0.60. Fiscal 
2018 was negatively impacted by organizational changes and other exit costs of $0.03 per diluted share. 

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017 

For a comparison of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

Regulation G Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

To supplement the financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we use non-GAAP financial measures including 
adjusted  gross  profit  and  margin,  adjusted  operating  income,  adjusted  retail  operating  income  and  margin,  adjusted 
wholesale operating income and margin, adjusted net income and adjusted diluted earnings per share. The reconciliations of 
these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  to  the  most  directly  comparable  financial  measures  calculated  and  presented  in 
accordance with GAAP are shown in tables below.  

These non-GAAP measures are derived from the consolidated financial statements, but are not presented in accordance with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  U.S.,  or  U.S.  GAAP.  We  believe  these  non-GAAP  measures  provide  a 
meaningful comparison of our results to others  in our industry and our prior year results. Investors should consider these 
non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our financial performance measures prepared in 
Moreover, these non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all the 
accordance with U.S. GAAP.
items associated with the operations of the business as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may 
calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for 
comparative purposes. 

(cid:3)

Despite  the  limitations  of  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  we  believe  these  adjusted  financial  measures  and  the 
information  they  provide  are  useful  in  viewing  our  performance  using  the  same  tools  that  management  uses  to  assess 
progress in achieving our goals. Adjusted measures may also facilitate comparisons to our historical performance. 

The  following  tables  below  show  a  reconciliation  of  non-GAAP  financial  measures  used  in  this  filing  to  the  most  directly 
comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands, except per share data). 

Consolidated Adjusted Gross Profit / Gross Margin 
GAAP Gross profit 
Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted gross profit * 
Adjusted gross margin * 

Adjusted Operating Income / Operating Margin 
GAAP Operating income 
Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted operating income * 

Net sales 
GAAP Operating margin 

Adjusted operating margin * 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 

2019 

2018 

% Change 

(1.6%) 

(1.1%) 

(30.5%) 

9.8% 

$409,491 
1,994 
$411,485 
55.1% 

$33,947 
21,104 
$55,051 

$746,684 
4.5% 
7.4% 

26 

$415,964 
- 
$415,964 
54.2% 

$48,867 
1,278 
$50,145 

$766,784 
6.4% 
6.5% 

Adjusted Net Income / Adjusted Diluted EPS 

GAAP Net income 

Adjustments, net of tax * 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted weighted average common shares 

GAAP Diluted EPS 

Adjusted diluted EPS * 

$25,698 

15,934 

$41,632 

26,751 

$0.96 

$1.56 

$42,481 

8,498 

$50,979 

$36,371 

935 

$37,306 

27,625 

$1.32 

$1.35 

$48,499 

1,035 

$49,534 

(29.3%) 

11.6% 

(27.3%) 

15.6% 

(12.4%) 

2.9% 

Wholesale Adjusted Operating Income / Adjusted Operating Margin 

Wholesale GAAP operating income 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted wholesale operating income * 

Wholesale net sales 

Wholesale GAAP operating margin 

Adjusted wholesale operating margin * 

$441,551 

$475,731 

9.6% 

11.5% 

10.2% 

10.4% 

Retail Adjusted Operating Income / Adjusted Operating Margin 

Retail GAAP operating income 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted retail operating income * 

($10,529) 

($1,738) 

(505.8%) 

12,606 

$2,077 

243 

($1,495) 

238.9% 

Retail net sales 

Retail GAAP operating margin 

Adjusted retail operating margin * 

$589,829 

$587,502 

(1.8%) 

0.4% 

(0.3%) 

(0.3%) 

Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs 

Adjustments to gross profit 

Restructuring charges, including inventory write-downs (wholesale) 

Impairment of long-lived assets, including lease exit costs (retail) 

Contingent legal claim (wholesale) 

Wholesale other exit costs (wholesale) 

Retail acquisition and other exit costs (retail) 

Adjustments to operating income 

Early debt extinguishment 

Adjustments to income before income taxes 

Related income tax effects(1) 

Adjustments to net income 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 

2019 

2018 

$1,994 

$1,994 

$8,324 

12,050 

- 

174 

556 

- 

$21,104 

(5,170) 

$15,934 

$- 

$- 

$- 

- 

500 

535 

243 

67 

$1,345 

(410) 

$935 

$21,104 

$1,278 

* Adjustments to reported U.S. GAAP financial measures including gross profit and margin, operating income and margin, net 

income, and diluted EPS have been adjusted by the following (in thousands):  

(1)  Calculated using an effective tax rate of 24.5% in fiscal 2019 and 30.5% in fiscal 2018. 

Liquidity 

At June 30, 2019, we held cash and equivalents of $20.8 million compared with $22.4 million at June 30, 2018. Our principal 

sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and amounts available under our credit 

facility. Cash and cash equivalents aggregated to 4.1% of our total assets at June 30, 2019, compared with 4.2% of our total 

assets a year ago. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $1.5 million during fiscal 2019 due to $47.0 million in dividend 

payments and $9.1 million of capital expenditures partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities of $55.2 million.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Income tax expense was $8.2 million for fiscal 2019 and $12.7 million for fiscal 2018. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2019 

was 24.1% compared to 25.9% in fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate of 24.1% primarily includes a provision for income tax on 

the current year’s taxable income, including federal, state and local taxes, tax expense on the establishment and maintenance 

of a valuation allowance on Canadian deferred tax assets, and tax and interest expense on uncertain tax positions, partially 

offset by the reversal of various uncertain tax positions.  The decrease from 25.9% in the prior fiscal year to 24.1% in the 

current fiscal year was primarily driven by  being able to recognize a full year benefit of the Tax Act, which required us to 

compute income taxes expense for fiscal 2018 using a blended rate of 28% and 21% while fiscal 2019 was able to utilize the 

21% rate for the full year.  

Net income for fiscal 2019 was $25.7 million compared with $36.4 million for the prior year period, which resulted in $0.96 

per diluted share compared to $1.32 in the prior  year period. Fiscal 2019 restructuring and impairment  charges of  $20.4 

million along with other corporate actions during the year totaled $0.7 million, which lowered diluted EPS by $0.60. Fiscal 

2018 was negatively impacted by organizational changes and other exit costs of $0.03 per diluted share. 

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017 

For a comparison of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 

year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

Regulation G Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

To supplement the financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we use non-GAAP financial measures including 

adjusted  gross  profit  and  margin,  adjusted  operating  income,  adjusted  retail  operating  income  and  margin,  adjusted 

wholesale operating income and margin, adjusted net income and adjusted diluted earnings per share. The reconciliations of 

these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  to  the  most  directly  comparable  financial  measures  calculated  and  presented  in 

accordance with GAAP are shown in tables below.  

These non-GAAP measures are derived from the consolidated financial statements, but are not presented in accordance with 

generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  U.S.,  or  U.S.  GAAP.  We  believe  these  non-GAAP  measures  provide  a 

meaningful comparison of our results to others  in our industry and our prior year results. Investors should consider these 

non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our financial performance measures prepared in 

accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Moreover, these non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all the 

items associated with the operations of the business as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may 

calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for 

(cid:3)

comparative purposes. 

Despite  the  limitations  of  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  we  believe  these  adjusted  financial  measures  and  the 

information  they  provide  are  useful  in  viewing  our  performance  using  the  same  tools  that  management  uses  to  assess 

progress in achieving our goals. Adjusted measures may also facilitate comparisons to our historical performance. 

The  following  tables  below  show  a  reconciliation  of  non-GAAP  financial  measures  used  in  this  filing  to  the  most  directly 

comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands, except per share data). 

Consolidated Adjusted Gross Profit / Gross Margin 

GAAP Gross profit 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted gross profit * 

Adjusted gross margin * 

Adjusted Operating Income / Operating Margin 

GAAP Operating income 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted operating income * 

Net sales 

GAAP Operating margin 

Adjusted operating margin * 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 

2019 

2018 

% Change 

$415,964 

(1.6%) 

$409,491 

1,994 

$411,485 

55.1% 

$33,947 

21,104 

$55,051 

- 

$415,964 

54.2% 

$48,867 

1,278 

$50,145 

$746,684 

$766,784 

4.5% 

7.4% 

6.4% 

6.5% 

26 

(1.1%) 

(30.5%) 

9.8% 

Adjusted Net Income / Adjusted Diluted EPS 
GAAP Net income 
Adjustments, net of tax * 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted weighted average common shares 
GAAP Diluted EPS 

Adjusted diluted EPS * 

$25,698 
15,934 
$41,632 
26,751 
$0.96 
$1.56 

Wholesale Adjusted Operating Income / Adjusted Operating Margin 
Wholesale GAAP operating income 
Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted wholesale operating income * 

$42,481 
8,498 
$50,979 

Wholesale net sales 
Wholesale GAAP operating margin 

Adjusted wholesale operating margin * 

$441,551 
9.6% 
11.5% 

Retail Adjusted Operating Income / Adjusted Operating Margin 
Retail GAAP operating income 
Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted retail operating income * 

($10,529) 
12,606 
$2,077 

Retail net sales 
Retail GAAP operating margin 

Adjusted retail operating margin * 

$589,829 
(1.8%) 
0.4% 

(29.3%) 

11.6% 

(27.3%) 
15.6% 

(12.4%) 

2.9% 

(505.8%) 

238.9% 

$36,371 
935 
$37,306 
27,625 
$1.32 
$1.35 

$48,499 
1,035 
$49,534 

$475,731 
10.2% 
10.4% 

($1,738) 
243 
($1,495) 

$587,502 
(0.3%) 
(0.3%) 

* Adjustments to reported U.S. GAAP financial measures including gross profit and margin, operating income and margin, net 
income, and diluted EPS have been adjusted by the following (in thousands):  

Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs 

Adjustments to gross profit 

Restructuring charges, including inventory write-downs (wholesale) 
Impairment of long-lived assets, including lease exit costs (retail) 
Contingent legal claim (wholesale) 
Wholesale other exit costs (wholesale) 
Retail acquisition and other exit costs (retail) 

Adjustments to operating income 

Early debt extinguishment 

Adjustments to income before income taxes 

Related income tax effects(1) 

Adjustments to net income 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 

2019 

2018 

$1,994 
$1,994 

$8,324 
12,050 
- 
174 
556 
$21,104 
- 
$21,104 
(5,170) 
$15,934 

$- 
$- 

$- 
- 
500 
535 
243 
$1,278 
67 
$1,345 
(410) 
$935 

(1)  Calculated using an effective tax rate of 24.5% in fiscal 2019 and 30.5% in fiscal 2018. 

Liquidity 

At June 30, 2019, we held cash and equivalents of $20.8 million compared with $22.4 million at June 30, 2018. Our principal 
sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and amounts available under our credit 
facility. Cash and cash equivalents aggregated to 4.1% of our total assets at June 30, 2019, compared with 4.2% of our total 
assets a year ago. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $1.5 million during fiscal 2019 due to $47.0 million in dividend 
payments and $9.1 million of capital expenditures partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities of $55.2 million.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

A summary of net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for each of the last three fiscal years 
is provided below (in millions):  

Capital Resources 

2017

2019

Fis cal Year Ended June 30,
2018

Cas h provided by (us ed in) operating activities
Net income plus  other non-cas h items
Change in working capital

Total provided by operating activities

Cas h provided by (us ed in) inves ting activities
Capital expenditures
Acquis itions , net of cas h acquired
Other inves ting activities

Total (us ed in) inves ting activities

Cas h provided by (us ed in) financing activities
Payments on borrowings  and capital leas e obligations
Borrowings  from revolving credit facility
Purchas es  and retirements of company s tock
Payment of cas h dividends
Other financing activities

Total (us ed in) financing activities

$     

60.2
(5.0)

$     

57.0
(14.5)

$     

62.1
16.5

$     

55.2

$     

42.5

$     

78.6

$      

(9.1)
(0.5)
0.1

$    

(12.5)
(6.3)
0.6

$    

(17.6)
(0.7)
1.4

$      

(9.5)

$    

(18.2)

$    

(16.9)

$    

(16.6)
16.0
-
(47.0)
0.3

$    

(14.5)
-
(23.1)
(29.5)
0.2

$    

(28.4)
-
(10.2)
(20.0)
1.3

$    

(47.3)

$    

(66.9)

$    

(57.3)

Cash Provided By (Used in)  Operating  Activities. In fiscal  2019 cash  generated from operations totaled  $55.2  million, an 
increase of $12.7 million. This was largely due to $9.5 million in working capital improvements as fiscal 2018 experienced a 
significant  inventory  increase  to  support  the  order  backlog  and  the  expansion  of  our  GSA  business.  In  fiscal  2019,  our 
inventory levels declined by $0.6 million while the year ago balance grew by $13.5 million. Partially offsetting the benefits of 
reduced inventory amounts was a reduction in customer deposits of $4.5 million, which negatively impacted cash flow. Lower 
customer deposits were due to written orders in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 being 4.0% lower than the year ago fourth 
quarter.   

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities. In fiscal 2019, cash of $9.5 million was used in investing activities, a decrease 
of $8.7 million due to lower capital expenditures and design center acquisitions. Cash paid to acquire design centers from our 
independent retailers in an arm’s length transaction totaled $0.5 million during fiscal 2019 compared with $6.3 million a year 
ago. Effective July 1, 2018, and further described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included under Part II, 
Item  8 of this  Annual Report  on Form 10-K, we consider restricted cash as a  component  of cash and  cash equivalents as 
presented  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows.  Previously  the  net  change  in  restricted  cash  was  considered  an 
investing activity. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. 

Cash Provided By (Used in) Financing Activities. In fiscal 2019, $47.3 million was used in financing activities, which is $19.6 
million less cash used than the $66.9 million of cash used in the prior year comparable period. The decrease year over year 
was primarily due to $23.1 million in share repurchases during fiscal 2018 (which included $22.0 million under our existing 
share  repurchase  program)  compared  to  none  in  fiscal  2019.  During  fiscal  2019  we  paid  cash  dividends  of  $47.0  million 
compared with $29.5 million in the prior year to date period. In November 2018, we declared a $1.00 per share special cash 
dividend,  which  was  paid  in  January  2019,  in  addition  to  the  regular  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.19  per  share.  We  have 
continuously  paid  regular  quarterly  dividends  for  every  quarter  since  1996  and  expect  to  continue  to  do  so  as  economic 
conditions and liquidity permit. This year our total dividends paid to shareholders grew by 59.2%.  

We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with our other available sources of liquidity including the  credit 
facility, will be sufficient to fund changes in working capital, necessary capital expenditures, acquisition activity, repayment 
of debt, the payment of dividends and other cash requirements.  

For a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of and our cash flow activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 
and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

28 

29 

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures  in  fiscal 2019  were $9.1 million compared with $12.5 million in the prior year 

period.  The  decrease  of  $3.4  million  from  the  prior  year  related  primarily  to  less  spending  on  retail  design  center 

improvements. In fiscal 2019, approximately 65% of our total capital expenditures related to opening new and relocating 

design centers in desirable locations, updating presentations and floor plans and the consolidation of certain design centers 

and  service  centers.  In  fiscal  2018,  approximately  75%  of  our  capital  expenditures  were  within  the  retail  segment.  We 

anticipate that cash from operations will be sufficient to fund future capital expenditures. 

Capital Needs. During December 2018 we entered into a five-year, $165 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which 

amended  and  restated  the  previously  existing  facility.  To  partially  fund  the  special  cash  dividend  paid  to  shareholders  in 

January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the revolving credit facility. By June 30, 2019, we had repaid 100% of the total 

borrowed  from  cash  generated  from  operating  activities.  For  a  detailed  discussion  of  revolving  credit  facility,  our  debt 

obligations and timing of our related cash payments see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under 

Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Letters of Credit. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, there was $6.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit 

outstanding under the revolving credit facility. 

Total availability under the revolving credit facility was $158.9 million at June 30, 2019 and $108.8 million at June 30, 2018. 

At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, we were in compliance with all the covenants under the revolving credit facility. 

For a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of and our cash flow activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 

and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual 

Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

Share Repurchase Program 

We may from time to time make repurchases in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, subject to 

market conditions, including pursuant to our previously announced repurchase program. There were no share repurchases 

under the program during fiscal 2019. During fiscal 2018, we repurchased 950,484 shares for $22.0 million under the existing 

share repurchase program. At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 shares of our 

common stock pursuant to our program. 

Contractual Obligations 

Fluctuations in our operating results, levels of inventory on hand, the timing of tax and other payments as well as necessary 

capital expenditures to support growth of our operations will impact our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. The impact 

of our contractual obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future periods should be considered in conjunction 

with  the  factors  mentioned  here.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  had  total  contractual  obligations  of  $207.0  million,  which  was 

comparable to the prior year commitments of $218.0 million, reflecting no material changes during fiscal 2019. 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of June 30, 2019 and the corresponding impact that 

these obligations will have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions):  

Long-term debt obl i ga ti ons (1)

Ca pi ta l  l ea s e obl i ga ti ons (2)

Opera ti ng l ea s e obl i ga ti ons (3)

Purcha s e obl i ga ti ons (4)

Other l ong-term l i a bi l i ti es

Tota l  contra ctua l  obl i ga ti ons (5)

Tota l

Les s  tha n

1 Yea r

1-3

Yea rs

4-5

Yea rs

More tha n

5 Yea rs

$                   

-

$                   

-

$                   

-

$                   

-

$                   

-

Pa yments  Due by Peri od

1.1

169.9

35.8

0.2

0.6

33.8

32.0

-

0.5

57.0

3.8

-

35.6

-

-

-

-

-

43.5

0.2

$           

207.0

$             

66.4

$             

61.3

$             

35.6

$             

43.7

(1) 

Long-term  debt  obligations mean  all  payment  obligations  under  long-term  borrowings.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  did  not  have  any  outstanding 

borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Further discussion of our contractual obligations associated with long-term debt can be found in Note 

11, Debt, in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2)  Capital lease amounts include all future payment obligations under a lease classified as a capital lease pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 840.  

(3)  Operating lease amounts include future minimum lease payments under all our non-cancelable operating leases with an initial term in excess of one 

year.  For  more  information  on  our  operating  leases,  see  Note  20,  Commitments  and  Contingencies,  in  the  notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 

Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
        
      
       
        
        
        
         
         
         
       
         
         
           
      
      
      
      
      
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                 
                 
                     
                     
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                     
                     
                 
                     
                     
                     
                 
 
A summary of net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for each of the last three fiscal years 

Capital Resources 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

is provided below (in millions):  

Cas h provided by (us ed in) operating activities

Net income plus  other non-cas h items

Change in working capital

Total provided by operating activities

Cas h provided by (us ed in) inves ting activities

Capital expenditures

Acquis itions , net of cas h acquired

Other inves ting activities

Total (us ed in) inves ting activities

Fis cal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

$     

60.2

$     

57.0

$     

62.1

(5.0)

(14.5)

16.5

$     

55.2

$     

42.5

$     

78.6

$      

(9.1)

$    

(12.5)

$    

(17.6)

(0.5)

0.1

(6.3)

0.6

(0.7)

1.4

$      

(9.5)

$    

(18.2)

$    

(16.9)

Cas h provided by (us ed in) financing activities

Payments on borrowings  and capital leas e obligations

$    

(16.6)

$    

(14.5)

$    

(28.4)

Borrowings  from revolving credit facility

Purchas es  and retirements of company s tock

Payment of cas h dividends

Other financing activities

16.0

-

(47.0)

0.3

-

(23.1)

(29.5)

0.2

-

(10.2)

(20.0)

1.3

Total (us ed in) financing activities

$    

(47.3)

$    

(66.9)

$    

(57.3)

Cash Provided By (Used in)  Operating  Activities. In fiscal  2019 cash  generated from operations totaled  $55.2  million, an 

increase of $12.7 million. This was largely due to $9.5 million in working capital improvements as fiscal 2018 experienced a 

significant  inventory  increase  to  support  the  order  backlog  and  the  expansion  of  our  GSA  business.  In  fiscal  2019,  our 

inventory levels declined by $0.6 million while the year ago balance grew by $13.5 million. Partially offsetting the benefits of 

reduced inventory amounts was a reduction in customer deposits of $4.5 million, which negatively impacted cash flow. Lower 

customer deposits were due to written orders in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 being 4.0% lower than the year ago fourth 

quarter.   

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities. In fiscal 2019, cash of $9.5 million was used in investing activities, a decrease 

of $8.7 million due to lower capital expenditures and design center acquisitions. Cash paid to acquire design centers from our 

independent retailers in an arm’s length transaction totaled $0.5 million during fiscal 2019 compared with $6.3 million a year 

ago. Effective July 1, 2018, and further described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included under Part II, 

Item  8 of this  Annual Report  on Form 10-K, we consider restricted cash as a  component  of cash and  cash equivalents as 

presented  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows.  Previously  the  net  change  in  restricted  cash  was  considered  an 

investing activity. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. 

Cash Provided By (Used in) Financing Activities. In fiscal 2019, $47.3 million was used in financing activities, which is $19.6 

million less cash used than the $66.9 million of cash used in the prior year comparable period. The decrease year over year 

was primarily due to $23.1 million in share repurchases during fiscal 2018 (which included $22.0 million under our existing 

share  repurchase  program)  compared  to  none  in  fiscal  2019.  During  fiscal  2019  we  paid  cash  dividends  of  $47.0  million 

compared with $29.5 million in the prior year to date period. In November 2018, we declared a $1.00 per share special cash 

dividend,  which  was  paid  in  January  2019,  in  addition  to  the  regular  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.19  per  share.  We  have 

continuously  paid  regular  quarterly  dividends  for  every  quarter  since  1996  and  expect  to  continue  to  do  so  as  economic 

conditions and liquidity permit. This year our total dividends paid to shareholders grew by 59.2%.  

We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with our other available sources of liquidity including the  credit 

facility, will be sufficient to fund changes in working capital, necessary capital expenditures, acquisition activity, repayment 

of debt, the payment of dividends and other cash requirements.  

For a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of and our cash flow activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 

and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual 

Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures  in  fiscal 2019  were $9.1 million compared with $12.5 million in the prior year 
period.  The  decrease  of  $3.4  million  from  the  prior  year  related  primarily  to  less  spending  on  retail  design  center 
improvements. In fiscal 2019, approximately 65% of our total capital expenditures related to opening new and relocating 
design centers in desirable locations, updating presentations and floor plans and the consolidation of certain design centers 
and  service  centers.  In  fiscal  2018,  approximately  75%  of  our  capital  expenditures  were  within  the  retail  segment.  We 
anticipate that cash from operations will be sufficient to fund future capital expenditures. 

Capital Needs. During December 2018 we entered into a five-year, $165 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which 
amended  and  restated  the  previously  existing  facility.  To  partially  fund  the  special  cash  dividend  paid  to  shareholders  in 
January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the revolving credit facility. By June 30, 2019, we had repaid 100% of the total 
borrowed  from  cash  generated  from  operating  activities.  For  a  detailed  discussion  of  revolving  credit  facility,  our  debt 
obligations and timing of our related cash payments see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under 
Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Letters of Credit. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, there was $6.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit 
outstanding under the revolving credit facility. 

Total availability under the revolving credit facility was $158.9 million at June 30, 2019 and $108.8 million at June 30, 2018. 
At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, we were in compliance with all the covenants under the revolving credit facility. 

For a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of and our cash flow activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 
and 2017, see Item 7,  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, filed with the SEC on August 2, 2018. 

Share Repurchase Program 

We may from time to time make repurchases in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, subject to 
market conditions, including pursuant to our previously announced repurchase program. There were no share repurchases 
under the program during fiscal 2019. During fiscal 2018, we repurchased 950,484 shares for $22.0 million under the existing 
share repurchase program. At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 shares of our 
common stock pursuant to our program. 

Contractual Obligations 

Fluctuations in our operating results, levels of inventory on hand, the timing of tax and other payments as well as necessary 
capital expenditures to support growth of our operations will impact our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. The impact 
of our contractual obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future periods should be considered in conjunction 
with  the  factors  mentioned  here.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  had  total  contractual  obligations  of  $207.0  million,  which  was 
comparable to the prior year commitments of $218.0 million, reflecting no material changes during fiscal 2019. 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of June 30, 2019 and the corresponding impact that 
these obligations will have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions):  

Long-term debt obl i ga ti ons (1)
Ca pi ta l  l ea s e obl i ga ti ons (2)
Opera ti ng l ea s e obl i ga ti ons (3)
Purcha s e obl i ga ti ons (4)
Other l ong-term l i a bi l i ti es

Tota l  contra ctua l  obl i ga ti ons (5)

Tota l

Les s  tha n
1 Yea r

1-3
Yea rs

4-5
Yea rs

More tha n
5 Yea rs

$                   
-

$                   
-

$                   
-

$                   
-

$                   
-

Pa yments  Due by Peri od

1.1

169.9

35.8
0.2

0.6

33.8

32.0
-

0.5

57.0

3.8
-

-

35.6

-
-

-

43.5

-
0.2

$           

207.0

$             

66.4

$             

61.3

$             

35.6

$             

43.7

(1) 

Long-term  debt  obligations mean  all  payment  obligations  under  long-term  borrowings.  As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  did  not  have  any  outstanding 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Further discussion of our contractual obligations associated with long-term debt can be found in Note 
11, Debt, in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2)  Capital lease amounts include all future payment obligations under a lease classified as a capital lease pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 840.  

(3)  Operating lease amounts include future minimum lease payments under all our non-cancelable operating leases with an initial term in excess of one 
year.  For  more  information  on  our  operating  leases,  see  Note  20,  Commitments  and  Contingencies,  in  the  notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

28 

29 

 
 
        
      
       
        
        
        
         
         
         
       
         
         
           
      
      
      
      
      
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                 
                 
                     
                     
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                     
                     
                 
                     
                     
                     
                 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(4)  Purchase obligations are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum 
quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. We do, in the normal course 
of business, regularly initiate purchase orders for the procurement of (i) selected finished goods sourced from third-party suppliers, (ii) lumber, fabric, 
leather and other raw materials used in production, and (iii) certain outsourced services. All purchase  orders are based on current needs and are 
fulfilled by suppliers within short time periods. At June 30, 2019, our open purchase orders with respect to such goods and services totaled $23.9 
million and are to be paid in less than one year. Other purchase commitments included within this table represent payment due for other services such 
as telecommunication, computer-related software, royalties, web development, insurance and other maintenance contracts. 

(5)  Non-current income taxes payable of $1.6 million and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $1.1 million have been excluded from the table above due 

to uncertainty regarding the timing of future payments.  

We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with our other available sources of liquidity, will be adequate to 
make all required payments of principal and interest on our debt, to permit anticipated capital expenditures, and to fund 
working capital and other cash requirements. As of June 30, 2019, we had working capital of $93.5 million compared to $93.2 
million at June 30, 2018, an increase of $0.3 million and a current ratio of 1.76 at June 30, 2019 compared to 1.77 at June 30, 
2018.  In  addition  to  using  available  cash  to  fund  changes  in  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  retail  acquisitions, 
repayment of debt, and payment of cash dividends, the Company has been authorized by our Board of Directors to repurchase 
shares of our common stock from time to time, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and on terms 
satisfactory to us.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other Commitments and Contingencies 

Except  as  indicated  below,  we  do  not  utilize  or  employ  any  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  including  special-purpose 
entities,  in  operating  our  business.  As  such,  we  do  not  maintain  any  (i)  retained  or  contingent  interests,  (ii)  derivative 
instruments (other than as specified below), or (iii) variable interests which could serve as a source of potential risk to our 
future liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. 

We may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, provide guarantees on behalf of selected affiliated entities or 
become contractually obligated to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of certain business agreements. The 
nature and extent of these guarantees and obligations may vary based on our underlying relationship with the benefiting 
party and the business purpose for which the guarantee or obligation is being provided. The only such program in place at 
both June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was for our legacy consumer credit program described below. 

Ethan Allen Consumer Credit Program. The terms and conditions of our legacy consumer credit program, which is financed 
and administered by a third-party financial institution on a non-recourse basis to Ethan Allen, are set forth in an agreement 
between  the  Company  and  that  financial  service  provider  (the  “Program  Agreement”)  which  was  last  amended  effective 
January 2014. Any independent retailer choosing to participate in the consumer credit program is required to enter into a 
separate agreement with that same third-party financial institution which sets forth the terms and conditions under which 
the retailer is to perform in connection with its offering of consumer credit to its customers (the “Retailer Agreement”). We 
have obligated ourselves on behalf of any independent retailer choosing to participate in our consumer credit program by 
agreeing, in the event of default, breach, or failure of the independent retailer to perform under such Retailer Agreement, to 
take on certain responsibilities of the independent retailer, including, but not limited to, delivery of goods and reimbursement 
of customer deposits. Customer receivables originated by independent retailers remain non-recourse to Ethan Allen. While 
the maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) that we could be required to make under this obligation 
is indeterminable, recourse provisions exist that would enable us to recover, from the independent retailer, any amount paid 
or  incurred  by  us  related  to  our  performance.  Based  on  the  underlying  creditworthiness  of  our  independent  retailers, 
including their historical ability to perform satisfactorily in connection with the terms of our consumer credit program, we 
believe this obligation will expire without requiring funding by us. To ensure funding for delivery of products sold, the terms 
of the Program Agreement also contain a right for the financial services provider to demand from the Company collateral at 
a variable rate based on the volume of program sales if the Company does not meet certain covenants, including a minimum 
working  capital  requirement.  At  June  30,  2019  and  2018,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants.  The  Program 
Agreement and legacy consumer credit program will terminate on July 31, 2019.  

During  the  fourth  quarter  of fiscal  2019,  we  launched  a  new  consumer  credit  program  utilizing  a  non-related  third-party 
financial  institution.  Our  new  Ethan  Allen  Platinum  consumer  credit  program,  designed  to  make  the  Ethan  Allen  brand 
accessible to everyone, had a successful national launch and should continue to attract both new prospects and returning 
clients. Financing offered through this program is administered by a third-party financial institution and is granted to our 
clients on a non-recourse basis to the Company.  

Product Warranties. Our products, including our case goods, upholstery and home accents, generally carry explicit product 

warranties  and  are  provided  based  on  terms  that  are  generally  accepted  in  the  industry.  All  our  domestic  independent 

retailers are required to enter into and perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of a warranty service agreement. 

We  record  provisions  for  estimated  warranty  and  other  related  costs  at  time  of  sale  based  on  historical  warranty  loss 

experience  and  make  periodic  adjustments  to  those  provisions  to  reflect  actual  experience.  On  rare  occasion,  certain 

warranty  and  other  related  claims  involve  matters  of  dispute  that  ultimately  are  resolved  by  negotiation,  arbitration  or 

litigation. In certain cases, a material warranty issue may arise which is beyond the scope of our historical experience. We 

provide for such warranty issues as they become known and are deemed to be both probable and estimable. It is reasonably 

possible that, from time to time, additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters 

beyond  the  scope  of  our  historical  experience.  As  of  June  30,  2019  and  2018,  our  product  warranty  liability  totaled $1.6 

million and $1.5 million, respectively. 

Dividends 

In January 2019, we paid a $1.00 per share special cash dividend, in addition to the regular quarterly dividend of $0.19 per 

share. For the full fiscal 2019 year, we paid a total of $1.76 per share in dividends for an aggregate total of $47.0 million. In 

the prior year, total dividends paid were $29.5 million.  

With our dividends,  we have returned $126.5  million to  shareholders over the past five years. Future cash dividends will 

depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by us, subject to final 

determination by our Board of Directors. 

Foreign Currency 

Foreign Currency Exposure. Foreign currency exchange risk is primarily limited to our operation of Ethan Allen operated retail 

design centers located in Canada and our manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras, as substantially all purchases of 

imported parts and finished goods are denominated in U.S. dollars. The financial statements of these foreign locations are 

translated into U.S. dollars using period-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities and average rates for the period for 

revenues and expenses. Translation gains and losses that arise from translating assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of 

foreign operations are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income as a component of shareholders’ equity. 

Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from market changes in the value of foreign currencies  did not have a material 

impact during any of the fiscal periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Impact of Inflation. We believe any inflationary impact on our product and operating costs during the past three fiscal years 

was offset by our ability to create operational efficiencies, seek lower cost alternatives and raise selling prices.  

Critical Accounting Estimates 

We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP.  In  some  cases,  these  principles  require 

management  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments  regarding  uncertainties  and,  as  a  result,  such  estimates  and 

assumptions may significantly impact our financial results and disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical 

if: (i) the accounting estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time the 

30 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
(4)  Purchase obligations are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum 

quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. We do, in the normal course 

of business, regularly initiate purchase orders for the procurement of (i) selected finished goods sourced from third-party suppliers, (ii) lumber, fabric, 

leather and other raw materials used in production, and (iii) certain outsourced services. All purchase  orders are based on current needs and are 

fulfilled by suppliers within short time periods. At June 30, 2019, our open purchase orders with respect to such goods and services totaled $23.9 

million and are to be paid in less than one year. Other purchase commitments included within this table represent payment due for other services such 

as telecommunication, computer-related software, royalties, web development, insurance and other maintenance contracts. 

(5)  Non-current income taxes payable of $1.6 million and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $1.1 million have been excluded from the table above due 

to uncertainty regarding the timing of future payments.  

We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with our other available sources of liquidity, will be adequate to 

make all required payments of principal and interest on our debt, to permit anticipated capital expenditures, and to fund 

working capital and other cash requirements. As of June 30, 2019, we had working capital of $93.5 million compared to $93.2 

million at June 30, 2018, an increase of $0.3 million and a current ratio of 1.76 at June 30, 2019 compared to 1.77 at June 30, 

2018.  In  addition  to  using  available  cash  to  fund  changes  in  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  retail  acquisitions, 

repayment of debt, and payment of cash dividends, the Company has been authorized by our Board of Directors to repurchase 

shares of our common stock from time to time, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and on terms 

satisfactory to us.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other Commitments and Contingencies 

Except  as  indicated  below,  we  do  not  utilize  or  employ  any  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  including  special-purpose 

entities,  in  operating  our  business.  As  such,  we  do  not  maintain  any  (i)  retained  or  contingent  interests,  (ii)  derivative 

instruments (other than as specified below), or (iii) variable interests which could serve as a source of potential risk to our 

future liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. 

We may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, provide guarantees on behalf of selected affiliated entities or 

become contractually obligated to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of certain business agreements. The 

nature and extent of these guarantees and obligations may vary based on our underlying relationship with the benefiting 

party and the business purpose for which the guarantee or obligation is being provided. The only such program in place at 

both June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was for our legacy consumer credit program described below. 

Ethan Allen Consumer Credit Program. The terms and conditions of our legacy consumer credit program, which is financed 

and administered by a third-party financial institution on a non-recourse basis to Ethan Allen, are set forth in an agreement 

between  the  Company  and  that  financial  service  provider  (the  “Program  Agreement”)  which  was  last  amended  effective 

January 2014. Any independent retailer choosing to participate in the consumer credit program is required to enter into a 

separate agreement with that same third-party financial institution which sets forth the terms and conditions under which 

the retailer is to perform in connection with its offering of consumer credit to its customers (the “Retailer Agreement”). We 

have obligated ourselves on behalf of any independent retailer choosing to participate in our consumer credit program by 

agreeing, in the event of default, breach, or failure of the independent retailer to perform under such Retailer Agreement, to 

of customer deposits. Customer receivables originated by independent retailers remain non-recourse to Ethan Allen. While 

the maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) that we could be required to make under this obligation 

is indeterminable, recourse provisions exist that would enable us to recover, from the independent retailer, any amount paid 

or  incurred  by  us  related  to  our  performance.  Based  on  the  underlying  creditworthiness  of  our  independent  retailers, 

including their historical ability to perform satisfactorily in connection with the terms of our consumer credit program, we 

believe this obligation will expire without requiring funding by us. To ensure funding for delivery of products sold, the terms 

of the Program Agreement also contain a right for the financial services provider to demand from the Company collateral at 

a variable rate based on the volume of program sales if the Company does not meet certain covenants, including a minimum 

working  capital  requirement.  At  June  30,  2019  and  2018,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants.  The  Program 

Agreement and legacy consumer credit program will terminate on July 31, 2019.  

During  the  fourth  quarter  of fiscal  2019,  we  launched  a  new  consumer  credit  program  utilizing  a  non-related  third-party 

financial  institution.  Our  new  Ethan  Allen  Platinum  consumer  credit  program,  designed  to  make  the  Ethan  Allen  brand 

accessible to everyone, had a successful national launch and should continue to attract both new prospects and returning 

clients. Financing offered through this program is administered by a third-party financial institution and is granted to our 

clients on a non-recourse basis to the Company.  

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Product Warranties. Our products, including our case goods, upholstery and home accents, generally carry explicit product 
warranties  and  are  provided  based  on  terms  that  are  generally  accepted  in  the  industry.  All  our  domestic  independent 
retailers are required to enter into and perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of a warranty service agreement. 
We  record  provisions  for  estimated  warranty  and  other  related  costs  at  time  of  sale  based  on  historical  warranty  loss 
experience  and  make  periodic  adjustments  to  those  provisions  to  reflect  actual  experience.  On  rare  occasion,  certain 
warranty  and  other  related  claims  involve  matters  of  dispute  that  ultimately  are  resolved  by  negotiation,  arbitration  or 
litigation. In certain cases, a material warranty issue may arise which is beyond the scope of our historical experience. We 
provide for such warranty issues as they become known and are deemed to be both probable and estimable. It is reasonably 
possible that, from time to time, additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters 
beyond  the  scope  of  our  historical  experience.  As  of  June  30,  2019  and  2018,  our  product  warranty  liability  totaled $1.6 
million and $1.5 million, respectively. 

Dividends 

In January 2019, we paid a $1.00 per share special cash dividend, in addition to the regular quarterly dividend of $0.19 per 
share. For the full fiscal 2019 year, we paid a total of $1.76 per share in dividends for an aggregate total of $47.0 million. In 
the prior year, total dividends paid were $29.5 million.  

With our dividends,  we have returned $126.5  million to  shareholders over the past five years. Future cash dividends will 
depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by us, subject to final 
determination by our Board of Directors. 

take on certain responsibilities of the independent retailer, including, but not limited to, delivery of goods and reimbursement 

Foreign Currency 

Foreign Currency Exposure. Foreign currency exchange risk is primarily limited to our operation of Ethan Allen operated retail 
design centers located in Canada and our manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras, as substantially all purchases of 
imported parts and finished goods are denominated in U.S. dollars. The financial statements of these foreign locations are 
translated into U.S. dollars using period-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities and average rates for the period for 
revenues and expenses. Translation gains and losses that arise from translating assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of 
foreign operations are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income as a component of shareholders’ equity. 
Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from market changes in the value of foreign currencies  did not have a material 
impact during any of the fiscal periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Impact of Inflation. We believe any inflationary impact on our product and operating costs during the past three fiscal years 
was offset by our ability to create operational efficiencies, seek lower cost alternatives and raise selling prices.  

Critical Accounting Estimates 

We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP.  In  some  cases,  these  principles  require 
management  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments  regarding  uncertainties  and,  as  a  result,  such  estimates  and 
assumptions may significantly impact our financial results and disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical 
if: (i) the accounting estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time the 

30 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

accounting estimate was made, and (ii) changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, or 
use of different estimates that we reasonably could have used in the current period, would have a material impact on our 
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  We  base  our  estimates  on  currently  known  facts  and  circumstances,  prior 
experience and other assumptions we believe to be reasonable. We use our best judgment in valuing these estimates and 
may, as warranted, use external advice. Actual results could differ from these estimates, assumptions, and judgments and 
these  differences  could  be  significant.  We  make  frequent  comparisons  throughout  the  year  of  actual  experience  to  our 
assumptions to reduce the likelihood of significant adjustments and will record adjustments when differences are known.  

The following critical accounting estimates affect our consolidated financial statements. 

Goodwill and Intangible  Assets. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment on an 
annual  basis  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  and  between  annual  tests  whenever  events  or  circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill  or other  indefinite-lived  intangible asset  may exceed its fair  value.  When 
testing goodwill for impairment, we may assess qualitative factors for some or all of our reporting units to determine whether 
it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this qualitative assessment and determine whether the carrying 
value exceeds the fair value using a quantitative assessment. 

We  also  annually  evaluate  whether  our  trade  name  continues  to  have  an  indefinite  life.  Our  trade  name  is  reviewed  for 
impairment annually in the fourth quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. 
Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or 
business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. 
We qualitatively assess indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the 
fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount. If our trade name is qualitatively assessed and determined it is not 
more likely than not that the asset’s fair value is greater than its carrying amount, an impairment review is performed by 
comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair  value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Factors 
used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, management’s plans for future 
operations, recent results of operations and projected future cash flows.  

Impairment  of  Long-lived  Assets.  The  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets  is  evaluated  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that we may not be able to recover the carrying amount of an asset 
or  asset  group.  Our  assessment  of  recoverability  determines  whether  the  carrying  value  will  be  recovered  through  the 
expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  resulting  from  the  use  of  the  asset.  In  the  event  the  sum  of  the  expected 
undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the 
asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. For retail design center level long-lived assets, expected cash flows are 
determined based on our estimate of future net sales, margin rates and expenses over the remaining expected terms of the 
leases. Impairment, if any, is recorded in the period in which the impairment occurred. 

Inventories. Inventories (finished goods, work in process and raw materials) are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a 
first-in, first-out basis, and net realizable value. Cost is determined based solely on those charges incurred in the acquisition 
and production of the related inventory (i.e. material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs). We estimate an inventory 
reserve  for  excess  quantities  and  obsolete  items  based  on  specific  identification  and  historical  write-downs,  taking  into 
account future demand and market conditions. If actual demand or market conditions in the future are less favorable than 
those estimated, additional inventory write-downs may be required. 

Income Taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. Our tax provision is an 
estimate based on our understanding of laws in Federal, state and foreign tax jurisdictions. These laws can be complicated 
and are difficult to apply to any business, including ours. The tax laws also require us to allocate our taxable income to many 
jurisdictions based on subjective allocation methodologies and information collection processes.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax  consequences attributable to differences between the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and 
tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Additional 
factors that we consider when making judgments about the deferred tax valuation include tax law changes, a recent history 
of cumulative losses, and variances in future projected profitability. 

The  Company  evaluates,  on  a  quarterly  basis,  uncertain  tax  positions  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  on  tax  returns  for 

recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure in its financial statements. If an income tax position exceeds a 50% 

probability of success upon tax audit, based solely on the technical merits of the position, the Company recognizes an income 

tax  benefit  in  its  financial  statements.  The  tax  benefits  recognized  are  measured  based  on  the  largest  benefit  that  has  a 

greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The liability associated with an unrecognized  tax 

benefit is classified as a long-term liability except for the amount for which a cash payment is expected to be made or tax 

positions settled within one year.  

Business Insurance Reserves. We have insurance programs in place to cover workers’ compensation and property/casualty 

claims. The insurance programs, which are funded through self-insured retention, are subject to various stop-loss limitations. 

We accrue estimated losses using actuarial models and assumptions based on historical loss experience. Although we believe 

that  the  insurance  reserves  are  adequate,  the  reserve  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience,  which  may  not  be 

indicative of current and future losses. In addition, the actuarial calculations used to estimate insurance reserves are based 

on numerous assumptions, some of which are subjective. We adjust insurance reserves, as needed, in the event that future 

loss experience differs from historical loss patterns.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

we include here by reference. 

Business Outlook 

See Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included under 

Part II, Item 8, for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption, which 

With our vertical enterprise well positioned, we maintain a cautiously optimistic outlook. Our retail strategy will continue 

with  its  focus  on  (i)  providing  relevant  product  offerings,  a  wide  array  of  product  solutions,  and  superior  interior  design 

solutions through our large staff of interior design professionals, (ii) continuing strong advertising and marketing campaigns 

to get our message across and to continue broadening our customer base, (iii) the opening of new or relocated design centers 

in more prominent locations, and encouraging independent retailers to do the same, (iv) leveraging the use of technology 

and personal service within our retail network and online through ethanallen.com, and (v) further expansion internationally. 

We believe this strategy provides an opportunity to grow our business. 

We continue to strengthen our vertically  integrated structure from concept  of idea, to engineering, to manufacturing, to 

retail and logistics. We intend to maintain strong manufacturing capabilities in North America, which we believe is a long-

term competitive advantage that will allow us to advance our objectives of maintaining fast order delivery, exceptional quality 

and improving capacity to ship stocked and custom made-to-order items more quickly, which in turn will allow us to grow 

our business.  

We have completed a major transformation of our product offerings, which reflect fresh and relevant styling targeted to a 

wide demographic base. Our design centers continue to be optimized, both in location and size, to build traffic and increase 

sales.  In  addition  to  expanding  our  retail  channels,  we  continue  to  leverage  our  manufacturing  capacities  to  expand  our 

contract sales with GSA-related governmental agencies and the military as well as with other contract customers, including 

those in the hospitality industry.  

Our network of professionally trained interior design professionals differentiates us significantly from our competitors. We 

continue  to  strengthen  the  level  of  service,  professionalism,  and  interior  design  competence,  as  well  as  to  improve  the 

efficiency of our retail operations. We believe that over time, we will continue to benefit from (i) continuous repositioning of 

our retail network, (ii) frequent new product introductions, (iii) new and innovative marketing promotions and effective use 

of  targeted  advertising  media,  and  (iv)  continued  use  of  the  latest  technology  combined  with  personal  service  from  our 

interior design professionals. 

We expect the home furnishings industry to remain extremely competitive with respect to both the sourcing of products and 

the wholesale and retail sale of those products for the foreseeable future. Domestic manufacturers continue to face pricing 

pressures because of the lower manufacturing costs on imports, particularly from Asia. While we also utilize overseas sourcing 

for approximately 25% of our products, we choose to differentiate ourselves by maintaining a substantial North American 

manufacturing base, the majority of which is located in the United States. This structure enables us to leverage our vertically 

integrated structure to our advantage. We continue to believe that a balanced approach to product sourcing, which includes 

our own North American manufacturing of approximately 75% of our product offerings coupled with the import of other 

selected products, provides the greatest degree of flexibility, lower inventory levels, and short lead times and is the most 

effective approach to ensuring that acceptable levels of quality and service are maintained. 

32 

33 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

accounting estimate was made, and (ii) changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, or 

use of different estimates that we reasonably could have used in the current period, would have a material impact on our 

financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  We  base  our  estimates  on  currently  known  facts  and  circumstances,  prior 

experience and other assumptions we believe to be reasonable. We use our best judgment in valuing these estimates and 

may, as warranted, use external advice. Actual results could differ from these estimates, assumptions, and judgments and 

these  differences  could  be  significant.  We  make  frequent  comparisons  throughout  the  year  of  actual  experience  to  our 

assumptions to reduce the likelihood of significant adjustments and will record adjustments when differences are known.  

The following critical accounting estimates affect our consolidated financial statements. 

Goodwill and Intangible  Assets. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment on an 

annual  basis  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  and  between  annual  tests  whenever  events  or  circumstances 

indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill  or other  indefinite-lived  intangible asset  may exceed its fair  value.  When 

testing goodwill for impairment, we may assess qualitative factors for some or all of our reporting units to determine whether 

it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 

amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this qualitative assessment and determine whether the carrying 

value exceeds the fair value using a quantitative assessment. 

We  also  annually  evaluate  whether  our  trade  name  continues  to  have  an  indefinite  life.  Our  trade  name  is  reviewed  for 

impairment annually in the fourth quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. 

Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or 

business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. 

We qualitatively assess indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the 

fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount. If our trade name is qualitatively assessed and determined it is not 

more likely than not that the asset’s fair value is greater than its carrying amount, an impairment review is performed by 

comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair  value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Factors 

used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, management’s plans for future 

operations, recent results of operations and projected future cash flows.  

Impairment  of  Long-lived  Assets.  The  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets  is  evaluated  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or 

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that we may not be able to recover the carrying amount of an asset 

or  asset  group.  Our  assessment  of  recoverability  determines  whether  the  carrying  value  will  be  recovered  through  the 

expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  resulting  from  the  use  of  the  asset.  In  the  event  the  sum  of  the  expected 

undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the 

asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. For retail design center level long-lived assets, expected cash flows are 

determined based on our estimate of future net sales, margin rates and expenses over the remaining expected terms of the 

leases. Impairment, if any, is recorded in the period in which the impairment occurred. 

Inventories. Inventories (finished goods, work in process and raw materials) are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a 

first-in, first-out basis, and net realizable value. Cost is determined based solely on those charges incurred in the acquisition 

and production of the related inventory (i.e. material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs). We estimate an inventory 

reserve  for  excess  quantities  and  obsolete  items  based  on  specific  identification  and  historical  write-downs,  taking  into 

account future demand and market conditions. If actual demand or market conditions in the future are less favorable than 

those estimated, additional inventory write-downs may be required. 

Income Taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. Our tax provision is an 

estimate based on our understanding of laws in Federal, state and foreign tax jurisdictions. These laws can be complicated 

and are difficult to apply to any business, including ours. The tax laws also require us to allocate our taxable income to many 

jurisdictions based on subjective allocation methodologies and information collection processes.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax  consequences attributable to differences between the 

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and 

tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 

income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax 

assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Additional 

factors that we consider when making judgments about the deferred tax valuation include tax law changes, a recent history 

of cumulative losses, and variances in future projected profitability. 

The  Company  evaluates,  on  a  quarterly  basis,  uncertain  tax  positions  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  on  tax  returns  for 
recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure in its financial statements. If an income tax position exceeds a 50% 
probability of success upon tax audit, based solely on the technical merits of the position, the Company recognizes an income 
tax  benefit  in  its  financial  statements.  The  tax  benefits  recognized  are  measured  based  on  the  largest  benefit  that  has  a 
greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The liability associated with an unrecognized  tax 
benefit is classified as a long-term liability except for the amount for which a cash payment is expected to be made or tax 
positions settled within one year.  

Business Insurance Reserves. We have insurance programs in place to cover workers’ compensation and property/casualty 
claims. The insurance programs, which are funded through self-insured retention, are subject to various stop-loss limitations. 
We accrue estimated losses using actuarial models and assumptions based on historical loss experience. Although we believe 
that  the  insurance  reserves  are  adequate,  the  reserve  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience,  which  may  not  be 
indicative of current and future losses. In addition, the actuarial calculations used to estimate insurance reserves are based 
on numerous assumptions, some of which are subjective. We adjust insurance reserves, as needed, in the event that future 
loss experience differs from historical loss patterns.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 
See Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included under 
Part II, Item 8, for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption, which 
we include here by reference. 

Business Outlook 

With our vertical enterprise well positioned, we maintain a cautiously optimistic outlook. Our retail strategy will continue 
with  its  focus  on  (i)  providing  relevant  product  offerings,  a  wide  array  of  product  solutions,  and  superior  interior  design 
solutions through our large staff of interior design professionals, (ii) continuing strong advertising and marketing campaigns 
to get our message across and to continue broadening our customer base, (iii) the opening of new or relocated design centers 
in more prominent locations, and encouraging independent retailers to do the same, (iv) leveraging the use of technology 
and personal service within our retail network and online through ethanallen.com, and (v) further expansion internationally. 
We believe this strategy provides an opportunity to grow our business. 

We continue to strengthen our vertically  integrated structure from concept  of idea, to engineering, to manufacturing, to 
retail and logistics. We intend to maintain strong manufacturing capabilities in North America, which we believe is a long-
term competitive advantage that will allow us to advance our objectives of maintaining fast order delivery, exceptional quality 
and improving capacity to ship stocked and custom made-to-order items more quickly, which in turn will allow us to grow 
our business.  

We have completed a major transformation of our product offerings, which reflect fresh and relevant styling targeted to a 
wide demographic base. Our design centers continue to be optimized, both in location and size, to build traffic and increase 
sales.  In  addition  to  expanding  our  retail  channels,  we  continue  to  leverage  our  manufacturing  capacities  to  expand  our 
contract sales with GSA-related governmental agencies and the military as well as with other contract customers, including 
those in the hospitality industry.  

Our network of professionally trained interior design professionals differentiates us significantly from our competitors. We 
continue  to  strengthen  the  level  of  service,  professionalism,  and  interior  design  competence,  as  well  as  to  improve  the 
efficiency of our retail operations. We believe that over time, we will continue to benefit from (i) continuous repositioning of 
our retail network, (ii) frequent new product introductions, (iii) new and innovative marketing promotions and effective use 
of  targeted  advertising  media,  and  (iv)  continued  use  of  the  latest  technology  combined  with  personal  service  from  our 
interior design professionals. 

We expect the home furnishings industry to remain extremely competitive with respect to both the sourcing of products and 
the wholesale and retail sale of those products for the foreseeable future. Domestic manufacturers continue to face pricing 
pressures because of the lower manufacturing costs on imports, particularly from Asia. While we also utilize overseas sourcing 
for approximately 25% of our products, we choose to differentiate ourselves by maintaining a substantial North American 
manufacturing base, the majority of which is located in the United States. This structure enables us to leverage our vertically 
integrated structure to our advantage. We continue to believe that a balanced approach to product sourcing, which includes 
our own North American manufacturing of approximately 75% of our product offerings coupled with the import of other 
selected products, provides the greatest degree of flexibility, lower inventory levels, and short lead times and is the most 
effective approach to ensuring that acceptable levels of quality and service are maintained. 

32 

33 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting…………………………………………………………………… 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2019 and 2018…………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017……………. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017……………………………….. 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017………………… 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Page 

36 

37 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency 
exchange rates that could impact our financial position and results of operations. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Debt. Interest rate risk exists primarily through our borrowing activities. We utilize U.S. dollar denominated borrowings to 
fund substantially all our working capital and investment needs. Short-term debt, if required, is used to meet working capital 
requirements  and  long-term  debt  is  generally  used  to  finance  long-term  investments.  There  is  inherent  rollover  risk  for 
borrowings as they mature and are renewed at current market rates. The extent of this risk is not quantifiable or predictable 
because of the variability of future interest rates and our future financing requirements. For floating-rate obligations, interest 
rate changes do not affect the fair value of the underlying financial instrument but would impact future earnings and cash 
flows, assuming other factors are held constant. Conversely, for fixed-rate obligations, interest rate changes affect the fair 
value of the underlying financial instrument but would not impact earnings or cash flows.  

At  June  30,  2019,  we  did  not  have  any  floating-rate  debt  obligations  outstanding  under  our  revolving  credit  facility.  It  is 
anticipated that the fair market value of any future debt under the credit facility will continue to be immaterially affected by 
fluctuations in interest rates and we do not believe that the value of such debt would be significantly impacted by current 
market events. Previous borrowings under the facility during fiscal 2019 had an interest rate equal to the one-month LIBOR 
rate  of  2.5%  plus  a  spread  using  a  debt  leverage  pricing  grid  currently  at  1.5%.  During  fiscal  2019,  we  recorded  interest 
expense of $0.2 million on our borrowings. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and we have no 
intention of doing so in the foreseeable future. Assuming all terms of our outstanding long-term debt remained the same, a 
hypothetical  100  basis  point  change  (up  or down)  in  the one-month  LIBOR  rate  would  not have  a  material  affect  on  our 
consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

LIBOR  Transition.  LIBOR  is  the  subject  of  recent  national,  international  and  other  regulatory  guidance  and  proposals  for 
reform. These reforms and other pressure may cause LIBOR to disappear entirely or to perform differently than in the past. 
It is expected that certain banks will stop reporting information used to set LIBOR at the end of 2021 when their reporting 
obligations cease. This will effectively end the usefulness of LIBOR and may end its publication. The consequences of these 
developments cannot be entirely predicted but, as noted above, could impact the interest earned on our investments and 
our interest expense. If LIBOR is no longer widely available, or otherwise at our option, we will pursue alternative interest 
rate calculations in our credit agreement. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under 
its existing credit facility and no material exposure to LIBOR, thus we do not believe the discontinuation of LIBOR will have a 
material impact on our financial position and results of operations. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The fair market value of our cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2019 was $20.8 million. Our 
cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and money market funds with original maturities of three months or 
less and are reported at fair  value. It is anticipated that the fair  market value of our cash equivalents  will continue to be 
immaterially affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Preservation of principal is the primary goal of our cash and investment 
policy.  Pursuant  to  our  established  investment  guidelines,  we  try  to  achieve  high  levels  of  credit  quality,  liquidity  and 
diversification. Because of our investment policy, our financial exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is expected to remain 
low. We do not believe that the value or liquidity of our cash and cash equivalents have been significantly impacted by current 
market events. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 

Foreign currency exchange risk is primarily limited to our operation of Ethan Allen operated retail design centers located in 
Canada and our manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras, as substantially all purchases of imported parts and finished 
goods are denominated in United States dollars. As such, foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from market changes in 
the value of foreign currencies have not had, nor are they expected to have, a material affect on our consolidated results of 
operations. A decrease in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may affect the profitability of our vendors, 
but as we employ a balanced sourcing strategy, we believe any impact would be moderate relative to peers in our industry. 

A hypothetical 10% weaker United States dollar against all foreign currencies at June 30, 2019 would have had an immaterial 
impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. We currently do not engage in any foreign currency 
hedging activity and we have no intention of doing so in the foreseeable future. 

34 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting…………………………………………………………………… 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2019 and 2018…………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017……………. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017……………………………….. 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017………………… 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Page 

36 

37 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

exchange rates that could impact our financial position and results of operations. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Debt. Interest rate risk exists primarily through our borrowing activities. We utilize U.S. dollar denominated borrowings to 

fund substantially all our working capital and investment needs. Short-term debt, if required, is used to meet working capital 

requirements  and  long-term  debt  is  generally  used  to  finance  long-term  investments.  There  is  inherent  rollover  risk  for 

borrowings as they mature and are renewed at current market rates. The extent of this risk is not quantifiable or predictable 

because of the variability of future interest rates and our future financing requirements. For floating-rate obligations, interest 

rate changes do not affect the fair value of the underlying financial instrument but would impact future earnings and cash 

flows, assuming other factors are held constant. Conversely, for fixed-rate obligations, interest rate changes affect the fair 

value of the underlying financial instrument but would not impact earnings or cash flows.  

At  June  30,  2019,  we  did  not  have  any  floating-rate  debt  obligations  outstanding  under  our  revolving  credit  facility.  It  is 

anticipated that the fair market value of any future debt under the credit facility will continue to be immaterially affected by 

fluctuations in interest rates and we do not believe that the value of such debt would be significantly impacted by current 

market events. Previous borrowings under the facility during fiscal 2019 had an interest rate equal to the one-month LIBOR 

rate  of  2.5%  plus  a  spread  using  a  debt  leverage  pricing  grid  currently  at  1.5%.  During  fiscal  2019,  we  recorded  interest 

expense of $0.2 million on our borrowings. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and we have no 

intention of doing so in the foreseeable future. Assuming all terms of our outstanding long-term debt remained the same, a 

hypothetical  100  basis  point  change  (up  or down)  in  the one-month  LIBOR  rate  would  not have  a  material  affect  on  our 

consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

LIBOR  Transition.  LIBOR  is  the  subject  of  recent  national,  international  and  other  regulatory  guidance  and  proposals  for 

reform. These reforms and other pressure may cause LIBOR to disappear entirely or to perform differently than in the past. 

It is expected that certain banks will stop reporting information used to set LIBOR at the end of 2021 when their reporting 

obligations cease. This will effectively end the usefulness of LIBOR and may end its publication. The consequences of these 

developments cannot be entirely predicted but, as noted above, could impact the interest earned on our investments and 

our interest expense. If LIBOR is no longer widely available, or otherwise at our option, we will pursue alternative interest 

rate calculations in our credit agreement. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under 

its existing credit facility and no material exposure to LIBOR, thus we do not believe the discontinuation of LIBOR will have a 

material impact on our financial position and results of operations. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The fair market value of our cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2019 was $20.8 million. Our 

cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and money market funds with original maturities of three months or 

less and are reported at fair  value. It is anticipated that the fair  market value of our cash equivalents  will continue to be 

immaterially affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Preservation of principal is the primary goal of our cash and investment 

policy.  Pursuant  to  our  established  investment  guidelines,  we  try  to  achieve  high  levels  of  credit  quality,  liquidity  and 

diversification. Because of our investment policy, our financial exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is expected to remain 

low. We do not believe that the value or liquidity of our cash and cash equivalents have been significantly impacted by current 

market events. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 

Foreign currency exchange risk is primarily limited to our operation of Ethan Allen operated retail design centers located in 

Canada and our manufacturing plants in Mexico and Honduras, as substantially all purchases of imported parts and finished 

goods are denominated in United States dollars. As such, foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from market changes in 

the value of foreign currencies have not had, nor are they expected to have, a material affect on our consolidated results of 

operations. A decrease in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may affect the profitability of our vendors, 

but as we employ a balanced sourcing strategy, we believe any impact would be moderate relative to peers in our industry. 

A hypothetical 10% weaker United States dollar against all foreign currencies at June 30, 2019 would have had an immaterial 

impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. We currently do not engage in any foreign currency 

hedging activity and we have no intention of doing so in the foreseeable future. 

34 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such 
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets; 

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance 
with authorizations of our management and directors; and 

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of our assets that could have a material affect on our financial statements. 

Management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in 
“Internal Control  – Integrated Framework  (2013)” issued  by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the  Treadway 
Commission.  

Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as of June 30, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public 
accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.  

/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Corey Whitely 
Executive Vice President, Administration 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.: 

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ethan  Allen  Interiors  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 

“Company”) as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income,  shareholders’ 

equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2019, and the related notes  (collectively, 

the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 

June 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.   

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 

position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 

years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in 

our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 

30,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Basis for Opinions  

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 

control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 

included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 

express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control 

over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting 

Oversight Board (United States ) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance 

with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 

the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 

the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 

misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 

in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 

misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 

respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures 

in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 

estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our 

audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 

of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered 

necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 

accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 

that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 

permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts 

and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of 

the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 

use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material affect on the financial statements. 

36 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such 

term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 

external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of our assets; 

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 

statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance 

with authorizations of our management and directors; and 

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 

disposition of our assets that could have a material affect on our financial statements. 

Management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in 

“Internal Control  – Integrated Framework  (2013)” issued  by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the  Treadway 

Commission.  

Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective 

as of June 30, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 

consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The effectiveness of our 

internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public 

accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.  

/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 

Chairman, President and 

Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Corey Whitely 

Executive Vice President, Administration 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

(Principal Financial Officer) 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Ethan Allen Interiors Inc.: 

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ethan  Allen  Interiors  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income,  shareholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2019, and the related notes  (collectively, 
the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
June 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.   

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in 
our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 
30,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Basis for Opinions  

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States ) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance 
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures 
in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our 
audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts 
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of 
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 
use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material affect on the financial statements. 

36 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1989. 

Stamford, Connecticut 
August 9, 2019 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

38 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 

projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 

because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1989. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Stamford, Connecticut 

August 9, 2019 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

38 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

40 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

40 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1)  Organization and Nature of Business 

Founded in 1932 and incorporated in Delaware in 1989, Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ethan 

Allen Global, Inc., and Ethan Allen Global, Inc.’s subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Ethan Allen” or the “Company”), 

is a leading interior design company, manufacturer and retailer in the home furnishings marketplace. Today we are a global 

luxury international home fashion brand that is vertically integrated from design through delivery, which affords our clientele 

a value proposition of style, quality and price. We provide complimentary interior design service to our customers and sell a 

full range of furniture products and decorative accents through a retail network of approximately 300 design centers in the 

United States and abroad as well as online at ethanallen.com. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees 

and Company-owned and operated locations. Nearly all our Company operated retail design centers are located in the United 

States , with the remaining Company operated design centers located in Canada. The majority of the independently operated design 

centers are in Asia, with the remaining independently operated design centers located throughout the United States, the Middle 

East and Europe. We also own and operate six manufacturing facilities, including three manufacturing plants and one sawmill 

in the United States and one manufacturing plant in Mexico and one in Honduras.  

(2)  Basis of Presentation 

Principles  of  Consolidation.  Ethan  Allen  conducts  business  globally  and  has  strategically  aligned  its  business  into  two 

reportable  segments:  Wholesale  and  Retail.  These  two  segments  represent  strategic  business  areas  of  our  vertically 

integrated  enterprise  that  operate  separately  and  provide  their  own  distinctive  services.  The  accompanying  consolidated 

financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  Our  consolidated  financial 

statements also include the accounts of an entity in which we are a majority shareholder with the power to direct the activities 

that most significantly impact the entity’s performance. Noncontrolling interest amounts in the entity are immaterial and 

included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income within interest and other income, net. All intercompany 

activity and balances have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements. 

Use  of  Estimates.  We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  which  requires 

management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales 

and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results 

could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Areas  in  which  significant  estimates  have  been  made  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 

goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analyses, useful lives for property, plant and equipment, inventory 

obsolescence, business insurance retention reserves, tax valuation allowances and the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. 

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been  made to prior  years’ financial statements  to  conform to the current 

year’s  presentation.  These  changes  were  made  for  disclosure  purposes  only  and  did  not  have  any  impact  on  previously 

reported results. 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date that the financial statements were issued. 

(3)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The significant accounting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are summarized below. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and short-term, highly liquid  investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash and cash 

equivalents and are reported at fair value. Our corporate money market funds are readily convertible into cash and the net 

asset value of each fund on the last day of the month is used to determine its fair value. We invest excess cash in money market 

accounts and short-term commercial paper. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had no restricted cash on hand. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable arise from the sale  of products on trade credit terms and is presented net of  allowance for doubtful 

accounts. We  maintain an allowance  for estimated losses  resulting  from the inability of our customers to  make required 

payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall 

aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience 

and current economic trends. On a monthly basis, we review all significant accounts as to their past due balances, as well as 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

42 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1)  Organization and Nature of Business 

Founded in 1932 and incorporated in Delaware in 1989, Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ethan 
Allen Global, Inc., and Ethan Allen Global, Inc.’s subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Ethan Allen” or the “Company”), 
is a leading interior design company, manufacturer and retailer in the home furnishings marketplace. Today we are a global 
luxury international home fashion brand that is vertically integrated from design through delivery, which affords our clientele 
a value proposition of style, quality and price. We provide complimentary interior design service to our customers and sell a 
full range of furniture products and decorative accents through a retail network of approximately 300 design centers in the 
United States and abroad as well as online at ethanallen.com. The design centers represent a mix of independent licensees 
and Company-owned and operated locations. Nearly all our Company operated retail design centers are located in the United 
States , with the remaining Company operated design centers located in Canada. The majority of the independently operated design 
centers are in Asia, with the remaining independently operated design centers located throughout the United States, the Middle 
East and Europe. We also own and operate six manufacturing facilities, including three manufacturing plants and one sawmill 
in the United States and one manufacturing plant in Mexico and one in Honduras.  

(2)  Basis of Presentation 

Principles  of  Consolidation.  Ethan  Allen  conducts  business  globally  and  has  strategically  aligned  its  business  into  two 
reportable  segments:  Wholesale  and  Retail.  These  two  segments  represent  strategic  business  areas  of  our  vertically 
integrated  enterprise  that  operate  separately  and  provide  their  own  distinctive  services.  The  accompanying  consolidated 
financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  Our  consolidated  financial 
statements also include the accounts of an entity in which we are a majority shareholder with the power to direct the activities 
that most significantly impact the entity’s performance. Noncontrolling interest amounts in the entity are immaterial and 
included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income within interest and other income, net. All intercompany 
activity and balances have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements. 

Use  of  Estimates.  We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  which  requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales 
and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results 
could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Areas  in  which  significant  estimates  have  been  made  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analyses, useful lives for property, plant and equipment, inventory 
obsolescence, business insurance retention reserves, tax valuation allowances and the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. 

Reclassifications.  Certain reclassifications have been  made to prior  years’ financial statements  to  conform to the current 
year’s  presentation.  These  changes  were  made  for  disclosure  purposes  only  and  did  not  have  any  impact  on  previously 
reported results. 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date that the financial statements were issued. 

(3)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The significant accounting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are summarized below. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and short-term, highly liquid  investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash and cash 
equivalents and are reported at fair value. Our corporate money market funds are readily convertible into cash and the net 
asset value of each fund on the last day of the month is used to determine its fair value. We invest excess cash in money market 
accounts and short-term commercial paper. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had no restricted cash on hand. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable arise from the sale  of products on trade credit terms and is presented net of  allowance for doubtful 
accounts. We  maintain an allowance  for estimated losses  resulting  from the inability of our customers to  make required 
payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall 
aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience 
and current economic trends. On a monthly basis, we review all significant accounts as to their past due balances, as well as 

42 

43 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

collectability of the outstanding trade accounts receivable  for possible write-off. It is our policy to write-off the accounts 
receivable against the allowance account when we deem the receivable to be uncollectible. Additionally, we review orders 
from retailers that are significantly past due, and we ship product only when our ability to collect payment from our customer 
for the new order is probable. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, the allowance for doubtful accounts was immaterial, respectively. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. Cost is determined based solely 
on those charges incurred in the acquisition and production of the related inventory (i.e. material, labor and manufacturing 
overhead costs). 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property, plant 
and equipment is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives of 
the respective assets typically range from twenty to forty years for buildings and improvements and from three to twenty years for 
machinery and equipment. Capitalized computer software costs include internal and external costs incurred during the software's 
development stage and are depreciated over three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the 
underlying lease term or the estimated useful life.  Repairs and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered leasehold 
improvements and do not extend the useful life of the property and equipment, are expensed as incurred. 

Retirement or dispositions of long-lived assets are recorded based on carrying value and proceeds received. Any resulting gains or 
losses are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.  

Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. For further discussion regarding impairments refer to 
the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets accounting policy below. 

Assets Held for Sale 

An asset is considered to be held for sale when all of the following criteria are met: (i) management commits to a plan to sell the 
property;  (ii) it is unlikely that the disposal plan will be significantly modified or discontinued; (iii) the property is available for 
immediate sale in its present condition; (iv) actions required to complete the sale of the property have been initiated; (v) sale of the 
asset is probable and the completed sale is expected to occur within one year; and (vi) the property is actively being marketed for 
sale at a price that is reasonable given its current market value. 

Upon designation as an asset held for sale, the carrying value of the asset is recorded at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated 
fair value less estimated costs to sell, and the Company ceases depreciating the asset. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we did not 
have any assets held for sale.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

We  review  the  carrying  value  of  our  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Our assessment of recoverability is based on our best 
estimates using either quoted market prices or an analysis of the undiscounted projected future cash flows by asset groups in order 
to determine if there is any indicator of impairment requiring us to further assess the fair value of our long-lived assets. If the sum 
of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset is less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal 
to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow 
analysis of the assets. Our asset groups consist of our operating segments in our Wholesale reportable segment, each of our retail 
design centers and other corporate assets. The asset group is defined as the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are 
available and largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, which for our retail segment is the individual 
retail design center and for our wholesale segment is the manufacturing plant level. We estimate future cash flows based on 
design center-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to 
uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside its control, including general economic conditions and  the 
competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about  future cash flows are reasonable, future 
impairment  charges may be required  if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not  occur  or if events change 
requiring us to revise its estimates. During fiscal 2019, our retail segment recorded a $9.9 million impairment for long-lived 
assets at the retail design center level. There were no impairments during fiscal 2018 or 2017. Refer to Note 10, Restructuring 
and Impairment Activities, for further disclosure on the long-lived asset impairment. 

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets  

Our goodwill and intangible assets are comprised primarily of goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value 

of net assets acquired, and our Ethan Allen trade name and related trademarks. We determined these assets have indefinite 

useful lives, and are therefore not amortized. 

We are required to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles at the reporting level for potential impairment annually, or 

more  frequently  if  impairment  indicators  occur.  Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  evaluated  for 

impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, and between annual tests whenever events or 

circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill or other intangible asset may exceed its fair value.  

Goodwill. When testing goodwill for impairment, we may assess qualitative factors for some or all of our reporting units to 

determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting 

unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this qualitative assessment for some or 

all of our reporting units and determine whether the carrying value exceeds the fair value using a quantitative assessment, 

as described below. We have two reporting units; wholesale and retail, which are consistent with our reportable operating 

segments. Only our wholesale reporting unit has goodwill remaining at June 30, 2019. We performed our annual qualitative 

goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, consistent with the timing of previous years, and concluded 

that there was no impairment. 

Other  Indefinite-Lived  Intangible  Assets  (trade  name).  The  fair  value  of  our  trade  name,  which  is  the  Company’s  only 

indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  other  than  goodwill,  is  qualitatively  assessed  annually  in  the  fourth  quarter  and  may  be 

reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are 

not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a 

product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. We performed our annual  trade name impairment test 

during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  consistent  with  the  timing  of  previous  years,  and  concluded  that  there  was  no 

impairment. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Income Taxes 

Because of their short-term nature, the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables, short-term 

debt and customer deposit liabilities approximates fair value. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, our total debt consisted of capital 

leases obligations. The estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value on those dates. 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the 

future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and 

liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 

which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities 

of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance must 

be established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. 

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be 

sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Most of the unrecognized 

tax  benefits,  if  recognized,  would  be  recorded  as  a  benefit  to  income  tax  expense.  The  liability  associated  with  an 

unrecognized tax benefit is classified as a long-term liability except for the amount for which a cash payment is expected to 

be made or tax positions settled within one year. We recognize  interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a 

component of income tax expense.  

Revenue Recognition 

Our reported revenue (net sales) consist substantially of product sales. We report product sales net of discounts and recognize 

them at the point in time when control transfers to the customer.  For  sales to our customers in our wholesale segment, 

control  typically  transfers  when  the  product  is  shipped.  For  sales  in  our  retail  segment,  control  generally  transfers  upon 

delivery to the customer. 

Estimated refunds for returns and allowances are recorded using our historical return patterns. We record estimated refunds 

for sales returns on a gross basis rather than on a net basis and have recorded an asset for product we expect to receive back 

44 

45 

 
 
 
 
collectability of the outstanding trade accounts receivable  for possible write-off. It is our policy to write-off the accounts 

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets  

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

receivable against the allowance account when we deem the receivable to be uncollectible. Additionally, we review orders 

from retailers that are significantly past due, and we ship product only when our ability to collect payment from our customer 

for the new order is probable. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, the allowance for doubtful accounts was immaterial, respectively. 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. Cost is determined based solely 

on those charges incurred in the acquisition and production of the related inventory (i.e. material, labor and manufacturing 

Inventories 

overhead costs). 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property, plant 

and equipment is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives of 

the respective assets typically range from twenty to forty years for buildings and improvements and from three to twenty years for 

machinery and equipment. Capitalized computer software costs include internal and external costs incurred during the software's 

development stage and are depreciated over three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the 

underlying lease term or the estimated useful life.  Repairs and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered leasehold 

improvements and do not extend the useful life of the property and equipment, are expensed as incurred. 

Retirement or dispositions of long-lived assets are recorded based on carrying value and proceeds received. Any resulting gains or 

losses are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.  

Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances 

indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. For further discussion regarding impairments refer to 

the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets accounting policy below. 

Assets Held for Sale 

An asset is considered to be held for sale when all of the following criteria are met: (i) management commits to a plan to sell the 

property;  (ii) it is unlikely that the disposal plan will be significantly modified or discontinued; (iii) the property is available for 

immediate sale in its present condition; (iv) actions required to complete the sale of the property have been initiated; (v) sale of the 

asset is probable and the completed sale is expected to occur within one year; and (vi) the property is actively being marketed for 

sale at a price that is reasonable given its current market value. 

Upon designation as an asset held for sale, the carrying value of the asset is recorded at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated 

fair value less estimated costs to sell, and the Company ceases depreciating the asset. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we did not 

have any assets held for sale.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

We  review  the  carrying  value  of  our  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in 

circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Our assessment of recoverability is based on our best 

estimates using either quoted market prices or an analysis of the undiscounted projected future cash flows by asset groups in order 

to determine if there is any indicator of impairment requiring us to further assess the fair value of our long-lived assets. If the sum 

of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset is less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal 

to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow 

analysis of the assets. Our asset groups consist of our operating segments in our Wholesale reportable segment, each of our retail 

design centers and other corporate assets. The asset group is defined as the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are 

available and largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, which for our retail segment is the individual 

retail design center and for our wholesale segment is the manufacturing plant level. We estimate future cash flows based on 

uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside its control, including general economic conditions and  the 

competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about  future cash flows are reasonable, future 

impairment  charges may be required  if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not  occur  or if events change 

requiring us to revise its estimates. During fiscal 2019, our retail segment recorded a $9.9 million impairment for long-lived 

assets at the retail design center level. There were no impairments during fiscal 2018 or 2017. Refer to Note 10, Restructuring 

and Impairment Activities, for further disclosure on the long-lived asset impairment. 

Our goodwill and intangible assets are comprised primarily of goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value 
of net assets acquired, and our Ethan Allen trade name and related trademarks. We determined these assets have indefinite 
useful lives, and are therefore not amortized. 

We are required to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles at the reporting level for potential impairment annually, or 
more  frequently  if  impairment  indicators  occur.  Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  evaluated  for 
impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, and between annual tests whenever events or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill or other intangible asset may exceed its fair value.  

Goodwill. When testing goodwill for impairment, we may assess qualitative factors for some or all of our reporting units to 
determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, we may bypass this qualitative assessment for some or 
all of our reporting units and determine whether the carrying value exceeds the fair value using a quantitative assessment, 
as described below. We have two reporting units; wholesale and retail, which are consistent with our reportable operating 
segments. Only our wholesale reporting unit has goodwill remaining at June 30, 2019. We performed our annual qualitative 
goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, consistent with the timing of previous years, and concluded 
that there was no impairment. 

Other  Indefinite-Lived  Intangible  Assets  (trade  name).  The  fair  value  of  our  trade  name,  which  is  the  Company’s  only 
indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  other  than  goodwill,  is  qualitatively  assessed  annually  in  the  fourth  quarter  and  may  be 
reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are 
not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a 
product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. We performed our annual  trade name impairment test 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  consistent  with  the  timing  of  previous  years,  and  concluded  that  there  was  no 
impairment. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Because of their short-term nature, the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables, short-term 
debt and customer deposit liabilities approximates fair value. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, our total debt consisted of capital 
leases obligations. The estimated fair value is equal to the carrying value on those dates. 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the 
future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and 
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities 
of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance must 
be established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. 

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be 
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Most of the unrecognized 
tax  benefits,  if  recognized,  would  be  recorded  as  a  benefit  to  income  tax  expense.  The  liability  associated  with  an 
unrecognized tax benefit is classified as a long-term liability except for the amount for which a cash payment is expected to 
be made or tax positions settled within one year. We recognize  interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a 
component of income tax expense.  

design center-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to 

Revenue Recognition 

44 

45 

Our reported revenue (net sales) consist substantially of product sales. We report product sales net of discounts and recognize 
them at the point in time when control transfers to the customer.  For  sales to our customers in our wholesale segment, 
control  typically  transfers  when  the  product  is  shipped.  For  sales  in  our  retail  segment,  control  generally  transfers  upon 
delivery to the customer. 

Estimated refunds for returns and allowances are recorded using our historical return patterns. We record estimated refunds 
for sales returns on a gross basis rather than on a net basis and have recorded an asset for product we expect to receive back 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

from customers in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and a corresponding refund liability in Other Current Liabilities 
on our consolidated balance sheet. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, these amounts were immaterial. 

Share-Based Compensation    

Refer to Note 4, Revenue Recognition, for additional information regarding revenue. 

Cost of Sales 

Our cost of sales consist primarily of the cost to manufacture or purchase our merchandise (i.e. direct material, labor and 
overhead costs) as well as inspection, internal transfer, in-bound freight and warehousing costs. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) 

SG&A expenses include the costs of selling our products and other general and administrative costs. Selling expenses are 
primarily composed of shipping and handling costs, commissions, advertising, warranty, and compensation and benefits of 
employees  performing  various  sales  functions.  Occupancy  costs,  depreciation,  compensation  and  benefit  costs  for 
administration employees and other administrative costs are included in SG&A. 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

Our practice has been to sell our products at the same delivered cost to all retailers and customers nationwide, regardless of 
shipping point. Costs incurred by the Company to deliver finished goods are expensed and recorded in selling, general and 
administrative expenses. Shipping and handling costs amounted to $75.6 million in fiscal year 2019, $73.6 million for fiscal 
2018 and $71.3 million in fiscal 2017. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed when first aired or distributed. Our total advertising costs were $30.5 million in fiscal year 
2019,  $43.3  million  in  fiscal  year  2018  and  $39.7  million  in  fiscal  year  2017.  These  amounts  include  advertising  media 
expenses,  outside  and  inside  agency  expenses,  certain  website  related  fees  and  photo  and  video  production.  Prepaid 
advertising costs were immaterial at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Deferred Financing Fees 

Deferred financing fees related to our revolving credit facility are included in non-current assets on the consolidated balance 
sheets and amortized utilizing the effective interest method. Such amortization is included in interest expense, net on the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases retail design centers, distribution facilities, office space and, less significantly, certain equipment. We 
classify leases at the inception of the lease as a capital or an operating lease. In a capital or an operating lease, the expected 
lease term begins with the date that we take possession of the equipment or the leased space for construction and other 
purposes. The expected lease term may also include the exercise of renewal options if the exercise of the option is determined 
to be reasonably assured. The expected term is also used in the determination of whether a design center is a  capital or 
operating  lease.  We  record  expense  for  operating  leases  on  a  straight-line  basis,  beginning  on  the  date  that  we  take 
possession or control of the property. Several of our operating lease agreements contain provisions for tenant improvement 
allowances, rent holidays, rent concessions, and rent escalations. 

Incentive payments received from landlords are recorded as deferred lease incentives and are amortized over the underlying 
lease term on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense. When the terms of an operating lease provide for periods 
of free rent, rent concessions, and/or rent escalations, we establish a deferred rent liability for the difference between the 
scheduled rent payment and the straight-line rent expense recognized. This deferred rent liability is also amortized over the 
underlying lease term on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense. 

Acquisitions 

From time to time we acquire design centers from our independent retailers in arms-length transactions. We record these 
acquisitions  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  All  of  the  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  contractual 
contingencies and contingent consideration are recognized at their fair value on the acquisition date. Cash paid to acquire 
design centers during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.5 million, $6.3 million and  $0.7 million, respectively. Acquisition-
related expenses are recognized separately and expensed as incurred.  

46 

47 

Share-based compensation expense is included within selling, general and administrative expenses. Tax benefits associated 

with our share-based compensation arrangements are included within income tax expense.  

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of stock options awarded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs, including 

anticipated  changes  in  the  underlying  stock  price  (i.e.  expected  volatility)  and  option  exercise  activity  (i.e.  expected  life). 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock and other contributing factors. The expected life of options 

granted, which represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical 

data.  

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of restricted stock units awarded using a discounted cash flow model, 

which requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to model inputs including anticipated future dividends 

not paid during the restriction period, and a discount for lack of marketability for a one-year holding period after vesting.  

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for 

estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual 

forfeitures  differ  from  those  estimates.  Forfeitures  are  estimated  based  primarily  on  historical  experience.  Windfall  tax 

benefits,  defined  as  tax  deductions  that  exceed  recorded  share-based  compensation,  are  classified  as  cash  inflows  from 

Performance-based stock units require management to make assumptions regarding the likelihood of achieving Company 

performance targets on a  quarterly  basis. The number of  performance-based options that vest  will be predicated on the 

Company achieving certain performance levels. A change in the financial performance levels the Company achieves could 

result in changes to our current estimate of the vesting percentage and related share-based compensation. 

financing activities.  

Earnings Per Share 

We compute basic earnings per share (“EPS”) by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 

outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated similarly, except that the weighted average outstanding shares are 

adjusted to include the effects of converting all potentially dilutive share-based awards issued under our employee stock 

plans. The number of potential common shares outstanding are determined in accordance with the treasury stock method 

to  the  extent  they  are  dilutive.  For  the  purpose  of  calculating  EPS,  common  shares  outstanding  include  common  shares 

issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  share-based  compensation  awards,  including  employee  stock  options  and 

restricted  stock.  Under  the  treasury  stock  method,  the  exercise  price  paid  by  the  optionee  and  future  share-based 

compensation expense that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used to repurchase shares. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of each Company operated foreign location is the respective local currency. Assets and liabilities are 

translated into U.S. dollars using the current period-end exchange rate and income and expense amounts are translated using 

the average exchange rate for the period in which the transaction occurred. Resulting translation adjustments are reported 

as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. 

Treasury Stock 

The  Company  accounts  for  repurchased  common  stock  under  the  cost  method  and  includes  such  treasury  stock  as  a 

component of its shareholders’ equity. We account for the formal retirement of treasury stock by deducting its par value 

from common stock, reducing additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) by the average amount recorded in APIC when the stock was 

originally issued and any remaining excess of cost deducted from retained earnings. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

As  of  the  beginning  of  fiscal  2019,  we  implemented  all  applicable  new  accounting  standards  and  updates  issued  by  the 

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) that were in effect. There were no new standards or updates adopted during 

fiscal 2019 that had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

New Accounting Standards or Updates Adopted in fiscal 2019 

Revenue Recognition. In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts 

with Customers (Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”)), which requires an entity to recognize the amount 

 
 
 
 
from customers in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and a corresponding refund liability in Other Current Liabilities 

Share-Based Compensation    

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

on our consolidated balance sheet. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, these amounts were immaterial. 

Refer to Note 4, Revenue Recognition, for additional information regarding revenue. 

Cost of Sales 

Our cost of sales consist primarily of the cost to manufacture or purchase our merchandise (i.e. direct material, labor and 

overhead costs) as well as inspection, internal transfer, in-bound freight and warehousing costs. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) 

SG&A expenses include the costs of selling our products and other general and administrative costs. Selling expenses are 

primarily composed of shipping and handling costs, commissions, advertising, warranty, and compensation and benefits of 

employees  performing  various  sales  functions.  Occupancy  costs,  depreciation,  compensation  and  benefit  costs  for 

administration employees and other administrative costs are included in SG&A. 

Our practice has been to sell our products at the same delivered cost to all retailers and customers nationwide, regardless of 

shipping point. Costs incurred by the Company to deliver finished goods are expensed and recorded in selling, general and 

administrative expenses. Shipping and handling costs amounted to $75.6 million in fiscal year 2019, $73.6 million for fiscal 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

2018 and $71.3 million in fiscal 2017. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed when first aired or distributed. Our total advertising costs were $30.5 million in fiscal year 

2019,  $43.3  million  in  fiscal  year  2018  and  $39.7  million  in  fiscal  year  2017.  These  amounts  include  advertising  media 

expenses,  outside  and  inside  agency  expenses,  certain  website  related  fees  and  photo  and  video  production.  Prepaid 

advertising costs were immaterial at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Deferred financing fees related to our revolving credit facility are included in non-current assets on the consolidated balance 

sheets and amortized utilizing the effective interest method. Such amortization is included in interest expense, net on the 

Deferred Financing Fees 

consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases retail design centers, distribution facilities, office space and, less significantly, certain equipment. We 

classify leases at the inception of the lease as a capital or an operating lease. In a capital or an operating lease, the expected 

lease term begins with the date that we take possession of the equipment or the leased space for construction and other 

purposes. The expected lease term may also include the exercise of renewal options if the exercise of the option is determined 

to be reasonably assured. The expected term is also used in the determination of whether a design center is a  capital or 

operating  lease.  We  record  expense  for  operating  leases  on  a  straight-line  basis,  beginning  on  the  date  that  we  take 

possession or control of the property. Several of our operating lease agreements contain provisions for tenant improvement 

allowances, rent holidays, rent concessions, and rent escalations. 

Incentive payments received from landlords are recorded as deferred lease incentives and are amortized over the underlying 

lease term on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense. When the terms of an operating lease provide for periods 

of free rent, rent concessions, and/or rent escalations, we establish a deferred rent liability for the difference between the 

scheduled rent payment and the straight-line rent expense recognized. This deferred rent liability is also amortized over the 

underlying lease term on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense. 

Acquisitions 

From time to time we acquire design centers from our independent retailers in arms-length transactions. We record these 

acquisitions  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  All  of  the  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  contractual 

contingencies and contingent consideration are recognized at their fair value on the acquisition date. Cash paid to acquire 

related expenses are recognized separately and expensed as incurred.  

Share-based compensation expense is included within selling, general and administrative expenses. Tax benefits associated 
with our share-based compensation arrangements are included within income tax expense.  

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of stock options awarded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 
Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs, including 
anticipated  changes  in  the  underlying  stock  price  (i.e.  expected  volatility)  and  option  exercise  activity  (i.e.  expected  life). 
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock and other contributing factors. The expected life of options 
granted, which represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical 
data.  

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of restricted stock units awarded using a discounted cash flow model, 
which requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to model inputs including anticipated future dividends 
not paid during the restriction period, and a discount for lack of marketability for a one-year holding period after vesting.  

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for 
estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual 
forfeitures  differ  from  those  estimates.  Forfeitures  are  estimated  based  primarily  on  historical  experience.  Windfall  tax 
benefits,  defined  as  tax  deductions  that  exceed  recorded  share-based  compensation,  are  classified  as  cash  inflows  from 
financing activities.  

Performance-based stock units require management to make assumptions regarding the likelihood of achieving Company 
performance targets on a  quarterly  basis. The number of  performance-based options that vest  will be predicated on the 
Company achieving certain performance levels. A change in the financial performance levels the Company achieves could 
result in changes to our current estimate of the vesting percentage and related share-based compensation. 

Earnings Per Share 

We compute basic earnings per share (“EPS”) by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated similarly, except that the weighted average outstanding shares are 
adjusted to include the effects of converting all potentially dilutive share-based awards issued under our employee stock 
plans. The number of potential common shares outstanding are determined in accordance with the treasury stock method 
to  the  extent  they  are  dilutive.  For  the  purpose  of  calculating  EPS,  common  shares  outstanding  include  common  shares 
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  share-based  compensation  awards,  including  employee  stock  options  and 
restricted  stock.  Under  the  treasury  stock  method,  the  exercise  price  paid  by  the  optionee  and  future  share-based 
compensation expense that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used to repurchase shares. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of each Company operated foreign location is the respective local currency. Assets and liabilities are 
translated into U.S. dollars using the current period-end exchange rate and income and expense amounts are translated using 
the average exchange rate for the period in which the transaction occurred. Resulting translation adjustments are reported 
as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. 

Treasury Stock 

The  Company  accounts  for  repurchased  common  stock  under  the  cost  method  and  includes  such  treasury  stock  as  a 
component of its shareholders’ equity. We account for the formal retirement of treasury stock by deducting its par value 
from common stock, reducing additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) by the average amount recorded in APIC when the stock was 
originally issued and any remaining excess of cost deducted from retained earnings. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

As  of  the  beginning  of  fiscal  2019,  we  implemented  all  applicable  new  accounting  standards  and  updates  issued  by  the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) that were in effect. There were no new standards or updates adopted during 
fiscal 2019 that had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

design centers during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.5 million, $6.3 million and  $0.7 million, respectively. Acquisition-

New Accounting Standards or Updates Adopted in fiscal 2019 

46 

47 

Revenue Recognition. In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers (Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”)), which requires an entity to recognize the amount 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The new standard 
supersedes virtually all existing authoritative accounting guidance on revenue recognition and requires additional disclosures 
and greater use of estimates and judgments. We adopted the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We reviewed 
substantially all of our contracts and revenue streams and determined that while the application of the new standard did not 
have a material change in the amount of or timing for recognizing revenue, it did impact our financial statement disclosures 
related to net sales and related accounts. See Note 4 for further details on these new disclosures. 

Cash Flow Simplification. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flow (Topic 230): Classification of 
Certain  Cash  Receipts  and  Cash  Payments.  The  new  guidance  is  intended  to  reduce  the  diversity  in  practice  around  how 
certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This includes revised guidance on the cash flow classification 
of debt prepayments and debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination 
and distributions received from equity method investments. We adopted the provisions of this guidance in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2019 with retrospective application. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial statements. 

Restricted  Cash.  In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-18, Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted 
Cash, which is intended to reduce diversity in the presentation of restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash 
flow statement.  The statement requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included as components of 
total  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  presented  on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  Company  had  not  previously  included 
restricted cash as a component of cash and cash equivalents as presented on its consolidated statement of cash flows. We 
adopted  the  new  standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  under  the  retrospective  adoption  method,  and  prior  year 
restricted cash has been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. See Note 5 for further details. 

Share-Based Payments. In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope 
of Modification Accounting, which amended the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. 
The  guidance  focused  on  changes  to  the  terms  or  conditions  of  share-based  payment  awards  that  would  require  the 
application of modification accounting and specifies that an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, 
vesting conditions and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. We adopted 
ASU 2017-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The adoption of this standard had no impact on our consolidated financial 
statements. 

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective 

Leases. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), an update related to accounting for leases. The 
standard introduces a lessee model that will require lessees to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for 
the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  those  leases  with  terms  of  more  than  twelve  months.  Lessors  will  remain  largely 
unchanged  from  current  GAAP.  In  addition,  ASU  2016-02  will  require  disclosures  to  help  investors  and  other  financial 
statement users better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. We are required to 
adopt ASU 2016-02 in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and expect to apply the modified retrospective approach, which allows 
for  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  at  the  beginning  of  the  period  of  adoption  and  does  not  require  application  of  the 
guidance  to  comparative  periods.  We  plan  to  elect  certain  practical  expedients  permitted  under  the  transition  guidance, 
including the package of practical expedients, which allows the Company to not reassess whether existing contracts contain 
leases, the lease classification of existing leases, or initial direct costs for existing leases. We also plan to elect not to separate 
lease and non-lease components and not to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with an initial term 
of  twelve  months  or  less.  In  addition,  we  plan  to  not  elect  the  hindsight  practical  expedient.  A  complete  population  of 
contracts that meet the definition of a lease under ASU 2016-02 has been identified. We have reviewed this inventory of 
leases and are in the final stage of implementing a third-party lease accounting software system and finalizing our control 
framework in preparation for the adoption of this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. We currently expect the adoption 
to have a material impact to our consolidated balance sheet in order to recognize the right of use assets and related liabilities, 
including enhanced disclosures. However,  we do not  expect the adoption to have a  material impact  on our consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income or cash flows. 

Goodwill  Impairment  Test. In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic 
350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which removes the requirement for companies to compare the implied 
fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount as part of step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. A goodwill impairment will 
now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value,  not to exceed the carrying amount of 

goodwill. This accounting standards update will be effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and we do not 

expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

Implementation  Costs  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement - In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15, Intangibles-

Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a 

Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, an update related to accounting for implementation costs incurred 

in  a  cloud  computing  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract.  This  guidance  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing 

implementation  costs  in  a  cloud  computing  service  contract  with  the  guidance  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  to 

develop or obtain internal-use software. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service 

contract  will  be  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  hosting  arrangement,  beginning  when  the  module  or  component  of  the 

hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. This accounting standards update will be effective for us beginning in the 

first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standards 

update, but do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective as of June 30, 2019 have had or are expected to have an impact 

on our consolidated financial statements. 

(4)  Revenue Recognition 

We adopted ASC 606 using the cumulative effect approach, which required us to apply the new guidance retrospectively to 

revenue transactions completed on or after July 1, 2018. 

Upon adoption of ASC 606, we have elected the following accounting policies and practical expedients: 

•  We recognize shipping and handling expense as fulfillment activities (rather than as a  promised good or service) 

when the activities are performed  even if those activities  are performed after the control of the good has been 

transferred. Accordingly, we record the expenses for shipping and handling activities at the same time we recognize 

•  We exclude from the measurement  of the transaction price all taxes imposed on and concurrent  with a  specific 

revenue-producing  transaction  and  collected  by  the  entity  from  a  customer,  including  sales,  use,  excise,  value-

added, and franchise taxes (collectively referred to as sales taxes).  

•  We do not adjust net sales for the effects of financing components if the contract has a duration of one year or less, 

as we believe that we will receive payment from the customer within one year of when we transfer control of the 

net sales. 

related goods. 

Our reported revenue (net sales) consist substantially of product sales. We report product sales net of discounts and recognize 

them at the point in time when control transfers to the customer. For  sales to our customers in our wholesale segment, 

control  typically  transfers  when  the  product  is  shipped.  For  sales  in  our  retail  segment,  control  generally  transfers  upon 

delivery to the customer. 

Estimated refunds for returns and allowances are recorded using our historical return patterns. Under ASC 606, we record 

estimated refunds for sales returns on a gross basis rather than on a net basis and have recorded an asset for product we 

expect to receive back from customers in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and a corresponding refund liability in 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, these amounts were 

In many cases  we receive deposits from customers before we have transferred control of our product to our customers, 

resulting  in  contract  liabilities.  These  contract  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  current  liability  in  Customer  Deposits  on  our 

consolidated  balance  sheets.  At  June  30,  2018  we  had  customer  deposits  of  $61.2  million,  which  were  subsequently 

recognized as net sales upon delivery to the customer during fiscal 2019. Customer deposits totaled $56.7 million at June 30, 

immaterial.  

2019. 

48 

49 

 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The new standard 

supersedes virtually all existing authoritative accounting guidance on revenue recognition and requires additional disclosures 

and greater use of estimates and judgments. We adopted the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We reviewed 

substantially all of our contracts and revenue streams and determined that while the application of the new standard did not 

have a material change in the amount of or timing for recognizing revenue, it did impact our financial statement disclosures 

related to net sales and related accounts. See Note 4 for further details on these new disclosures. 

Cash Flow Simplification. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flow (Topic 230): Classification of 

Certain  Cash  Receipts  and  Cash  Payments.  The  new  guidance  is  intended  to  reduce  the  diversity  in  practice  around  how 

certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This includes revised guidance on the cash flow classification 

of debt prepayments and debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination 

and distributions received from equity method investments. We adopted the provisions of this guidance in the first quarter 

of fiscal 2019 with retrospective application. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated 

financial statements. 

Restricted  Cash.  In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-18, Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted 

Cash, which is intended to reduce diversity in the presentation of restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash 

flow statement.  The statement requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included as components of 

total  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  presented  on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  Company  had  not  previously  included 

restricted cash as a component of cash and cash equivalents as presented on its consolidated statement of cash flows. We 

adopted  the  new  standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  under  the  retrospective  adoption  method,  and  prior  year 

restricted cash has been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. See Note 5 for further details. 

Share-Based Payments. In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope 

of Modification Accounting, which amended the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. 

The  guidance  focused  on  changes  to  the  terms  or  conditions  of  share-based  payment  awards  that  would  require  the 

application of modification accounting and specifies that an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, 

vesting conditions and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. We adopted 

ASU 2017-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The adoption of this standard had no impact on our consolidated financial 

statements. 

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective 

Leases. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), an update related to accounting for leases. The 

standard introduces a lessee model that will require lessees to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for 

the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  those  leases  with  terms  of  more  than  twelve  months.  Lessors  will  remain  largely 

unchanged  from  current  GAAP.  In  addition,  ASU  2016-02  will  require  disclosures  to  help  investors  and  other  financial 

statement users better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. We are required to 

adopt ASU 2016-02 in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and expect to apply the modified retrospective approach, which allows 

for  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  at  the  beginning  of  the  period  of  adoption  and  does  not  require  application  of  the 

guidance  to  comparative  periods.  We  plan  to  elect  certain  practical  expedients  permitted  under  the  transition  guidance, 

including the package of practical expedients, which allows the Company to not reassess whether existing contracts contain 

leases, the lease classification of existing leases, or initial direct costs for existing leases. We also plan to elect not to separate 

lease and non-lease components and not to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with an initial term 

of  twelve  months  or  less.  In  addition,  we  plan  to  not  elect  the  hindsight  practical  expedient.  A  complete  population  of 

contracts that meet the definition of a lease under ASU 2016-02 has been identified. We have reviewed this inventory of 

leases and are in the final stage of implementing a third-party lease accounting software system and finalizing our control 

framework in preparation for the adoption of this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. We currently expect the adoption 

to have a material impact to our consolidated balance sheet in order to recognize the right of use assets and related liabilities, 

including enhanced disclosures. However,  we do not  expect the adoption to have a  material impact  on our consolidated 

statements of comprehensive income or cash flows. 

Goodwill  Impairment  Test. In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic 

350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which removes the requirement for companies to compare the implied 

fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount as part of step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. A goodwill impairment will 

now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value,  not to exceed the carrying amount of 

goodwill. This accounting standards update will be effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and we do not 
expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

Implementation  Costs  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement - In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15, Intangibles-
Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a 
Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, an update related to accounting for implementation costs incurred 
in  a  cloud  computing  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract.  This  guidance  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing 
implementation  costs  in  a  cloud  computing  service  contract  with  the  guidance  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  to 
develop or obtain internal-use software. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service 
contract  will  be  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  hosting  arrangement,  beginning  when  the  module  or  component  of  the 
hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. This accounting standards update will be effective for us beginning in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standards 
update, but do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective as of June 30, 2019 have had or are expected to have an impact 
on our consolidated financial statements. 

(4)  Revenue Recognition 

We adopted ASC 606 using the cumulative effect approach, which required us to apply the new guidance retrospectively to 
revenue transactions completed on or after July 1, 2018. 

Upon adoption of ASC 606, we have elected the following accounting policies and practical expedients: 

•  We recognize shipping and handling expense as fulfillment activities (rather than as a  promised good or service) 
when the activities are performed  even if those activities  are performed after the control of the good has been 
transferred. Accordingly, we record the expenses for shipping and handling activities at the same time we recognize 
net sales. 

•  We exclude from the measurement  of the transaction price all taxes imposed on and concurrent  with a  specific 
revenue-producing  transaction  and  collected  by  the  entity  from  a  customer,  including  sales,  use,  excise,  value-
added, and franchise taxes (collectively referred to as sales taxes).  

•  We do not adjust net sales for the effects of financing components if the contract has a duration of one year or less, 
as we believe that we will receive payment from the customer within one year of when we transfer control of the 
related goods. 

Our reported revenue (net sales) consist substantially of product sales. We report product sales net of discounts and recognize 
them at the point in time when control transfers to the customer. For  sales to our customers in our wholesale segment, 
control  typically  transfers  when  the  product  is  shipped.  For  sales  in  our  retail  segment,  control  generally  transfers  upon 
delivery to the customer. 

Estimated refunds for returns and allowances are recorded using our historical return patterns. Under ASC 606, we record 
estimated refunds for sales returns on a gross basis rather than on a net basis and have recorded an asset for product we 
expect to receive back from customers in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and a corresponding refund liability in 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2019 and 2018, these amounts were 
immaterial.  

In many cases  we receive deposits from customers before we have transferred control of our product to our customers, 
resulting  in  contract  liabilities.  These  contract  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  current  liability  in  Customer  Deposits  on  our 
consolidated  balance  sheets.  At  June  30,  2018  we  had  customer  deposits  of  $61.2  million,  which  were  subsequently 
recognized as net sales upon delivery to the customer during fiscal 2019. Customer deposits totaled $56.7 million at June 30, 
2019. 

48 

49 

 
 
 
 
The following table disaggregates our net sales by product category by segment for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019: 

(7)  Inventories 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(Amounts in thousands)

Uphol s tery furni ture

Ca s e goods  furni ture

Home a ccents

Other

Whol es a l e

Reta i l

Tota l

$               

216,460

$        

263,744

$        

480,204

151,999

77,978

(4,886)

172,293

130,325

23,467

324,292

208,303

18,581

Tota l  before i ntercompa ny el i mi na ti ons

$               

441,551

$        

589,829

1,031,380

El i mi na ti ons

Cons ol i da ted net s a l es

(284,696)

$        

746,684

•  Upholstery furniture includes fabric-covered items such as sleepers, recliners and other motion furniture, chairs, 

ottomans, custom pillows, sofas, loveseats, cut fabrics and leather. 

• 

Case goods furniture includes items such as beds, dressers, armoires, tables, chairs, buffets, entertainment units, 
home office furniture, and wooden accents.  

•  Home accents includes items such as window treatments and drapery hardware, wall décor, florals, lighting, clocks, 
mattresses,  bedspreads,  throws,  pillows,  decorative  accents,  area  rugs,  wall  coverings  and  home  and  garden 
furnishings.  

•  Other includes net sales for product delivery, the Ethan Allen Hotel room rentals and banquets,  our net share of 
third-party  furniture  protection  plans,  non-inventoried  parts,  and  consulting  and  other  fees,  net  of  discounts, 
allowances and other sales incentives. 

(5)  Restricted Cash 

We did not hold any restricted cash at June 30, 2019 or 2018. At June 30, 2017 we held $7.3 million of restricted cash in lieu 
of providing letters of credit for the benefit of the provider of our workmen’s compensation and other insurance liabilities. 
By June 30, 2018, this obligation had been reduced to $5.9 million, which was then exchanged for a letter of credit for the 
benefit of this provider, and the restricted cash balance was reduced to zero. As such, we did not hold any restricted cash at 
June 30, 2019 or 2018.  

(6)  Fair Value Measurement 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) 
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the use of various 
valuation methodologies, including market, income and cost approaches is permissible. We consider the principal or most 
advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing 
the asset or liability. 

Fair Value Hierarchy. The accounting guidance for fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an 
entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 
There  are  three  levels  of  inputs  that  may  be  used  to  measure  fair  value  based  on  the  reliability  of  inputs.  A  financial 
instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment 
and may affect their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. We have categorized our cash equivalents as Level 1 
assets within the fair value hierarchy as there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. There were 
no Level 2 or Level 3 assets or liabilities held by the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. We measure certain assets at fair value on a non-
recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. With 
the exception of the $9.9 million retail design center asset impairment charge, we did not record any additional other-than-
temporary impairments on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2019. In 
addition, we did not hold any available-for-sale securities during fiscal 2019 and 2018, thus no fair value measurements were 
required. Refer to Note 10, Restructuring and Impairment Activities, for further disclosure of the retail design center asset 
impairment charge. 

Inventories at June 30, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials

Inventory reserve

Inventories, net

2019

2018

$    

128,047

$    

124,640

9,185

26,661

(1,504)

12,057

27,947

(1,632)

$    

162,389

$    

163,012

2019

2018

$    

83,343

$    

82,899

384,641

123,396

591,380

404,522

123,606

611,027

(8)  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

La nd a nd i mprovements

Bui l di ng a nd i mprovements

Ma chi nery a nd equi pment

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment, gros s

Les s :  a ccumul a ted depreci a ti on a nd a morti za ti on

(346,134)

(343,124)

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment, net

$  

245,246

$  

267,903

We recorded depreciation expense of $19.6 million, $19.8 million and $20.1 million in fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018 and fiscal 

2017, respectively.  

(9)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had $25.4 million of goodwill and $19.7 million of other indefinite-lived intangible assets 

consisting of Ethan Allen trade names, all of which is in our wholesale segment.  

Both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized as they are estimated to have an indefinite life. We 

used a qualitative approach for our wholesale segment goodwill impairment test in fiscal 2019 due to the relative fair value 

of our reporting unit significantly exceeding the carrying value of the goodwill, as well as the operating performance of that 

respective reporting unit. Based on this qualitative assessment, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value 

of our wholesale goodwill exceeded its carrying value. 

We also used a qualitative approach for our trade names impairment test in fiscal 2019 and concluded that it is more likely 

than not that the fair value of our trade name exceeded its carrying value. 

(10) Restructuring and Impairment Activities 

Optimization of Manufacturing and Logistics 

During fiscal 2019, we began to execute plans to consolidate our manufacturing and logistics operations as part of an overall 

strategy to maximize production efficiencies and maintain our competitive advantage. In April 2019, the following changes 

to our operations were announced as we continue to improve the vertical integration of our business operations.  

•  Our  550,000  square  foot  Old  Fort,  North  Carolina  case  goods  manufacturing  plant,  while  maintaining  a  lumber 

processing facility, will be converted into a state-of-the-art distribution center to support our national distribution 

structure and growing GSA contract business. 

• 

• 

Consolidating approximately half of the case goods manufacturing from our Old Fort plant into our case goods plants 

in Orleans and Beecher Falls, Vermont, with the balance to be consolidated into our other manufacturing facilities. 

Expansion of our Maiden, North Carolina campus with the addition of 80,000 square feet of operating space. 

•  Distribution operations and art framing production at our Passaic, New Jersey facility will be discontinued with the 

distribution operations moved to our operations in North Carolina and the art framing operations outsourced. 

50 

51 

 
 
                 
          
          
                   
          
          
                    
            
            
       
        
  
 
 
          
        
        
        
         
         
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
The following table disaggregates our net sales by product category by segment for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019: 

(7)  Inventories 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(Amounts in thousands)

Uphol s tery furni ture

Ca s e goods  furni ture

Home a ccents

Other

Whol es a l e

Reta i l

Tota l

$               

216,460

$        

263,744

$        

480,204

151,999

77,978

(4,886)

172,293

130,325

23,467

324,292

208,303

18,581

Tota l  before i ntercompa ny el i mi na ti ons

$               

441,551

$        

589,829

1,031,380

El i mi na ti ons

Cons ol i da ted net s a l es

(284,696)

$        

746,684

•  Upholstery furniture includes fabric-covered items such as sleepers, recliners and other motion furniture, chairs, 

ottomans, custom pillows, sofas, loveseats, cut fabrics and leather. 

• 

Case goods furniture includes items such as beds, dressers, armoires, tables, chairs, buffets, entertainment units, 

home office furniture, and wooden accents.  

•  Home accents includes items such as window treatments and drapery hardware, wall décor, florals, lighting, clocks, 

mattresses,  bedspreads,  throws,  pillows,  decorative  accents,  area  rugs,  wall  coverings  and  home  and  garden 

furnishings.  

•  Other includes net sales for product delivery, the Ethan Allen Hotel room rentals and banquets,  our net share of 

third-party  furniture  protection  plans,  non-inventoried  parts,  and  consulting  and  other  fees,  net  of  discounts, 

allowances and other sales incentives. 

(5)  Restricted Cash 

We did not hold any restricted cash at June 30, 2019 or 2018. At June 30, 2017 we held $7.3 million of restricted cash in lieu 

of providing letters of credit for the benefit of the provider of our workmen’s compensation and other insurance liabilities. 

By June 30, 2018, this obligation had been reduced to $5.9 million, which was then exchanged for a letter of credit for the 

benefit of this provider, and the restricted cash balance was reduced to zero. As such, we did not hold any restricted cash at 

June 30, 2019 or 2018.  

(6)  Fair Value Measurement 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) 

in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the use of various 

valuation methodologies, including market, income and cost approaches is permissible. We consider the principal or most 

advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing 

the asset or liability. 

Fair Value Hierarchy. The accounting guidance for fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an 

entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

There  are  three  levels  of  inputs  that  may  be  used  to  measure  fair  value  based  on  the  reliability  of  inputs.  A  financial 

instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair 

value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment 

and may affect their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. We have categorized our cash equivalents as Level 1 

assets within the fair value hierarchy as there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. There were 

no Level 2 or Level 3 assets or liabilities held by the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis. We measure certain assets at fair value on a non-

recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. With 

the exception of the $9.9 million retail design center asset impairment charge, we did not record any additional other-than-

temporary impairments on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2019. In 

addition, we did not hold any available-for-sale securities during fiscal 2019 and 2018, thus no fair value measurements were 

required. Refer to Note 10, Restructuring and Impairment Activities, for further disclosure of the retail design center asset 

impairment charge. 

Inventories at June 30, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Finished goods
Work in process
Raw materials
Inventory reserve

Inventories, net

2019

2018

$    

128,047
9,185
26,661
(1,504)

$    

124,640
12,057
27,947
(1,632)

$    

162,389

$    

163,012

(8)  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

La nd a nd i mprovements
Bui l di ng a nd i mprovements

Ma chi nery a nd equi pment

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment, gros s

2019

2018

$    

83,343
384,641

123,396
591,380

$    

82,899
404,522

123,606
611,027

Les s :  a ccumul a ted depreci a ti on a nd a morti za ti on

(346,134)

(343,124)

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment, net

$  

245,246

$  

267,903

We recorded depreciation expense of $19.6 million, $19.8 million and $20.1 million in fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018 and fiscal 
2017, respectively.  

(9)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had $25.4 million of goodwill and $19.7 million of other indefinite-lived intangible assets 
consisting of Ethan Allen trade names, all of which is in our wholesale segment.  

Both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized as they are estimated to have an indefinite life. We 
used a qualitative approach for our wholesale segment goodwill impairment test in fiscal 2019 due to the relative fair value 
of our reporting unit significantly exceeding the carrying value of the goodwill, as well as the operating performance of that 
respective reporting unit. Based on this qualitative assessment, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value 
of our wholesale goodwill exceeded its carrying value. 

We also used a qualitative approach for our trade names impairment test in fiscal 2019 and concluded that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of our trade name exceeded its carrying value. 

(10) Restructuring and Impairment Activities 

Optimization of Manufacturing and Logistics 

During fiscal 2019, we began to execute plans to consolidate our manufacturing and logistics operations as part of an overall 
strategy to maximize production efficiencies and maintain our competitive advantage. In April 2019, the following changes 
to our operations were announced as we continue to improve the vertical integration of our business operations.  

•  Our  550,000  square  foot  Old  Fort,  North  Carolina  case  goods  manufacturing  plant,  while  maintaining  a  lumber 
processing facility, will be converted into a state-of-the-art distribution center to support our national distribution 
structure and growing GSA contract business. 

• 

• 

Consolidating approximately half of the case goods manufacturing from our Old Fort plant into our case goods plants 
in Orleans and Beecher Falls, Vermont, with the balance to be consolidated into our other manufacturing facilities. 

Expansion of our Maiden, North Carolina campus with the addition of 80,000 square feet of operating space. 

•  Distribution operations and art framing production at our Passaic, New Jersey facility will be discontinued with the 
distribution operations moved to our operations in North Carolina and the art framing operations outsourced. 

50 

51 

 
 
                 
          
          
                   
          
          
                    
            
            
       
        
  
 
 
          
        
        
        
         
         
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  have  permanently  ceased  operations  at  our  Passaic,  New  Jersey  facility  and,  for  the  most  part, 
transferred our Old Fort case goods manufacturing operations to other existing operations. As a result, approximately 325 of 
our associates in Old Fort and 55 associates in Passaic were terminated. We plan to continue with the optimization project 
during fiscal 2020 as we convert Old Fort into a distribution center and expand our existing Maiden, North Carolina campus.  

For these fourth quarter of fiscal 2019  actions, we recorded pre-tax restructuring, impairment, and other related charges 
totaling $8.3 million, consisting of $3.1 million in impairments of long-lived assets, $2.8 million in employee severance and 
other payroll and benefit costs, $2.0 million in inventory write-downs and manufacturing variances and $0.4 million of other 
associated  costs,  including  freight  and  relocation  expenses. The  inventory  write-downs  and  abnormal  manufacturing 
overhead variances of $2.0 million were recorded within Cost of Sales with the remaining $6.3 million recorded within the 
line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Retail Design Center Long-Lived Assets Impairment 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $9.9 million related to the impairment 
of  long-lived  assets  held  at  certain  retail  design  center  locations.  Due  to  retail  segment  operating  losses  and  a  recent 
organizational realignment, we identified this as a fiscal 2019 triggering event requiring  assessment of recoverability. The 
asset  group  used  in  the  impairment  analysis,  which  represented  the  lowest  level  for  which  identifiable  cash  flows  were 
available and largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, was the individual retail design center. We 
estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on  design  center-level  historical  results,  current  trends,  and  operating  and  cash  flow 
projections. The impairment charge of $9.9 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
within the line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges. 

Lease Exit Costs and Other Charges 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019  we  recorded  $2.1  million  of  charges  primarily  related  to  remaining  contractual 
obligations under leased retail design center space for which we ceased using as of June 30, 2019. The amount of the charge 
was equal to all costs that will continue to be incurred under our lease for its remaining term without economic benefit and 
measured at fair value when we ceased using the right conveyed by the contract. The pre-tax charge was recorded in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income within the line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges. 

Summary of Restructuring, Impairments and Other related charges 

Restructuring, impairment and other related fiscal 2019 charges are summarized in the table below (in thousands): 

Borrowi ngs  under revol vi ng credi t fa ci l i ty

Optimization of manufacturing and logistics
Impairment of long-lived assets at retail design centers
Lease exit costs (remaining lease rentals)
Other charges (income)

Total Restructuring, Impairments and other charges
Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs

Total

Fiscal 2019
Charges
$                 

6,330
9,913
2,662
(525)
18,380
1,994
20,374

$               

$               

(1)

2023. Interest rates on our capital leases range from 3.8% to 5.1%. 

Certain of our property and equipment are held under capital leases and have maturities ranging from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 

(1) 

Inventory  write-downs  and  manufacturing  overhead  costs  are  reported  within  Cost  of  Sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
comprehensive income.  

52 

53 

Restructuring, Impairments and Other Related Charges Rollforward 

Activity in the Company’s restructuring reserves is summarized in the table below (in thousands): 

Optimization of Manufacturing and Logis tics

June 30, 2018

New Charges

Non-Cas h

Payments

June 30, 2019

Employee s everance, other payroll and benefit cos ts

$               

-

$          

2,837

$             

-

$      

(1,123)

$            

1,714

 (1) 

Balance 

Fis cal 2019 Activity

Balance 

Accelerated depreciation of long-lived as s ets

Inventory write-downs  and manufacturing overhead cos ts

Other exit and relocation cos ts

Sub-total

Retail Des ign Center Impairment

Impairment of long-lived as s ets

Other Res tructuring and Impairment Charges

Leas e exit cos ts (remaining leas e rentals )

Other charges  (income)

Sub-total

-

-

-

-

-

-

958

958

3,112

1,128

283

4,523

9,913

9,913

3,112

1,994

381

8,324

2,662

(525)

2,137

(866)

(98)

(2,087)

-

-

-

(483)

-

(483)

(209)

(209)

 (2) 

 (3) 

3,145

224

3,369

-

-

-

-

1,714

Total Res tructuring, Impairments and other exit cos ts

$               

958

$        

20,374

$        

13,953

$      

(2,296)

$            

5,083

(1)  Remaining severance expected to be paid during the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The balance of $1.7 million is reported within Accrued 

compensation and benefits in our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2019.  

(2)  The current portion of the remaining lease rentals as of June 30, 2019 is recorded within Accounts payable and accrued expenses and 

totaled $1.1 million while the non-current portion of $2.1 million is reflected in Other long-term liabilities. 

(3)  The remaining balance from the other charges (income) as of June 30, 2019 is recorded within Accounts payable and accrued expenses. 

Total debt obligations at June 30, 2019 and 2018 consist of the following (in thousands):  

(11) Debt 

Ca pi ta l  l ea s es

Tota l  debt

Les s  current ma turi ti es

Tota l  l ong-term debt

Capital Leases 

Revolving Credit Facility 

2019

$         

-

2018

$         

-

1,066

1,066

550

1,680

1,680

584

$         

516

$      

1,096

On  December  21,  2018,  the  Company  and  most  of  its  domestic  subsidiaries  (the  “Loan  Parties”)  entered  into  a  Second 

Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Facility”).  The  Facility  amends  and  restates  the  existing  Amended  and 

Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2014, as amended. The Facility provides a revolving credit line of up to 

$165  million,  subject  to  borrowing  base  availability,  and  extends  the  maturity  of  the  Facility  to  December  21,  2023.  We 

incurred financing costs of $0.6 million under the Facility, which are being amortized over the remaining life of the Facility 

using the effective interest method.  

At the Company’s option, revolving loans under the Facility bear interest, based on the average availability, at an annual rate 

of either (a) the London Interbank Offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.5% to 2.0%, or (b) the higher of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the 

federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 1.0% plus in each case 0.5% to 1.0%.  

The availability of credit at any given time under the Facility will be constrained by the terms and conditions of the Facility, 

including the amount of collateral available, a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors including the value of 

eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, and other restrictions contained in the Facility. All obligations under  the 

Facility are secured by assets of the Loan Parties including inventory, receivables and certain types of intellectual property.  

 
 
                    
                    
                      
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
            
            
             
                 
                 
            
            
           
                 
                 
               
               
             
                 
                 
            
            
        
              
                 
            
            
             
                 
                 
            
             
             
              
                 
             
               
           
                 
                 
            
             
           
              
 
        
        
        
        
           
           
 
As  of  June  30,  2019,  we  have  permanently  ceased  operations  at  our  Passaic,  New  Jersey  facility  and,  for  the  most  part, 

Restructuring, Impairments and Other Related Charges Rollforward 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

transferred our Old Fort case goods manufacturing operations to other existing operations. As a result, approximately 325 of 

our associates in Old Fort and 55 associates in Passaic were terminated. We plan to continue with the optimization project 

during fiscal 2020 as we convert Old Fort into a distribution center and expand our existing Maiden, North Carolina campus.  

For these fourth quarter of fiscal 2019  actions, we recorded pre-tax restructuring, impairment, and other related charges 

totaling $8.3 million, consisting of $3.1 million in impairments of long-lived assets, $2.8 million in employee severance and 

other payroll and benefit costs, $2.0 million in inventory write-downs and manufacturing variances and $0.4 million of other 

associated  costs,  including  freight  and  relocation  expenses. The  inventory  write-downs  and  abnormal  manufacturing 

overhead variances of $2.0 million were recorded within Cost of Sales with the remaining $6.3 million recorded within the 

line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Retail Design Center Long-Lived Assets Impairment 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $9.9 million related to the impairment 

of  long-lived  assets  held  at  certain  retail  design  center  locations.  Due  to  retail  segment  operating  losses  and  a  recent 

organizational realignment, we identified this as a fiscal 2019 triggering event requiring  assessment of recoverability. The 

asset  group  used  in  the  impairment  analysis,  which  represented  the  lowest  level  for  which  identifiable  cash  flows  were 

available and largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, was the individual retail design center. We 

estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on  design  center-level  historical  results,  current  trends,  and  operating  and  cash  flow 

projections. The impairment charge of $9.9 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

within the line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges. 

Lease Exit Costs and Other Charges 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019  we  recorded  $2.1  million  of  charges  primarily  related  to  remaining  contractual 

obligations under leased retail design center space for which we ceased using as of June 30, 2019. The amount of the charge 

was equal to all costs that will continue to be incurred under our lease for its remaining term without economic benefit and 

measured at fair value when we ceased using the right conveyed by the contract. The pre-tax charge was recorded in the 

consolidated statement of comprehensive income within the line item Restructuring and Impairment Charges. 

Summary of Restructuring, Impairments and Other related charges 

Restructuring, impairment and other related fiscal 2019 charges are summarized in the table below (in thousands): 

Optimization of manufacturing and logistics

Impairment of long-lived assets at retail design centers

Lease exit costs (remaining lease rentals)

Other charges (income)

Total Restructuring, Impairments and other charges

Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs

Total

Fiscal 2019

Charges

$                 

6,330

9,913

2,662

(525)

$               

18,380

1,994

(1)

$               

20,374

(1) 

Inventory  write-downs  and  manufacturing  overhead  costs  are  reported  within  Cost  of  Sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 

comprehensive income.  

Activity in the Company’s restructuring reserves is summarized in the table below (in thousands): 

Optimization of Manufacturing and Logis tics

Balance 
June 30, 2018

New Charges

Fis cal 2019 Activity
Non-Cas h

Payments

Balance 
June 30, 2019

Employee s everance, other payroll and benefit cos ts

$               
-

$          

2,837

$             
-

$      

(1,123)

$            

1,714

 (1) 

Accelerated depreciation of long-lived as s ets
Inventory write-downs  and manufacturing overhead cos ts
Other exit and relocation cos ts

Sub-total

Retail Des ign Center Impairment

Impairment of long-lived as s ets

Other Res tructuring and Impairment Charges

Leas e exit cos ts (remaining leas e rentals )
Other charges  (income)

Sub-total

-
-
-

-

-

-
958
958

3,112
1,994
381

8,324

3,112
1,128
283

4,523

-
(866)
(98)

(2,087)

-
-
-

1,714

9,913

9,913

-

-

2,662
(525)
2,137

(483)
-
(483)

-
(209)
(209)

 (2) 

 (3) 

3,145
224
3,369

Total Res tructuring, Impairments and other exit cos ts

$               

958

$        

20,374

$        

13,953

$      

(2,296)

$            

5,083

(1)  Remaining severance expected to be paid during the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The balance of $1.7 million is reported within Accrued 

compensation and benefits in our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2019.  

(2)  The current portion of the remaining lease rentals as of June 30, 2019 is recorded within Accounts payable and accrued expenses and 

totaled $1.1 million while the non-current portion of $2.1 million is reflected in Other long-term liabilities. 

(3)  The remaining balance from the other charges (income) as of June 30, 2019 is recorded within Accounts payable and accrued expenses. 

(11) Debt 

Total debt obligations at June 30, 2019 and 2018 consist of the following (in thousands):  

Borrowi ngs  under revol vi ng credi t fa ci l i ty
Ca pi ta l  l ea s es

Tota l  debt

Les s  current ma turi ti es

Tota l  l ong-term debt

Capital Leases 

2019

2018

$         
-
1,066

$         
-
1,680

1,066
550

1,680
584

$         

516

$      

1,096

Certain of our property and equipment are held under capital leases and have maturities ranging from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 
2023. Interest rates on our capital leases range from 3.8% to 5.1%. 

Revolving Credit Facility 

On  December  21,  2018,  the  Company  and  most  of  its  domestic  subsidiaries  (the  “Loan  Parties”)  entered  into  a  Second 
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Facility”).  The  Facility  amends  and  restates  the  existing  Amended  and 
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2014, as amended. The Facility provides a revolving credit line of up to 
$165  million,  subject  to  borrowing  base  availability,  and  extends  the  maturity  of  the  Facility  to  December  21,  2023.  We 
incurred financing costs of $0.6 million under the Facility, which are being amortized over the remaining life of the Facility 
using the effective interest method.  

At the Company’s option, revolving loans under the Facility bear interest, based on the average availability, at an annual rate 
of either (a) the London Interbank Offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.5% to 2.0%, or (b) the higher of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the 
federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 1.0% plus in each case 0.5% to 1.0%.  

The availability of credit at any given time under the Facility will be constrained by the terms and conditions of the Facility, 
including the amount of collateral available, a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors including the value of 
eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, and other restrictions contained in the Facility. All obligations under  the 
Facility are secured by assets of the Loan Parties including inventory, receivables and certain types of intellectual property.  

52 

53 

 
 
                    
                    
                      
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
            
            
             
                 
                 
            
            
           
                 
                 
               
               
             
                 
                 
            
            
        
              
                 
            
            
             
                 
                 
            
             
             
              
                 
             
               
           
                 
                 
            
             
           
              
 
        
        
        
        
           
           
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Borrowings under the Facility 

To fund a portion of the special cash dividend paid to shareholders in January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the 
Facility having a maturity date of December 21, 2023. By June 30, 2019, we had repaid all of the borrowed amount using cash 
generated from operating activities. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Facility. 

During  fiscal  years  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  recorded  interest  expense  of  $0.2  million,  $0.1  million  and  $0.8  million, 
respectively, on our outstanding debt amounts.   

Debt Obligations 

During fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, the weighted-average interest rates applicable under our outstanding debt obligations 
were 4.2%, 3.3% and 2.4%, respectively.  

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2019, the timing of cash payments related to our outstanding long-term debt 
(capital lease) obligations for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to June 30, 2019, and thereafter (in thousands). 

Income tax expense attributable to income before income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30 

Fis cal Year Ended June 30, 
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and thereafter

Total s cheduled debt payments

$   

Covenants and Other Ratios 

$      

550
437
60
19

-
-
1,066

The Facility contains various restrictive and affirmative covenants, including required financial reporting, limitations  on the 
ability to grant liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate 
with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions or enter into transactions with affiliates, 
along with other restrictions and limitations similar to those frequently found in credit agreements of this type and size. Loans 
under the Facility may become immediately due and payable upon certain events of default (including failure to comply with 
covenants, change of control or cross-defaults) as set forth in the Facility.  

The Facility does not contain any significant financial ratio covenants or coverage ratio covenants other than a fixed charge 
coverage ratio covenant based on the ratio of (a) EBITDA, plus cash Rentals, minus Unfinanced Capital Expenditures to (b) 
Fixed Charges, as such terms are defined in the Facility (the “FCCR Covenant”). The FCCR Covenant only applies in certain 
limited  circumstances,  including  when  the  unused  availability  under  the  Facility  drops  below  $18.5  million.  The  FCCR 
Covenant ratio is set at 1.0 and measured on a trailing twelve-month basis. 

At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, there was $6.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit outstanding 
under the Facility. Total availability under the Facility was $158.9 million at June 30, 2019 and $108.8 million at June 30, 2018. 
At both June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all the covenants under the Facility.  

(12) Other Long-term Liabilities 

The following table summarizes the nature of the amounts within other long-term liabilities at June 30, 2019 and 2018 
(in thousands): 

Deferred rent 
Unrecognized tax benefits (non-current)
Accrued lease exit costs
Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

2019

2018

$      

17,130
1,616
2,089
1,176

$      

18,020
1,840
-
187

$      

22,011

$      

20,047

54 

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense (benefit) (computed by applying the federal statutory income 

tax rate to income before taxes) to actual income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal years ended June 30 (in thousands): 

Expected income tax expense

State income taxes, net of federal income tax

Valuation allowance

Re-measurement of deferred taxes

Section 199 Qualified Production Activities deduction

Unrecognized tax expense (benefit)

Stock-based compensation - forfeitures and exercises

Other, net

Actual income tax expense

2019

2018

2017

$        

7,111

21.0%

$      

13,739

28.0%

$      

19,947

35.0%

737

602

-

-

26

184

2.2%

1.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.1%

0.5%

1,263

42

(2,651)

(678)

-

55

570

356

2.6%

0.1%

-5.4%

-1.4%

0.0%

0.1%

1.2%

0.7%

1,403

329

(999)

(48)

-

-

-

2.5%

0.6%

-1.8%

0.0%

-0.1%

-

-

(337)

-1.0%

169

0.3%

$        

8,162

24.1%

$      

12,696

25.9%

$      

20,801

36.5%

Section 250 Foreign Derived Intangible Income deduction

(161)

-0.5%

The significant components of deferred tax assets recorded within the consolidated balance sheet were as follows at June 30 

(13) Income Taxes 

(in thousands): 

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current

Total deferred

Income tax expense

(in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee compensation accruals

Stock-based compensation

Deferred rent credits

Net operating loss carryforwards

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Reserves

Other, net

Subtotal deferred tax assets

Less: Valuation allowance

Total net deferred tax assets

2019

2018

2017

$         

10,133

$         

10,289

$         

15,265

1,237

304

11,674

(3,092)

(381)

(39)

(3,512)

1,689

824

12,802

174

(124)

(156)

(106)

1,585

445

17,295

3,413

85

8

3,506

$           

8,162

$         

12,696

$         

20,801

2019

2018

$            

2,697

$            

2,729

933

4,407

3,959

-

328

247

1,460

14,063

(2,527)

$          

12,020

$          

11,536

715

4,184

4,259

1,021

77

863

1,401

15,217

(3,197)

55 

 
 
        
          
          
        
        
 
          
          
          
                   
          
              
 
 
 
             
             
             
                
                
                
           
           
           
            
                
             
               
               
                   
                 
               
                     
            
               
             
 
              
          
          
              
                
              
                   
         
                   
              
                   
            
            
            
                   
                   
                
                
               
              
              
                   
              
            
              
              
 
                  
                  
               
               
               
               
               
                       
                    
                  
                  
                  
               
               
            
            
             
             
 
Borrowings under the Facility 

(13) Income Taxes 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

To fund a portion of the special cash dividend paid to shareholders in January 2019, we borrowed $16.0 million from the 

Facility having a maturity date of December 21, 2023. By June 30, 2019, we had repaid all of the borrowed amount using cash 

generated from operating activities. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Facility. 

During  fiscal  years  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  recorded  interest  expense  of  $0.2  million,  $0.1  million  and  $0.8  million, 

During fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, the weighted-average interest rates applicable under our outstanding debt obligations 

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2019, the timing of cash payments related to our outstanding long-term debt 

(capital lease) obligations for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to June 30, 2019, and thereafter (in thousands). 

respectively, on our outstanding debt amounts.   

Debt Obligations 

were 4.2%, 3.3% and 2.4%, respectively.  

Fis cal Year Ended June 30, 

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

$      

550

437

60

19

-

-

2025 and thereafter

Total s cheduled debt payments

$   

1,066

Covenants and Other Ratios 

The Facility contains various restrictive and affirmative covenants, including required financial reporting, limitations  on the 

ability to grant liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate 

with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions or enter into transactions with affiliates, 

along with other restrictions and limitations similar to those frequently found in credit agreements of this type and size. Loans 

under the Facility may become immediately due and payable upon certain events of default (including failure to comply with 

covenants, change of control or cross-defaults) as set forth in the Facility.  

The Facility does not contain any significant financial ratio covenants or coverage ratio covenants other than a fixed charge 

coverage ratio covenant based on the ratio of (a) EBITDA, plus cash Rentals, minus Unfinanced Capital Expenditures to (b) 

Fixed Charges, as such terms are defined in the Facility (the “FCCR Covenant”). The FCCR Covenant only applies in certain 

limited  circumstances,  including  when  the  unused  availability  under  the  Facility  drops  below  $18.5  million.  The  FCCR 

Covenant ratio is set at 1.0 and measured on a trailing twelve-month basis. 

At both June 30, 2019 and 2018, there was $6.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit outstanding 

under the Facility. Total availability under the Facility was $158.9 million at June 30, 2019 and $108.8 million at June 30, 2018. 

At both June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all the covenants under the Facility.  

The following table summarizes the nature of the amounts within other long-term liabilities at June 30, 2019 and 2018 

(12) Other Long-term Liabilities 

(in thousands): 

Deferred rent 

Unrecognized tax benefits (non-current)

Accrued lease exit costs

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

2019

2018

$      

17,130

$      

18,020

1,616

2,089

1,176

1,840

-

187

$      

22,011

$      

20,047

Income tax expense attributable to income before income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30 
(in thousands): 

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred

Income tax expense

2019

2018

2017

$         

10,133
1,237
304
11,674

$         

10,289
1,689
824
12,802

$         

15,265
1,585
445
17,295

(3,092)
(381)
(39)
(3,512)

174
(124)
(156)
(106)

3,413
85
8
3,506

$           

8,162

$         

12,696

$         

20,801

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense (benefit) (computed by applying the federal statutory income 
tax rate to income before taxes) to actual income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal years ended June 30 (in thousands): 

Expected income tax expense

State income taxes, net of federal income tax

Valuation allowance

Re-measurement of deferred taxes

Section 199 Qualified Production Activities deduction

Section 250 Foreign Derived Intangible Income deduction

Unrecognized tax expense (benefit)

Stock-based compensation - forfeitures and exercises

Other, net

Actual income tax expense

2019

2018

2017

$        

7,111

21.0%

$      

13,739

28.0%

$      

19,947

35.0%

737

602

-

-

2.2%

1.8%

0.0%

0.0%

(161)

-0.5%

26

184

0.1%

0.5%

(337)

-1.0%

1,263

42

(2,651)

(678)

-

55

570

356

2.6%

0.1%

-5.4%

-1.4%

0.0%

0.1%

1.2%

0.7%

1,403

329

-

(999)

-

(48)

-

169

2.5%

0.6%

-

-1.8%

0.0%

-0.1%

-

0.3%

$        

8,162

24.1%

$      

12,696

25.9%

$      

20,801

36.5%

The significant components of deferred tax assets recorded within the consolidated balance sheet were as follows at June 30 
(in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee compensation accruals

Stock-based compensation

Deferred rent credits

Net operating loss carryforwards

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Reserves

Other, net

Subtotal deferred tax assets

Less: Valuation allowance

Total net deferred tax assets

2019

2018

$            

2,697

$            

2,729

715

4,184

4,259

1,021

77

863

1,401

15,217

(3,197)

933

4,407

3,959

-

328

247

1,460

14,063

(2,527)

$          

12,020

$          

11,536

54 

55 

 
 
        
          
          
        
        
 
          
          
          
                   
          
              
 
 
 
             
             
             
                
                
                
           
           
           
            
                
             
               
               
                   
                 
               
                     
            
               
             
 
              
          
          
              
                
              
                   
         
                   
              
                   
            
            
            
                   
                   
                
                
               
              
              
                   
              
            
              
              
 
                  
                  
               
               
               
               
               
                       
                    
                  
                  
                  
               
               
            
            
             
             
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

The significant components of deferred tax liabilities recorded within the consolidated balance sheet were as follows at June 
30 (in thousands): 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits including related interest and penalties as 

of June 30, 2019 and 2018 is as follows (in thousands): 

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment
Inta ngi bl e a s s ets  other tha n goodwi l l
Commi s s i ons

Tota l  deferred ta x l i a bi l i ty

2019
$         
-
9,007
1,974

2018

$     

2,827
8,951
2,230

$    

10,981

$   

14,008

The deferred tax balances are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows at June 30 (in thousands):  

Non-current a s s ets
Non-current l i a bi l i ti es

2019

$      

2,108
1,069

2018

$      

1,688
4,160

  Tota l  net deferred ta x a s s et (l i a bi l i ty)

$      

1,039

$    

(2,472)

results could differ from those currently anticipated. 

Commencing with fiscal 2018 the Company is prospectively reporting its deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current in 
conformance with ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Tax Assets. Prior to that, current deferred tax assets 
and liabilities and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities were presented net in the consolidated balance sheets.  

We evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine if the “more likely than not” standard of evidence has not been met thereby 
supporting the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets when it is 
not more likely than not that assets will be realized. At June 30, 2019, such an allowance was in place against the Belgian and 
Canadian foreign tax assets, and totaled $3.2 million compared to $2.5 million at June 30, 2018. 

The Company’s deferred income tax assets at June 30, 2019 with respect to the net operating losses expire as follows (in 
thousands): 

Deferred Income
Ta x As s ets

Net Opera ti ng Los s
Ca rryforwa rds

Uni ted Sta tes  (federa l  a nd s ta te), expi ri ng between 2023 a nd 2032

$                  

1,168

$                    

20,662

Forei gn, expi ri ng between 2034 a nd 2039

$                  

3,091

$                      

9,566

Deferred  federal  income  taxes  were  previously  not  provided  for  unremitted  foreign  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries 
because we expected those earnings to be indefinitely reinvested. As part of the Tax Act, the Company  reported the Deemed 
Repatriation Transition Tax (the “Transition Tax”) on previously untaxed accumulated earnings and profits (“E&P”) of certain 
of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, we determined, in addition to other factors, the 
amount of post- 1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. 
We reported a Transition Tax obligation of  $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted. Among the significant changes to the United States Internal Revenue Code, 
the Tax Act lowered the United States federal corporate income tax rate (“Federal Tax Rate”) from 35% to 21%  effective  
January 1, 2018, introduced a limitation on the deduction of certain interest expenses, introduced a deduction for certain 
business capital expenditures and introduced a system of taxing foreign-sourced income from multinational corporations. 
The Company computed its income tax expense for the 2018  fiscal year using a blended Federal Tax Rate of 28%. The 21% 
Federal Tax Rate applies to fiscal years ending  June 30, 2019  and each year thereafter. The Company re-measured its net 
deferred tax assets and liabilities using the Federal Tax Rate that would apply when these amounts were expected to reverse. 
At June 30, 2018,  the Company’s re-measurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted in a discrete tax benefit 
$2.7  million, which lowered the effective tax rate by 5.4%  for that fiscal year. 

Uncertain Tax Positions  

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. If the $2.2 million 
of unrecognized  tax benefits  and related interest  and penalties as of  June 30, 2019 were recognized, approximately $1.7 
million would be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense.  

56 

57 

Beginning balance

Additions  for tax pos itions  taken during the current year

Additions  for tax pos itions  taken during the prior year

Reductions  for tax pos itions  taken in prior years

Decreas es  related to s ettlements  with taxing authorities

Ending balance

2019

2018

$      

2,187

$      

2,106

329

143

(450)

-

360

107

(386)

-

$      

2,209

$      

2,187

It is reasonably possible that various issues relating to approximately $0.6 million of the total gross unrecognized tax benefits 

as of June 30, 2019 will be resolved within the next twelve months as exams are completed or statutes expire. If recognized, 

approximately $0.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits would reduce our tax expense in the period realized. However, actual 

The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries files income tax 

returns in the United States, various state, and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject 

to  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities  in  such  major  jurisdictions  as  the  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico,  Belgium  and 

Honduras. As of June 30, 2019, the Company and certain subsidiaries are currently under audit from 2015 through 2017 in 

the United States. While the amount of uncertain tax benefits with respect to the entities and years under audit may change 

within the next twelve months, it is not anticipated that any of the changes will be significant. 

(14) Shareholders’ Equity 

Shares Authorized for Issuance 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,055,000 shares 

of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Board of Directors may provide for the issuance of all or any shares of 

Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or 

no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights 

and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions 

adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the General 

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of Preferred Stock issued or 

outstanding. 

Share Repurchase Program 

At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 shares of our common stock pursuant to 

our  program.  There  is  no  expiration  date  on  the  repurchase  authorization  and  the  amount  and  timing  of  future  share 

repurchases, if any, will be determined as market and business conditions warrant.  

During the past three fiscal years, we repurchased the following shares of our common stock (trade date basis) under our 

existing share repurchase program: 

Common s hares  repurchas ed

-

950,484

357,363

Cos t to repurchas e common s hares

$               

-

$ 

22,019,381

$  

10,246,302

Average price per s hare

$               

-

$          

23.17

$           

28.67

 2019

 2018

 2017

For the fiscal years presented above, we funded our purchases of treasury stock with existing cash on hand, cash generated 

through current period operations and our credit facility. All our common stock repurchases are recorded as treasury stock 

and result in a reduction of shareholders’ equity.  

 
 
        
       
        
       
 
        
        
 
 
 
 
           
           
           
           
         
         
               
               
 
                 
        
         
 
$      

$      

$      

$      

2,106
360
107
(386)
-
2,187

2,187
329
143
(450)
-
2,209

Beginning balance

Additions  for tax pos itions  taken during the current year
Additions  for tax pos itions  taken during the prior year
Reductions  for tax pos itions  taken in prior years
Decreas es  related to s ettlements  with taxing authorities

Ending balance

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

The significant components of deferred tax liabilities recorded within the consolidated balance sheet were as follows at June 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits including related interest and penalties as 
of June 30, 2019 and 2018 is as follows (in thousands): 

2019

2018

30 (in thousands): 

Property, pl a nt a nd equi pment

Inta ngi bl e a s s ets  other tha n goodwi l l

Commi s s i ons

Tota l  deferred ta x l i a bi l i ty

2019

$         

-

9,007

1,974

2018

$     

2,827

8,951

2,230

$    

10,981

$   

14,008

2019

2018

$      

2,108

$      

1,688

1,069

4,160

The deferred tax balances are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows at June 30 (in thousands):  

Non-current a s s ets

Non-current l i a bi l i ti es

  Tota l  net deferred ta x a s s et (l i a bi l i ty)

$      

1,039

$    

(2,472)

Commencing with fiscal 2018 the Company is prospectively reporting its deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current in 

conformance with ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Tax Assets. Prior to that, current deferred tax assets 

and liabilities and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities were presented net in the consolidated balance sheets.  

We evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine if the “more likely than not” standard of evidence has not been met thereby 

supporting the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets when it is 

not more likely than not that assets will be realized. At June 30, 2019, such an allowance was in place against the Belgian and 

Canadian foreign tax assets, and totaled $3.2 million compared to $2.5 million at June 30, 2018. 

The Company’s deferred income tax assets at June 30, 2019 with respect to the net operating losses expire as follows (in 

thousands): 

Deferred Income

Net Opera ti ng Los s

Ta x As s ets

Ca rryforwa rds

Uni ted Sta tes  (federa l  a nd s ta te), expi ri ng between 2023 a nd 2032

$                  

1,168

$                    

20,662

Forei gn, expi ri ng between 2034 a nd 2039

$                  

3,091

$                      

9,566

Deferred  federal  income  taxes  were  previously  not  provided  for  unremitted  foreign  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries 

because we expected those earnings to be indefinitely reinvested. As part of the Tax Act, the Company  reported the Deemed 

Repatriation Transition Tax (the “Transition Tax”) on previously untaxed accumulated earnings and profits (“E&P”) of certain 

of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, we determined, in addition to other factors, the 

amount of post- 1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. 

We reported a Transition Tax obligation of  $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted. Among the significant changes to the United States Internal Revenue Code, 

the Tax Act lowered the United States federal corporate income tax rate (“Federal Tax Rate”) from 35% to 21%  effective  

January 1, 2018, introduced a limitation on the deduction of certain interest expenses, introduced a deduction for certain 

business capital expenditures and introduced a system of taxing foreign-sourced income from multinational corporations. 

The Company computed its income tax expense for the 2018  fiscal year using a blended Federal Tax Rate of 28%. The 21% 

Federal Tax Rate applies to fiscal years ending  June 30, 2019  and each year thereafter. The Company re-measured its net 

deferred tax assets and liabilities using the Federal Tax Rate that would apply when these amounts were expected to reverse. 

At June 30, 2018,  the Company’s re-measurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted in a discrete tax benefit 

$2.7  million, which lowered the effective tax rate by 5.4%  for that fiscal year. 

Uncertain Tax Positions  

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. If the $2.2 million 

of unrecognized  tax benefits  and related interest  and penalties as of  June 30, 2019 were recognized, approximately $1.7 

million would be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense.  

It is reasonably possible that various issues relating to approximately $0.6 million of the total gross unrecognized tax benefits 
as of June 30, 2019 will be resolved within the next twelve months as exams are completed or statutes expire. If recognized, 
approximately $0.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits would reduce our tax expense in the period realized. However, actual 
results could differ from those currently anticipated. 

The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries files income tax 
returns in the United States, various state, and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject 
to  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities  in  such  major  jurisdictions  as  the  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico,  Belgium  and 
Honduras. As of June 30, 2019, the Company and certain subsidiaries are currently under audit from 2015 through 2017 in 
the United States. While the amount of uncertain tax benefits with respect to the entities and years under audit may change 
within the next twelve months, it is not anticipated that any of the changes will be significant. 

(14) Shareholders’ Equity 

Shares Authorized for Issuance 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,055,000 shares 
of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Board of Directors may provide for the issuance of all or any shares of 
Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or 
no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights 
and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions 
adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the General 
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of Preferred Stock issued or 
outstanding. 

Share Repurchase Program 

At June 30, 2019, we had a remaining Board authorization to repurchase 2,518,046 shares of our common stock pursuant to 
our  program.  There  is  no  expiration  date  on  the  repurchase  authorization  and  the  amount  and  timing  of  future  share 
repurchases, if any, will be determined as market and business conditions warrant.  

During the past three fiscal years, we repurchased the following shares of our common stock (trade date basis) under our 
existing share repurchase program: 

Common s hares  repurchas ed

-

950,484

357,363

Cos t to repurchas e common s hares

$               
-

$ 

22,019,381

$  

10,246,302

Average price per s hare

$               
-

$          

23.17

$           

28.67

 2019

 2018

 2017

For the fiscal years presented above, we funded our purchases of treasury stock with existing cash on hand, cash generated 
through current period operations and our credit facility. All our common stock repurchases are recorded as treasury stock 
and result in a reduction of shareholders’ equity.  

56 

57 

 
 
        
       
        
       
 
        
        
 
 
 
 
           
           
           
           
         
         
               
               
 
                 
        
         
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(15) Earnings Per Share 

Stock Option Awards 

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated using the following weighted average share data (in thousands): 

A summary of stock option activity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 is presented below. 

Wei ghted a vera ge s ha res  outs ta ndi ng for ba s i c ca l cul a ti on

Di l uti ve effect of s tock opti ons  a nd other s ha re-ba s ed a wa rds

Wei ghted a vera ge s ha res  outs ta ndi ng a djus ted for di l uti on ca l cul a ti on

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 2019

 2018

 2017 

26,695

56

26,751

27,321

304

27,625

27,679

279

27,958

Dilutive potential common shares consist  of stock  options and unvested restricted stock  awards. In fiscal 2019, 2018 and 
2017, stock options to purchase 231,717, 195,318, and 379,350 common shares, respectively, were excluded from the diluted 
EPS calculations because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

As of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the number of performance-based equity award grants excluded from the calculation of 
diluted EPS was 187,882, 210,836 and 215,613, respectively. Performance-based awards are excluded from the calculation 
of diluted EPS unless the performance criteria are probable of being achieved as of the balance sheet date. 

Wei ghted

Avera ge

Exerci s e

Wei ghted

Avera ge

Rema i ni ng

Contra ctua l

Intri ns i c Va l ue

Aggrega te

Opti ons

    Pri ce    

Term (yrs )

($ i n thous a nds )

Outs ta ndi ng - June 30, 2018

Gra nted

Exerci s ed

561,595

$        

21.70

25,590

$        

23.45

(52,250)

$        

15.73

Ca ncel ed (forfei ted/expi red)

(156,024)

$        

23.36

Outs ta ndi ng - June 30, 2019

378,911

$        

21.95

Exerci s a bl e - June 30, 2019

319,024

$        

21.04

4.4

3.7

$                  

990

$                  

990

(16) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

million, respectively.  

The following table sets forth the activity in accumulated other comprehensive loss (in thousands):  

Beginning balance at July 1

Changes before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Ending balance at June 30

Year Ended June 30,

2019
$             

(6,171)
520
-

2018
$             

(4,131)
(2,040)
-

520

(2,040)

$             

(5,651)

$             

(6,171)

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  consists  of  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  which  are  the  result  of 
changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our operations in Canada, Belgium, Honduras, and Mexico, and exclude 
income taxes given that the earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are deemed to be indefinitely reinvested.  

(17) Share-Based Compensation 

Share-based  compensation  expense  totaled  $0.1  million,  $1.0  million,  and  $1.3  million  in  fiscal  2019,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. These amounts have been included in the  consolidated  statements of  comprehensive  income within selling, 
general and administrative expenses. During fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, we recognized related tax benefits associated with 
our  share-based  compensation  arrangements  totaling  $0.1  million,  $0.5  million,  and  $0.5  million,  respectively  (before 
valuation allowances). Such amounts have been included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income within 
income tax expense. There was no stock-based compensation capitalized as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

At June 30, 2019, we had 1,586,906 shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the Ethan Allen Interiors 
Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Under this Plan, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued 
through awards of any form is 6,487,867 shares. The Plan provides for the grant of non-compensatory stock options to eligible 
employees and non-employee directors. Stock options under the Plan are non-qualified under section 422 of the Internal 
Revenue Code and allow for the purchase of shares of our common stock. The Plan also provides for the issuance of stock 
appreciation rights (“SARs”) on issued options, however no SARs have been issued to date. The  option awards are approved  
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors after consideration of recommendations proposed by the Chief 
Executive Officer. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our common stock at the 
date of grant, vest ratably over a specified service period, and have a contractual term of 10 years. Equity awards can also 
include performance vesting conditions. Company policy further requires an additional one year holding period beyond the 
service vest date for certain executives. Beginning January 31, 2014, grants to employees include both company performance 
and service vesting conditions (as further described below). Grants to independent directors have a three year service vesting 
condition. The following is a description of equity grants made under the Plan. 

58 

59 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.8 

As of June 30, 2019, $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options is expected 

to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years. A summary of the nonvested shares as of June 30, 2019 and 

changes during the year then ended is presented below. 

Nonvested June 30, 2018

Granted

Vested

Canceled (forfeited/expired)

Options

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

108,172

$                          

27.74

25,590

$                          

23.45

(63,436)

$                          

27.16

(10,439)

$                          

25.95

Nonvested at June 30, 2019

59,887

$                          

26.84

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of stock options awarded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs, including 

anticipated  changes  in  the  underlying  stock  price  (i.e.  expected  volatility)  and  option  exercise  activity  (i.e.  expected  life). 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock. The risk-free rate of return is based on the United States 

Treasury  bill  rate  extrapolated  to  the  term  matching  the  expected  life  of  the  grant.  The  dividend  yield  is  based  on  the 

annualized dividend rate at the grant date relative to the grant date stock price. The expected life of options granted, which 

represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical data.  

There  were  no  stock  option  awards  granted  to  employees  during  each  of  the  past  three  fiscal  years.  Non-employee 

(independent) directors were granted stock options each year and valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with 

the following weighted average assumptions: 

Volatility

Risk-free rate of return

Dividend yield

Expected average life (years)

Grant date fair value ($)

Fair value as a % of exercise price

Stock Unit Awards 

2019

31.3%

2.80%

3.24%

5.0

22.6%

2018

31.5%

1.76%

2.47%

4.6

22.5%

2017

36.8%

1.03%

1.96%

5.0

23.9%  

$          

5.30

$          

6.93

$          

8.30

Under the Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors was authorized to award common shares to certain 

employees based on the attainment of certain financial goals over a given performance period. The awards are offered at no 

cost to the employees. In the event of an employee's termination during the vesting period, the potential right to earn shares 

under this program is generally forfeited. 

 
 
      
      
      
             
           
           
      
      
      
   
                    
               
                         
                         
                    
               
 
 
 
      
        
       
     
      
              
      
              
 
         
           
          
          
           
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(15) Earnings Per Share 

Stock Option Awards 

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated using the following weighted average share data (in thousands): 

A summary of stock option activity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 is presented below. 

Wei ghted a vera ge s ha res  outs ta ndi ng for ba s i c ca l cul a ti on

Di l uti ve effect of s tock opti ons  a nd other s ha re-ba s ed a wa rds

Wei ghted a vera ge s ha res  outs ta ndi ng a djus ted for di l uti on ca l cul a ti on

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 2019

 2018

 2017 

26,695

56

26,751

27,321

304

27,625

27,679

279

27,958

Dilutive potential common shares consist  of stock  options and unvested restricted stock  awards. In fiscal 2019, 2018 and 

2017, stock options to purchase 231,717, 195,318, and 379,350 common shares, respectively, were excluded from the diluted 

EPS calculations because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

As of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the number of performance-based equity award grants excluded from the calculation of 

diluted EPS was 187,882, 210,836 and 215,613, respectively. Performance-based awards are excluded from the calculation 

of diluted EPS unless the performance criteria are probable of being achieved as of the balance sheet date. 

(16) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The following table sets forth the activity in accumulated other comprehensive loss (in thousands):  

Beginning balance at July 1

Changes before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Ending balance at June 30

Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$             

(6,171)

$             

(4,131)

520

-

520

(2,040)

-

(2,040)

$             

(5,651)

$             

(6,171)

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  consists  of  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  which  are  the  result  of 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our operations in Canada, Belgium, Honduras, and Mexico, and exclude 

income taxes given that the earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are deemed to be indefinitely reinvested.  

(17) Share-Based Compensation 

Share-based  compensation  expense  totaled  $0.1  million,  $1.0  million,  and  $1.3  million  in  fiscal  2019,  2018  and  2017, 

respectively. These amounts have been included in the  consolidated  statements of  comprehensive  income within selling, 

general and administrative expenses. During fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, we recognized related tax benefits associated with 

our  share-based  compensation  arrangements  totaling  $0.1  million,  $0.5  million,  and  $0.5  million,  respectively  (before 

valuation allowances). Such amounts have been included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income within 

income tax expense. There was no stock-based compensation capitalized as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

At June 30, 2019, we had 1,586,906 shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the Ethan Allen Interiors 

Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Under this Plan, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued 

through awards of any form is 6,487,867 shares. The Plan provides for the grant of non-compensatory stock options to eligible 

employees and non-employee directors. Stock options under the Plan are non-qualified under section 422 of the Internal 

Revenue Code and allow for the purchase of shares of our common stock. The Plan also provides for the issuance of stock 

appreciation rights (“SARs”) on issued options, however no SARs have been issued to date. The  option awards are approved  

by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors after consideration of recommendations proposed by the Chief 

Executive Officer. Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our common stock at the 

date of grant, vest ratably over a specified service period, and have a contractual term of 10 years. Equity awards can also 

include performance vesting conditions. Company policy further requires an additional one year holding period beyond the 

service vest date for certain executives. Beginning January 31, 2014, grants to employees include both company performance 

and service vesting conditions (as further described below). Grants to independent directors have a three year service vesting 

condition. The following is a description of equity grants made under the Plan. 

Wei ghted
Avera ge
Exerci s e
    Pri ce    

Wei ghted
Avera ge
Rema i ni ng
Contra ctua l
Term (yrs )

Aggrega te
Intri ns i c Va l ue
($ i n thous a nds )

Opti ons

Outs ta ndi ng - June 30, 2018

Gra nted

Exerci s ed

561,595

$        

21.70

25,590

$        

23.45

(52,250)

$        

15.73

Ca ncel ed (forfei ted/expi red)

(156,024)

$        

23.36

Outs ta ndi ng - June 30, 2019

378,911

$        

21.95

Exerci s a bl e - June 30, 2019

319,024

$        

21.04

4.4

3.7

$                  

990

$                  

990

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.8 
million, respectively.  

As of June 30, 2019, $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options is expected 
to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years. A summary of the nonvested shares as of June 30, 2019 and 
changes during the year then ended is presented below. 

Nonvested June 30, 2018

Granted

Vested

Canceled (forfeited/expired)

Options

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

108,172

$                          

27.74

25,590

$                          

23.45

(63,436)

$                          

27.16

(10,439)

$                          

25.95

Nonvested at June 30, 2019

59,887

$                          

26.84

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of stock options awarded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 
Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs, including 
anticipated  changes  in  the  underlying  stock  price  (i.e.  expected  volatility)  and  option  exercise  activity  (i.e.  expected  life). 
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock. The risk-free rate of return is based on the United States 
Treasury  bill  rate  extrapolated  to  the  term  matching  the  expected  life  of  the  grant.  The  dividend  yield  is  based  on  the 
annualized dividend rate at the grant date relative to the grant date stock price. The expected life of options granted, which 
represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical data.  

There  were  no  stock  option  awards  granted  to  employees  during  each  of  the  past  three  fiscal  years.  Non-employee 
(independent) directors were granted stock options each year and valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with 
the following weighted average assumptions: 

Volatility
Risk-free rate of return
Dividend yield
Expected average life (years)
Grant date fair value ($)
Fair value as a % of exercise price

Stock Unit Awards 

2019
31.3%
2.80%
3.24%
5.0
5.30
22.6%

$          

2018
31.5%
1.76%
2.47%
4.6
6.93
22.5%

$          

2017
36.8%
1.03%
1.96%
5.0
8.30
23.9%  

$          

Under the Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors was authorized to award common shares to certain 
employees based on the attainment of certain financial goals over a given performance period. The awards are offered at no 
cost to the employees. In the event of an employee's termination during the vesting period, the potential right to earn shares 
under this program is generally forfeited. 

58 

59 

 
 
      
      
      
             
           
           
      
      
      
   
                    
               
                         
                         
                    
               
 
 
 
      
        
       
     
      
              
      
              
 
         
           
          
          
           
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Payout of these grants depends on our financial performance (80%) and a market-based condition based on the total return 
our  shareholders  receive  on  their  investment  in  our  stock  relative  to  returns  earned  through  investments  in  other  peer 
companies  (20%).  The  performance  award  opportunity  ranges  from  50%  of  the  employee's  target  award  if  minimum 
performance requirements are met to a maximum of 125% of the target award based on the attainment of certain financial 
and shareholder-return goals over a specific performance period, which is generally three fiscal years. The number of awards 
that will vest, as well as unearned and canceled awards, depend on the achievement of certain financial and shareholder-
return goals over the three-year performance periods, and will be settled in shares if service conditions are met, requiring 
employees to remain employed with us through the end of the three-year performance periods. We account for stock unit 
awards as equity-based awards because upon vesting, they will be settled in common shares. We expense as compensation 
cost the fair value of the shares as of the grant date and amortize expense ratably over the total performance and time vest 
period, considering the probability that we will satisfy the performance goals.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  performance-based  stock  units’  activity  during  fiscal  2019  at  the  maximum  award 
amounts based upon the respective performance share agreements: 

Outs ta ndi ng a t June 30, 2018

Gra nted

Ves ted

Wei ghted Avera ge
Gra nt Da te

Fa i r Va l ue

$                        

26.15

$                        

18.33

Uni ts

330,369

105,644

(7,654)

$                        

26.79

Ca ncel ed (forfei ted/expi red)

(114,477)

$                        

28.02

Outs ta ndi ng a t June 30, 2019

313,882

$                        

22.82

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of Performance Units with a discounted cash flow model, using as model 
inputs the risk-free rate of return as the discount rate, dividend yield for dividends not paid during the restriction period, and 
a discount for lack of marketability for a one-year post-vest holding period. The lack of marketability discount used is the 
present value of a future put option using Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes pricing models. The weighted average assumptions 
used for the fiscal years ended June 30 are noted in the table following.  

Volatility
Risk-free rate of return
Dividend yield
Expected average life (years)

2019

2018

2017

32.1%
2.72%
3.24%
3.0

32.9%
1.41%
2.47%
1.9

30.8%
0.92%
1.97%
2.0

Share-based  compensation  expenses  related  to  performance-based  shares  recognized  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
comprehensive income are presented in the following table for the fiscal years ended June 30 (in thousands). 

Fiscal 2016 grants
Fiscal 2017 grants
Fiscal 2018 grants
Fiscal 2019 grants
Total expense

2019
$                 
5
-
(457)
321
(131)

$           

2018
$               

92
(12)
457
-
$             
537

2017
$             

794
12
-
-
$             
806

As of June 30, 2019, we estimate $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock units 
granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.  

Restricted Stock Awards 

There was no restricted stock award activity during fiscal 2019. As of June 30, 2019 or 2018, there were no restricted stock 
awards outstanding, respectively. 

(18) Employee Retirement Programs 

The Ethan Allen Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) 

The Company established its 401(k) Plan in 1994. The 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan covering all full-time, United 

States employees and is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal 

Revenue Code of 1986 (“IRC”). All United States employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on 

the first day of any subsequent April, July, October or January coincident with or next following the three-month anniversary 

of their date of hire. Each year, participants may contribute up to 100% of their eligible annual compensation, subject to 

annual limitations established by the IRC. We may, at our discretion, make a matching and profit sharing contribution to the 

401(k)  Plan  on  behalf  of  each  eligible  participant,  which  vests  immediately.  The  Company  contributed  $3.4  million,  $3.4 

million and $3.5 million in matching and profit sharing contributions to employee 401(k) accounts during fiscal 2019, 2018 

and 2017, respectively.  

Other Retirement Plans and Benefits 

Ethan Allen provides additional benefits to selected members of management in  the form of previously entered deferred 

compensation arrangements and a management cash bonus and other incentive programs. The total cost of these benefits 

was $0.7 million, $0.1 million, and $1.0 million in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

(19) Segment Information 

Operating segments are defined as (i) components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may 

earn revenue and incur expense, (ii) have operating results that are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating 

decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and (iii) for 

which discrete financial information is available. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is its chief operating decision maker 

(“CODM”) and reviews financial information at the operating segment level and is responsible for making decisions about 

resources allocated amongst the operating segments based on actual results. Our operating segments are aligned with how 

the Company, including its CODM, manages the business.  As such, our reportable operating segments are the Wholesale 

segment and the Retail segment. 

Our wholesale and retail operating segments represent strategic business areas of our vertically integrated enterprise that 

operate separately and provide their own distinctive services. This vertical structure enables us to offer our complete line of 

home furnishings and accents more effectively while controlling quality and cost. We evaluate performance of the respective 

segments based upon revenues and operating income. Inter-segment transactions result, primarily, from the wholesale sale 

of inventory to the retail segment, including the related profit margin.  

As of June 30, 2019, the Company operated 144 design centers (our retail segment) and our independent retailers operated 

158  design  centers.  Our  wholesale  segment  net  sales  include  sales  to  our  retail  segment,  which  are  eliminated  in 

consolidation, and sales to our independent retailers. Our retail segment net sales accounted for 79% of our consolidated net 

sales in fiscal 2019. Our wholesale segment net sales to independent retailers and other third parties accounted for the remaining 

21%. Our ten largest customers were all within our wholesale segment and represent 12.4% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 

2019. These customers are the GSA and nine independent retailers who operate 116 design centers.  

60 

61 

 
 
     
     
        
    
     
 
 
                    
                
                 
              
               
                
               
                
                
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Payout of these grants depends on our financial performance (80%) and a market-based condition based on the total return 

our  shareholders  receive  on  their  investment  in  our  stock  relative  to  returns  earned  through  investments  in  other  peer 

companies  (20%).  The  performance  award  opportunity  ranges  from  50%  of  the  employee's  target  award  if  minimum 

performance requirements are met to a maximum of 125% of the target award based on the attainment of certain financial 

and shareholder-return goals over a specific performance period, which is generally three fiscal years. The number of awards 

that will vest, as well as unearned and canceled awards, depend on the achievement of certain financial and shareholder-

return goals over the three-year performance periods, and will be settled in shares if service conditions are met, requiring 

employees to remain employed with us through the end of the three-year performance periods. We account for stock unit 

awards as equity-based awards because upon vesting, they will be settled in common shares. We expense as compensation 

cost the fair value of the shares as of the grant date and amortize expense ratably over the total performance and time vest 

period, considering the probability that we will satisfy the performance goals.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  performance-based  stock  units’  activity  during  fiscal  2019  at  the  maximum  award 

(18) Employee Retirement Programs 

The Ethan Allen Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) 

The Company established its 401(k) Plan in 1994. The 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan covering all full-time, United 
States employees and is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986 (“IRC”). All United States employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on 
the first day of any subsequent April, July, October or January coincident with or next following the three-month anniversary 
of their date of hire. Each year, participants may contribute up to 100% of their eligible annual compensation, subject to 
annual limitations established by the IRC. We may, at our discretion, make a matching and profit sharing contribution to the 
401(k)  Plan  on  behalf  of  each  eligible  participant,  which  vests  immediately.  The  Company  contributed  $3.4  million,  $3.4 
million and $3.5 million in matching and profit sharing contributions to employee 401(k) accounts during fiscal 2019, 2018 
and 2017, respectively.  

amounts based upon the respective performance share agreements: 

Other Retirement Plans and Benefits 

Outs ta ndi ng a t June 30, 2018

Gra nted

Ves ted

Wei ghted Avera ge

Gra nt Da te

Fa i r Va l ue

$                        

26.15

$                        

18.33

Uni ts

330,369

105,644

(7,654)

$                        

26.79

Ca ncel ed (forfei ted/expi red)

(114,477)

$                        

28.02

Outs ta ndi ng a t June 30, 2019

313,882

$                        

22.82

We estimate, as of the date of grant, the fair value of Performance Units with a discounted cash flow model, using as model 

inputs the risk-free rate of return as the discount rate, dividend yield for dividends not paid during the restriction period, and 

a discount for lack of marketability for a one-year post-vest holding period. The lack of marketability discount used is the 

present value of a future put option using Monte-Carlo and Black-Scholes pricing models. The weighted average assumptions 

used for the fiscal years ended June 30 are noted in the table following.  

Share-based  compensation  expenses  related  to  performance-based  shares  recognized  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 

comprehensive income are presented in the following table for the fiscal years ended June 30 (in thousands). 

Volatility

Risk-free rate of return

Dividend yield

Expected average life (years)

2019

2018

2017

32.1%

2.72%

3.24%

3.0

32.9%

1.41%

2.47%

1.9

30.8%

0.92%

1.97%

2.0

Fiscal 2016 grants

Fiscal 2017 grants

Fiscal 2018 grants

Fiscal 2019 grants

Total expense

2019

2018

2017

$                 

5

$               

92

$             

794

-

(457)

321

(12)

457

-

12

-

-

$           

(131)

$             

537

$             

806

As of June 30, 2019, we estimate $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock units 

granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.  

Restricted Stock Awards 

awards outstanding, respectively. 

There was no restricted stock award activity during fiscal 2019. As of June 30, 2019 or 2018, there were no restricted stock 

Ethan Allen provides additional benefits to selected members of management in  the form of previously entered deferred 
compensation arrangements and a management cash bonus and other incentive programs. The total cost of these benefits 
was $0.7 million, $0.1 million, and $1.0 million in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

(19) Segment Information 

Operating segments are defined as (i) components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may 
earn revenue and incur expense, (ii) have operating results that are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating 
decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and (iii) for 
which discrete financial information is available. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is its chief operating decision maker 
(“CODM”) and reviews financial information at the operating segment level and is responsible for making decisions about 
resources allocated amongst the operating segments based on actual results. Our operating segments are aligned with how 
the Company, including its CODM, manages the business.  As such, our reportable operating segments are the Wholesale 
segment and the Retail segment. 

Our wholesale and retail operating segments represent strategic business areas of our vertically integrated enterprise that 
operate separately and provide their own distinctive services. This vertical structure enables us to offer our complete line of 
home furnishings and accents more effectively while controlling quality and cost. We evaluate performance of the respective 
segments based upon revenues and operating income. Inter-segment transactions result, primarily, from the wholesale sale 
of inventory to the retail segment, including the related profit margin.  

As of June 30, 2019, the Company operated 144 design centers (our retail segment) and our independent retailers operated 
158  design  centers.  Our  wholesale  segment  net  sales  include  sales  to  our  retail  segment,  which  are  eliminated  in 
consolidation, and sales to our independent retailers. Our retail segment net sales accounted for 79% of our consolidated net 
sales in fiscal 2019. Our wholesale segment net sales to independent retailers and other third parties accounted for the remaining 
21%. Our ten largest customers were all within our wholesale segment and represent 12.4% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 
2019. These customers are the GSA and nine independent retailers who operate 116 design centers.  

60 

61 

 
 
     
     
        
    
     
 
 
                    
                
                 
              
               
                
               
                
                
 
 
 
 
 
Information for each of the last three fiscal years ended June 30 is provided below (in thousands): 

The following table sets forth long-lived assets by geographic area at June 30 (in thousands): 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Net s a l es
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment
El i mi na ti on of i nter-compa ny s a l es

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

Opera ti ng i ncome
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment 
Adjus tment of i ntercompa ny profi t(1)

2019

2018

2017

$   

441,551
589,829
(284,696)

$   

475,731
587,502
(296,449)

$   

453,326
603,677
(293,618)

$   

746,684

$   

766,784

$   

763,385

$     

42,481
(10,529)

$     

48,499
(1,738)

$     

53,505
1,198

1,995

2,106

3,247

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

$     

33,947

$     

48,867

$     

57,950

(20) Commitments and Contingencies 

Depreci a ti on a nd a morti za ti on
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

$       

7,560
12,077

$       

7,752
12,079

$       

7,550
12,565

$     

19,637

$     

19,831

$     

20,115

Ca pi ta l  expendi tures
Whol es a l e s egment
Reta i l  s egment

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

$       

3,340
5,780

$       

4,286
8,200

$       

8,589
9,056

$       

9,120

$     

12,486

$     

17,645

(1)  Represents the change in wholesale profit contained in Company-owned design center inventory at the end of the period. 

($ in thousands)
Total Assets
Wholesale segment
Retail segment
Inventory profit elimination(1)

2019

June 30,
2018

2017

$      

237,354
299,125

$      

241,616
317,590

$      

279,364
319,341

(26,128)

(28,773)

(30,483)

Consolidated Total

$      

510,351

$      

530,433

$      

568,222

(1)  The wholesale profit contained in the retail segment inventory that has not yet been realized. These profits are realized 

when the related inventory is sold.  

Geographic Information 

Our international net sales are comprised of our wholesale segment sales to independent retailers and our retail segment 
sales to consumers through the Company operated design centers.  

The number of international design centers and the related net sales as a percent of our consolidated net sales is shown in 
the following table. 

United States

Mexico

Honduras

Canada

Total long-lived assets (1)

2019

2018

2017

$  

218,034

$  

239,567

$  

239,885

18,144

8,057

1,011

18,323

8,637

1,376

20,142

9,011

1,160

$  

245,246

$  

267,903

$  

270,198

(1)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization and 

exclude goodwill, intangible assets, deferred taxes and other assets. 

Commitments represent obligations, such as those for future purchases of goods or services that are not yet recorded on the 

balance  sheet  as  liabilities.  We  record  liabilities  for  commitments  when  incurred  (i.e.,  when  the  goods  or  services  are 

received). 

Lease Commitments 

We lease real property and equipment under various operating lease agreements expiring at various times through 2039. Of 

the 144 Company operated retail design centers, 94 of the properties were leased as of June 30, 2019. Leases covering these 

retail design center locations and other equipment may require, in addition to stated minimums, contingent rentals based 

on retail sales or equipment usage. Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  

Total minimum rental payments associated with our leases are recorded as rent  expense (a component of Selling, General 

& Administrative expenses)  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  periods  of  the  respective  non-cancelable  lease  terms.  Future 

minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to June 30, 2019, 

and thereafter are shown in the table below. Also shown are minimum future rentals from subleases, which will partially 

offset lease payments in the aggregate (in thousands): 

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 a nd therea fter

Tota l  

Future Mi ni mum

Future Mi ni mum

Lea s e Pa yments

Subl ea s e Renta l s

$                  

33,761

$                     

1,800

30,534

26,443

20,276

15,345

43,500

1,611

1,491

1,055

403

721

$                

169,859

$                     

7,081

2019

2018

2017

76

34,454

(2,060)

133

33,867

(1,853)

142

33,175

(1,824)

$    

32,394

$    

32,014

$    

31,351

Total rent expense for each of the past three fiscal years ended June 30 was as follows (in thousands): 

Bas i c rental s  under operati ng l eas es

$    

34,378

$    

33,734

$    

33,033

Conti ngent rental s  under operati ng l eas es

Bas i c and conti ngent rental s

Les s : s ubl eas e rent

Total  rent expens e

Deferred rent credits and deferred lease incentives are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption Other 

long-term liabilities, and are amortized over the respective underlying lease terms on a straight-line basis as a reduction of 

rent expense. Amounts recorded at June 30 are as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred rent credits

Deferred lease incentives

2019

2018

$    

11,987

$    

13,488

5,143

4,532

$ 

17,130

$ 

18,020

63 

Independent design centers
Company operated design centers

Total international design centers

% of total design centers international
% of consolidated net sales

118
6
124

41.1%
6.8%

104
6
110

37.2%
10.2%

107
6
113

37.3%
10.0%

Sales by Country
United States
All Others

2019

2018

2017

93.2%
6.8%

89.8%
10.2%

90.0%
10.0%

62 

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,
2018

2019

2017

 
 
     
     
     
   
   
   
     
       
         
         
         
         
       
       
       
         
         
         
 
         
         
         
          
          
          
 
            
            
            
                 
                 
                 
            
            
            
 
 
 
      
      
      
         
         
         
         
         
         
 
                    
                       
                    
                       
                    
                       
                    
                          
                    
                          
  
             
           
           
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
        
        
  
Information for each of the last three fiscal years ended June 30 is provided below (in thousands): 

The following table sets forth long-lived assets by geographic area at June 30 (in thousands): 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Net s a l es

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment

El i mi na ti on of i nter-compa ny s a l es

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

Opera ti ng i ncome

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment 

Adjus tment of i ntercompa ny profi t(1)

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

Depreci a ti on a nd a morti za ti on

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

Ca pi ta l  expendi tures

Whol es a l e s egment

Reta i l  s egment

Cons ol i da ted Tota l

2019

2018

2017

$   

441,551

$   

475,731

$   

453,326

589,829

(284,696)

587,502

(296,449)

603,677

(293,618)

$   

746,684

$   

766,784

$   

763,385

$     

42,481

$     

48,499

$     

53,505

(10,529)

1,995

(1,738)

2,106

1,198

3,247

$     

33,947

$     

48,867

$     

57,950

$       

7,560

$       

7,752

$       

7,550

12,077

12,079

12,565

$     

19,637

$     

19,831

$     

20,115

$       

3,340

$       

4,286

$       

8,589

5,780

8,200

9,056

$       

9,120

$     

12,486

$     

17,645

($ in thousands)

Total Assets

Wholesale segment

Retail segment

Inventory profit elimination(1)

2019

2017

June 30,

2018

$      

237,354

$      

241,616

$      

279,364

299,125

(26,128)

317,590

(28,773)

319,341

(30,483)

Consolidated Total

$      

510,351

$      

530,433

$      

568,222

Independent design centers

Company operated design centers

Total international design centers

% of total design centers international

% of consolidated net sales

Sales by Country

United States

All Others

118

6

124

41.1%

6.8%

93.2%

6.8%

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

107

6

113

37.3%

10.0%

90.0%

10.0%

104

6

110

37.2%

10.2%

89.8%

10.2%

62 

(1)  Represents the change in wholesale profit contained in Company-owned design center inventory at the end of the period. 

(1)  The wholesale profit contained in the retail segment inventory that has not yet been realized. These profits are realized 

when the related inventory is sold.  

Geographic Information 

Our international net sales are comprised of our wholesale segment sales to independent retailers and our retail segment 

sales to consumers through the Company operated design centers.  

The number of international design centers and the related net sales as a percent of our consolidated net sales is shown in 

the following table. 

United States
Mexico
Honduras
Canada

Total long-lived assets (1)

$  

2019
218,034
18,144
8,057
1,011

$  

2018
239,567
18,323
8,637
1,376

$  

2017
239,885
20,142
9,011
1,160

$  

245,246

$  

267,903

$  

270,198

(1)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization and 

exclude goodwill, intangible assets, deferred taxes and other assets. 

(20) Commitments and Contingencies 

Commitments represent obligations, such as those for future purchases of goods or services that are not yet recorded on the 
balance  sheet  as  liabilities.  We  record  liabilities  for  commitments  when  incurred  (i.e.,  when  the  goods  or  services  are 
received). 

Lease Commitments 

We lease real property and equipment under various operating lease agreements expiring at various times through 2039. Of 
the 144 Company operated retail design centers, 94 of the properties were leased as of June 30, 2019. Leases covering these 
retail design center locations and other equipment may require, in addition to stated minimums, contingent rentals based 
on retail sales or equipment usage. Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  

Total minimum rental payments associated with our leases are recorded as rent  expense (a component of Selling, General 
& Administrative expenses)  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  periods  of  the  respective  non-cancelable  lease  terms.  Future 
minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to June 30, 2019, 
and thereafter are shown in the table below. Also shown are minimum future rentals from subleases, which will partially 
offset lease payments in the aggregate (in thousands): 

Fi s ca l  Yea r Ended June 30,

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 a nd therea fter

Tota l  

Future Mi ni mum
Lea s e Pa yments

Future Mi ni mum
Subl ea s e Renta l s

$                  

33,761

$                     

1,800

30,534

26,443

20,276

15,345

43,500

1,611

1,491

1,055

403

721

$                

169,859

$                     

7,081

Total rent expense for each of the past three fiscal years ended June 30 was as follows (in thousands): 

2019

2018

2017

Bas i c rental s  under operati ng l eas es

$    

34,378

$    

33,734

$    

33,033

Conti ngent rental s  under operati ng l eas es

Bas i c and conti ngent rental s

Les s : s ubl eas e rent

Total  rent expens e

76

34,454

(2,060)

133

33,867

(1,853)

142

33,175

(1,824)

$    

32,394

$    

32,014

$    

31,351

Deferred rent credits and deferred lease incentives are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption Other 
long-term liabilities, and are amortized over the respective underlying lease terms on a straight-line basis as a reduction of 
rent expense. Amounts recorded at June 30 are as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred rent credits
Deferred lease incentives

$    

2019
11,987
5,143

$    

2018
13,488
4,532

$ 

17,130

$ 

18,020

63 

 
 
     
     
     
   
   
   
     
       
         
         
         
         
       
       
       
         
         
         
 
         
         
         
          
          
          
 
            
            
            
                 
                 
                 
            
            
            
 
 
 
      
      
      
         
         
         
         
         
         
 
                    
                       
                    
                       
                    
                       
                    
                          
                    
                          
  
             
           
           
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
        
        
  
Purchase Commitments with Suppliers 

mitigates our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

value of these indemnification obligations is immaterial. 

(21) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The following table presents selected unaudited financial information for each of the quarterly periods in the years ended 

June 30, 2019 and 2018. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future quarterly results and, accordingly, 

period-to-period comparisons should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance (in thousands, except per 

share data): 

Purchase obligations are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding that specify all  significant terms, 
including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate 
timing of the transaction. We do, in the normal course of business, regularly initiate purchase orders for the procurement of 
(i) selected finished goods sourced from third-party suppliers, (ii) lumber, fabric, leather and other raw materials used in 
production, and (iii) certain outsourced services. All purchase orders are based on current needs and are fulfilled by suppliers 
within short time periods. At June 30, 2019, our open purchase orders with respect to such goods and services totaled $23.9 
million and are to be paid in less than one year. Other purchase commitments included within this table represent payment 
due for other services such as telecommunication, computer-related software, royalties, web development, insurance and 
other  maintenance  contracts.  There  were  no  material  changes  in  our  purchase  commitments  with  suppliers  during  fiscal 
2019. 

Legal Matters 

We are routinely party to various legal proceedings, including investigations or as a defendant in litigation, in the ordinary 
course of business. We are also subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection laws and regulations and 
are involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings regarding environmental matters. Such investigations and 
proceedings typically concern air emissions, water discharges, and/or management of solid and hazardous wastes. Under 
these laws, we and/or our subsidiaries are, or may be, required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the 
disposal or release of certain hazardous materials.  

Regulations  issued  under  the  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990  required  the  industry  to  reformulate  certain  furniture 
finishes or institute process changes to reduce emissions  of volatile organic  compounds. Compliance  with many of these 
requirements has been facilitated through the introduction of high solids coating technology and alternative formulations. In 
addition, we have instituted a variety of technical and procedural controls, including reformulation of finishing materials to 
reduce toxicity, implementation of high velocity low pressure spray systems, development of storm water protection plans 
and controls, and further development of related inspection/audit teams, all of which have served to reduce emissions per 
unit of production. We remain committed to implementing new waste minimization programs and/or enhancing  existing 
programs with the objective of (i) reducing the total volume of waste, (ii) limiting the liability associated with waste disposal, 
and  (iii)  continuously  improving  environmental  and  job  safety  programs  on  the  factory  floor  which  serve  to  minimize 
emissions and safety risks for employees. To reduce the use of hazardous materials in the manufacturing process, we will 
continue  to  evaluate  the  most  appropriate,  cost-effective  control  technologies  for  finishing  operations  and  production 
methods. We believe that our facilities are in material compliance with all such applicable laws and regulations. Our currently 
anticipated capital expenditures for environmental control facility matters are not material. 

On a quarterly basis, we review our litigation activities and determine if an unfavorable outcome to us is considered “remote”, 
“reasonably possible” or “probable” as defined by ASC 450, Contingencies. Where we determine an unfavorable outcome is 
probable and is reasonably estimable, we accrue for potential litigation losses.  The liability we may ultimately incur with 
respect to such litigation matters, in the event of a negative outcome, may be in excess of amounts currently accrued, if any; 
however, we do not expect that the reasonably possible outcome of these litigation matters would, individually or in the 
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Where we determine 
an unfavorable outcome is not probable or reasonably estimable, we do not accrue for any potential litigation loss. 

Although the outcome of the various claims and proceedings against us cannot  be predicted with certainty, management 
believes that the likelihood is remote that any existing claims or proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a 
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Indemnifications 

As permitted or required under Delaware law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, the Company has certain 
obligations to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or 
director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director 
or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests 
of the Company, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct 
was  unlawful.  The  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  Ethan  Allen  could  be  required  to  make  under  these 
indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that it believes 

64 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

mitigates our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair 
value of these indemnification obligations is immaterial. 

(21) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The following table presents selected unaudited financial information for each of the quarterly periods in the years ended 
June 30, 2019 and 2018. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future quarterly results and, accordingly, 
period-to-period comparisons should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance (in thousands, except per 
share data): 

Purchase Commitments with Suppliers 

Purchase obligations are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding that specify all  significant terms, 

including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate 

timing of the transaction. We do, in the normal course of business, regularly initiate purchase orders for the procurement of 

(i) selected finished goods sourced from third-party suppliers, (ii) lumber, fabric, leather and other raw materials used in 

production, and (iii) certain outsourced services. All purchase orders are based on current needs and are fulfilled by suppliers 

within short time periods. At June 30, 2019, our open purchase orders with respect to such goods and services totaled $23.9 

million and are to be paid in less than one year. Other purchase commitments included within this table represent payment 

due for other services such as telecommunication, computer-related software, royalties, web development, insurance and 

other  maintenance  contracts.  There  were  no  material  changes  in  our  purchase  commitments  with  suppliers  during  fiscal 

2019. 

Legal Matters 

We are routinely party to various legal proceedings, including investigations or as a defendant in litigation, in the ordinary 

course of business. We are also subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection laws and regulations and 

are involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings regarding environmental matters. Such investigations and 

proceedings typically concern air emissions, water discharges, and/or management of solid and hazardous wastes. Under 

these laws, we and/or our subsidiaries are, or may be, required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the 

disposal or release of certain hazardous materials.  

Regulations  issued  under  the  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  of  1990  required  the  industry  to  reformulate  certain  furniture 

finishes or institute process changes to reduce emissions  of volatile organic  compounds. Compliance  with many of these 

requirements has been facilitated through the introduction of high solids coating technology and alternative formulations. In 

addition, we have instituted a variety of technical and procedural controls, including reformulation of finishing materials to 

reduce toxicity, implementation of high velocity low pressure spray systems, development of storm water protection plans 

and controls, and further development of related inspection/audit teams, all of which have served to reduce emissions per 

unit  of production. We remain committed to implementing new waste minimization programs and/or enhancing existing 

programs with the objective of (i) reducing the total volume of waste, (ii) limiting the liability associated with waste disposal, 

and  (iii)  continuously  improving  environmental  and  job  safety  programs  on  the  factory  floor  which  serve  to  minimize 

emissions and safety risks for employees. To reduce the use of hazardous materials in the manufacturing process, we will 

continue  to  evaluate  the  most  appropriate,  cost-effective  control  technologies  for  finishing  operations  and  production 

methods. We believe that our facilities are in material compliance with all such applicable laws and regulations. Our currently 

anticipated capital expenditures for environmental control facility matters are not material. 

On a quarterly basis, we review our litigation activities and determine if an unfavorable outcome to us is considered “remote”, 

“reasonably possible” or “probable” as defined by ASC 450, Contingencies. Where we determine an unfavorable outcome is 

probable and is reasonably estimable, we accrue for potential litigation losses.  The liability we may ultimately incur with 

respect to such litigation matters, in the event of a negative outcome, may be in excess of amounts currently accrued, if any; 

however, we do not expect that the reasonably possible outcome of these litigation matters would, individually or in the 

aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Where we determine 

an unfavorable outcome is not probable or reasonably estimable, we do not accrue for any potential litigation loss. 

Although the outcome of the various claims and proceedings against us cannot  be predicted with certainty, management 

believes that the likelihood is remote that any existing claims or proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a 

material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Indemnifications 

As permitted or required under Delaware law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, the Company has certain 

obligations to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or 

director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director 

or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests 

of the Company, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct 

was  unlawful.  The  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  Ethan  Allen  could  be  required  to  make  under  these 

indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that it believes 

64 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

PART III 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chairman of the 
Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Vice President Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management,  including the CEO and CFO, we have evaluated the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO 
have concluded that, as of June 30, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information 
relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries), which is required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit 
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting is included under Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s  attestation  report  on  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

MATTERS 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  during  the  fiscal  quarter  ended  June  30,  2019  that  has  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be 

included under the caption Security Ownership of Common Stock of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in our proxy 

statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Code of Ethics  

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal 

accounting officer or controller, all other officers and our directors. A copy of this code of conduct is available at our website 

at  www.ethanallen.com/governance.  We  intend  to  disclose  any  amendment  of  our  Code  of  Ethics,  or  any  waiver  of  any 

provision thereof, on our website within  four days of the date of such amendment or waiver. In the case of a waiver, the 

nature  of  the  waiver,  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  the  waiver  was  granted,  and the  date  of  the  waiver  will  also  be 

disclosed.  

reference. 

Information contained on, or connected to, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-

K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC. 

Identification of Executive Officers  

The information required relating to our executive officers is included under the heading Information About our Executive 

Officers  in  Part  I,  Item  1  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  all  of  that  information  is  incorporated  in  this  item  by 

The remaining information required by this Item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table summarizes as of June 30, 2019, the number of outstanding equity awards granted to employees and 

non-employee directors, as well as the number of equity awards remaining available for future issuance, under  our equity 

compensation plans: 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders 

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security holders(3) 

Total 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

Number of securities to 

be issued upon exercise 

of outstanding options, 

Weighted average 

exercise price of 

Number of securities remaining 

available for future issuance under 

outstanding options, 

equity compensation plans (excluding 

warrants and rights 

warrants and rights 

securities reflected in the first column) 

692,793(1) 

$21.95(2) 

- 

692,793 

- 

$21.95 

1,586,906 

- 

1,586,906 

(1)  Amount includes stock options outstanding under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan as well as unvested shares of restricted 

stock and vested stock units which have been provided for under the provisions of the option plan. 

(2)  Calculated  without  taking  into  account  shares  of  Company  common  stock  subject  to  outstanding  stock  unit  awards  that  will 

become issuable as they vest, without any cash consideration or other payment required for such shares. 

(3)  As of June 30, 2019, we did not maintain any equity compensation plans that have not been approved by our shareholders. 

66 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

on Form 10-K. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

PART III 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 

Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 

and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chairman of the 

Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Vice President Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

(“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management,  including the CEO and CFO, we have evaluated the 

effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-

15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO 

have concluded that, as of June 30, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information 

relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries), which is required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit 

under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 

and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Code of Ethics  

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal 
accounting officer or controller, all other officers and our directors. A copy of this code of conduct is available at our website 
at  www.ethanallen.com/governance.  We  intend  to  disclose  any  amendment  of  our  Code  of  Ethics,  or  any  waiver  of  any 
provision thereof, on our website within  four days of the date of such amendment or waiver. In the case of a waiver, the 
nature  of  the  waiver,  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  the  waiver  was  granted,  and the  date  of  the  waiver  will  also  be 
disclosed.  

Information contained on, or connected to, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-
K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC. 

Identification of Executive Officers  

The information required relating to our executive officers is included under the heading Information About our Executive 
Officers  in  Part  I,  Item  1  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  all  of  that  information  is  incorporated  in  this  item  by 
reference. 

The remaining information required by this Item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting is included under Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s  attestation  report  on  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 

15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  during  the  fiscal  quarter  ended  June  30,  2019  that  has  materially  affected,  or  are 

reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be 
included under the caption Security Ownership of Common Stock of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in our proxy 
statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table summarizes as of June 30, 2019, the number of outstanding equity awards granted to employees and 
non-employee directors, as well as the number of equity awards remaining available for future issuance, under  our equity 
compensation plans: 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders(3) 

Total 

(a) 
Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(b) 
Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans (excluding 
securities reflected in the first column) 

692,793(1) 

$21.95(2) 

- 

692,793 

- 

$21.95 

1,586,906 

- 

1,586,906 

(1)  Amount includes stock options outstanding under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan as well as unvested shares of restricted 

stock and vested stock units which have been provided for under the provisions of the option plan. 

(2)  Calculated  without  taking  into  account  shares  of  Company  common  stock  subject  to  outstanding  stock  unit  awards  that  will 

become issuable as they vest, without any cash consideration or other payment required for such shares. 

(3)  As of June 30, 2019, we did not maintain any equity compensation plans that have not been approved by our shareholders. 

66 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

3.9 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Ethan Allen Inc. (now 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(h) 

  2/3/2006 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
and  is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

known as Ethan Allen Retail, Inc.)  

3.10 

Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Manufacturing 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(i) 

  2/3/2006 

Corporation (now known as Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

3.11 

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(i)-1 

  2/3/2006 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

Ethan Allen Manufacturing Corporation (now known as 

Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(1)  Financial Statements.  

PART IV 

The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 
-  Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2019 and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. 

Separate financial statement schedules have been omitted either because they are not applicable or because 
the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes described in Item 15(a)(1) 
above. 

(3)   Exhibits. 

The information required by this item is set forth below.  

 Exhibit 
Number 

    Exhibit Description 

Incorporated by Reference 

   Form    

File No. 

   Exhibit 

Filing  
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

3.12 

By-laws of Ethan Allen Manufacturing Corporation (now 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(j) 

  2/3/2006 

known as, Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

  Certificate of Formation of Ethan Allen Realty, LLC  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Ethan 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(k) 

3(l) 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

3.15 

Amendment No. 1 to Operating Agreement of Ethan Allen 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(l)-1 

  2/3/2006 

Allen Realty, LLC  

Realty, LLC as of June 30, 2005 

  Certificate of Incorporation of Lake Avenue Associates, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(m) 

  2/3/2006 

  By-laws of Lake Avenue Associates, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  Certificate of Incorporation of Manor House, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  Restated By-laws of Manor House, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  Description of Securities 

- 

- 

3(n) 

3(o) 

3(p) 

- 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

- 

Restated Directors Indemnification Agreement dated March 

S-1 

33-57216 

10(c) 

  3/16/1993 

3.13 

3.14 

3.16 

3.17 

3.18 

3.19 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2* 

The Ethan Allen Retirement Savings Plan as Amended and 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(b)-7 

  11/5/2007 

10.3 

Sales Finance Agreement, dated June 25, 1999, between the 

10-K   

001-11692 

10(j) 

  9/13/2000 

10.4 

Second Amended and Restated Private Label Consumer 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-3 

  11/5/2007 

10.5 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-1 

  5/10/2010 

10.6 

Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-2 

  5/10/2010 

10.7 

Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-3 

  11/3/2010 

10.8 

Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(d)-4 

  1/31/2014 

1993, among the Company and Ethan Allen and their 

Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the 

Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed 

with the SEC on March 16, 1993) 

Restated, effective January 1, 2006 

Company and MBNA America Bank, N.A.  

Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2007, 

by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, 

Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as 

of July 25, 2008, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 

Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, 

dated as of February 16, 2010, by and between Ethan Allen 

Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as 

of June 30, 2011, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 

Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement 

dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Ethan Allen 

Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, Inc., and GE Capital Retail 

Bank  

69 

X 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

  By-laws of Ethan Allen Global, Inc. 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Inc. 
(now known as, Ethan Allen Retail, Inc.)  

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of Ethan Allen Inc. (now known as Ethan Allen 
Retail, Inc.)  

68 

Certificate of Designations relating to the New Convertible 
Preferred Stock dated as of March 23, 1993 

Certificate of Designations of Series C Junior Participating 
Preferred Stock dated as of July 3, 1996, and Certificate of 
Amendment of Certificate of Designations of Series C Junior 
Participating Preferred Stock dated as of December 27, 
2004  

  Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company 

  8-K 

001-11692 

  Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Global, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(d) 

3(e) 

3(f) 

3(g) 

  11/18/2016   

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

  8-K 

001-11692 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.8 

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(a) 

3(b) 

  11/18/2016   

  8/12/2015 

10-K   

001-11692 

3(c) 

  8/12/2015 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(g)-1 

  2/3/2006 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

10-K   

001-11692 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

and  is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in our proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

and is incorporated in this item by reference. 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(1)  Financial Statements.  

PART IV 

The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

-  Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Separate financial statement schedules have been omitted either because they are not applicable or because 

the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes described in Item 15(a)(1) 

-  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. 

above. 

(3)   Exhibits. 

The information required by this item is set forth below.  

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.8 

 Exhibit 

Number 

    Exhibit Description 

Incorporated by Reference 

   Form    

File No. 

   Exhibit 

Filing  

Date 

Filed 

Herewith 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

  8-K 

001-11692 

Certificate of Designations relating to the New Convertible 

10-K   

001-11692 

3(a) 

3(b) 

  11/18/2016   

  8/12/2015 

Preferred Stock dated as of March 23, 1993 

Certificate of Designations of Series C Junior Participating 

10-K   

001-11692 

3(c) 

  8/12/2015 

Preferred Stock dated as of July 3, 1996, and Certificate of 

Amendment of Certificate of Designations of Series C Junior 

Participating Preferred Stock dated as of December 27, 

2004  

  Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company 

  8-K 

001-11692 

  11/18/2016   

  Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Global, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  By-laws of Ethan Allen Global, Inc. 

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Inc. 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

(now known as, Ethan Allen Retail, Inc.)  

3(d) 

3(e) 

3(f) 

3(g) 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(g)-1 

  2/3/2006 

Incorporation of Ethan Allen Inc. (now known as Ethan Allen 

Retail, Inc.)  

68 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.9 

3.10 

3.11 

3.12 

3.13 

3.14 

3.15 

3.16 

3.17 

3.18 

3.19 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2* 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Ethan Allen Inc. (now 
known as Ethan Allen Retail, Inc.)  

Certificate of Incorporation of Ethan Allen Manufacturing 
Corporation (now known as Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of 
Ethan Allen Manufacturing Corporation (now known as 
Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

By-laws of Ethan Allen Manufacturing Corporation (now 
known as, Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.)  

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(h) 

  2/3/2006 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(i) 

  2/3/2006 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(i)-1 

  2/3/2006 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(j) 

  2/3/2006 

  Certificate of Formation of Ethan Allen Realty, LLC  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(k) 

3(l) 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Ethan 
Allen Realty, LLC  

Amendment No. 1 to Operating Agreement of Ethan Allen 
Realty, LLC as of June 30, 2005 

S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(l)-1 

  2/3/2006 

  Certificate of Incorporation of Lake Avenue Associates, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(m) 

  2/3/2006 

  By-laws of Lake Avenue Associates, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  Certificate of Incorporation of Manor House, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

  Restated By-laws of Manor House, Inc.  

  S-4 

  333-131539-06 

3(n) 

3(o) 

3(p) 

- 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

  2/3/2006 

- 

- 

S-1 

- 

33-57216 

10(c) 

  3/16/1993 

  Description of Securities 

Restated Directors Indemnification Agreement dated March 
1993, among the Company and Ethan Allen and their 
Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed 
with the SEC on March 16, 1993) 

The Ethan Allen Retirement Savings Plan as Amended and 
Restated, effective January 1, 2006 

Sales Finance Agreement, dated June 25, 1999, between the 
Company and MBNA America Bank, N.A.  

Second Amended and Restated Private Label Consumer 
Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2007, 
by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, 
Inc. and GE Money Bank  

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 
Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as 
of July 25, 2008, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 
Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated 
Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, 
dated as of February 16, 2010, by and between Ethan Allen 
Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 
Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as 
of June 30, 2011, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 
Ethan Allen Retail, Inc. and GE Money Bank  

Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated 
Private Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement 
dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Ethan Allen 
Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Retail, Inc., and GE Capital Retail 
Bank  

69 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(b)-7 

  11/5/2007 

10-K   

001-11692 

10(j) 

  9/13/2000 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-3 

  11/5/2007 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-1 

  5/10/2010 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-2 

  5/10/2010 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(e)-3 

  11/3/2010 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(d)-4 

  1/31/2014 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

X 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

10.9 

Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 
Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement effective 
as of July 1, 2015, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 
Ethan Allen Retail, Inc., and Synchrony Bank  

10.10* 

Employment Agreement between the Company and M. 
Farooq Kathwari dated October 1, 2015  

10.11* 

  Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Agreement  

10.12* 

  Change in Control Severance Plan  

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009, among Ethan 
Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A., and Capital One Leverage Finance Corp 
(confidential treatment requested as to certain portions 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 23, 2009 to the 
Credit Agreement dated May 29, 2009, among Ethan Allen 
Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A., and the lenders thereunder  

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 25, 2011, to the 
Credit Agreement dated May 29, 2009, among Ethan Allen 
Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 
21, 2014, among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen 
Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Capital One, 
National Association  

Amendment No. 2 Dated as of September 10, 2015 to 
Amended and Restated credit agreement dated as of 
October 21, 2014 among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 
Syndication Agent, and Capital One, National Association as 
Documentation Agent dated as of October 21, 2014 

Amendment No. 3, dated as of January 22, 2016, to the 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 
October 21, 2014 among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan 
Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Capital 
One, National Association  

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among 
Ethan Allen Interiors, Inc., most of its domestic subsidiaries, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and 
Syndication Agent, and Capital One, National Association, as 
Documentation Agent, dated as of December 21, 2018 

10-K   

001-11692 

  10 (d)-5 

  8/12/2015 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  10/2/2015 

  8-K 

  8-K 

001-11692 

001-11692 

10.2 

10.3 

  10/2/2015 

  10/2/2015 

10-K   

001-11692 

  10(g)-2 

  8/24/2009 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-3 

  11/9/2009 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-3 

  5/5/2011 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

  Consent of KPMG LLP 

23 

31.1 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 

Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.2 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 

Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 

U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 

U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 

†

†

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS 

   XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101. PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document   

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

X 

X 

X 

- 

- 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  10/22/2014   

- 

*  Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement 

Furnished herewith 

(cid:3)ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

†(cid:3)

None. 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  9/11/2015 

- 

10-Q   

001-11692 

10.1 

  1/27/2016 

- 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  12/21/2018   

- 

10.20* 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. Stock Incentive Plan  

10.21* 

Form of Option Agreement for Grants to Independent 
Directors  

DEFC
14A 

001-11692 

  Appendix 
A 

  10/27/2015   

10-K   

001-11692 

  10(h)-4 

  9/13/2005 

10.22* 

  Form of Option Agreement for Grants to Employees  

  10-K   

001-11692 

  10(h)-5 

  9/13/2005 

10.23* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives  

10.24* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors 

10.25* 

Form of performance condition option agreement for 
employees  

  8-K 

  8-K 

001-11692 

  10(f)-1 

  11/19/2007   

001-11692 

  10(f)-2 

  11/19/2007   

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-5 

  5/1/2014 

21 

  List of subsidiaries of Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

X 

70 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

10.9 

Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Private 

10-K   

001-11692 

  10 (d)-5 

  8/12/2015 

Label Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement effective 

as of July 1, 2015, by and between Ethan Allen Global, Inc., 

Ethan Allen Retail, Inc., and Synchrony Bank  

10.10* 

Employment Agreement between the Company and M. 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  10/2/2015 

Farooq Kathwari dated October 1, 2015  

10.11* 

  Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Agreement  

10.12* 

  Change in Control Severance Plan  

  8-K 

  8-K 

001-11692 

001-11692 

10.2 

10.3 

  10/2/2015 

  10/2/2015 

10.13 

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009, among Ethan 

10-K   

001-11692 

  10(g)-2 

  8/24/2009 

10.14 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 23, 2009 to the 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-3 

  11/9/2009 

10.15 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 25, 2011, to the 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-3 

  5/5/2011 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1

†

32.2

†

  Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS 

   XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101. PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document   

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

X 

X 

X 

- 

- 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

10.16 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  10/22/2014   

- 

*  Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement 

10.17 

Amendment No. 2 Dated as of September 10, 2015 to 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  9/11/2015 

- 

Furnished herewith 

†(cid:3)
(cid:3)ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 

Bank, N.A., and Capital One Leverage Finance Corp 

(confidential treatment requested as to certain portions 

Credit Agreement dated May 29, 2009, among Ethan Allen 

Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 

Bank, N.A., and the lenders thereunder  

Credit Agreement dated May 29, 2009, among Ethan Allen 

Global, Inc., Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase 

Bank, N.A., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   

21, 2014, among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan Allen 

Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Capital One, 

National Association  

Amended and Restated credit agreement dated as of 

October 21, 2014 among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., and 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 

Syndication Agent, and Capital One, National Association as 

Documentation Agent dated as of October 21, 2014 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 

October 21, 2014 among Ethan Allen Global, Inc., Ethan 

Allen Interiors Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Capital 

One, National Association  

Ethan Allen Interiors, Inc., most of its domestic subsidiaries, 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and 

Syndication Agent, and Capital One, National Association, as 

Documentation Agent, dated as of December 21, 2018 

10.18 

Amendment No. 3, dated as of January 22, 2016, to the 

10-Q   

001-11692 

10.1 

  1/27/2016 

- 

10.19 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among 

8-K 

001-11692 

10.1 

  12/21/2018   

- 

10.20* 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. Stock Incentive Plan  

001-11692 

  Appendix 

  10/27/2015   

A 

10.21* 

Form of Option Agreement for Grants to Independent 

10-K   

001-11692 

  10(h)-4 

  9/13/2005 

10.22* 

  Form of Option Agreement for Grants to Employees  

  10-K   

001-11692 

  10(h)-5 

  9/13/2005 

10.23* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives  

001-11692 

  10(f)-1 

  11/19/2007   

10.24* 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors 

001-11692 

  10(f)-2 

  11/19/2007   

10.25* 

Form of performance condition option agreement for 

10-Q   

001-11692 

  10(g)-5 

  5/1/2014 

DEFC

14A 

  8-K 

  8-K 

Directors  

employees  

21 

  List of subsidiaries of Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

X 

70 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: August 9, 2019 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. 
(Registrant) 

By/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 
(M. Farooq Kathwari) 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints  M. Farooq 
Kathwari and Corey Whitely, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power 
of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to 
sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other 
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorneys-in-fact 
and  agents,  and  each  of  them,  full  power  and  authority  to  do  and  perform  each  and  every  act  and  thing  requisite  and 
necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or such person’s substitute 
or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed 
below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on August 9, 2019. 

Name 

/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 
(M. Farooq Kathwari) 

/s/ Corey Whitely 
(Corey Whitely) 

/s/ Matthew J. McNulty 
(Matthew J. McNulty) 

/s/ James B. Carlson 
(James B. Carlson) 

/s/ John J. Dooner Jr. 
(John J. Dooner Jr.) 

/s/ Domenick J. Esposito 
(Domenick J. Esposito) 

/s/ Mary Garrett 
(Mary Garrett) 

/s/ James W. Schmotter 
(James W. Schmotter) 

/s/ Tara I. Stacom 
(Tara I. Stacom) 

Title 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President, Administration,  
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 (Principal Financial Officer)  

Vice President, Corporate Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

72 

T H I S   PA G E   I N T E N T I O N A L LY   L E F T   B L A N K

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES  

Date: August 9, 2019 

ETHAN ALLEN INTERIORS INC. 

(Registrant) 

By/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 

(M. Farooq Kathwari) 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints  M. Farooq 

Kathwari and Corey Whitely, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power 

of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to 

sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other 

documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorneys-in-fact 

and  agents,  and  each  of  them,  full  power  and  authority  to  do  and  perform  each  and  every  act  and  thing  requisite  and 

necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, 

hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or such person’s substitute 

or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed 

below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on August 9, 2019. 

Title 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President, Administration,  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

 (Principal Financial Officer)  

Vice President, Corporate Controller 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Name 

/s/ M. Farooq Kathwari 

(M. Farooq Kathwari) 

/s/ Corey Whitely 

(Corey Whitely) 

/s/ Matthew J. McNulty 

(Matthew J. McNulty) 

/s/ James B. Carlson 

(James B. Carlson) 

/s/ John J. Dooner Jr. 

(John J. Dooner Jr.) 

/s/ Domenick J. Esposito 

(Domenick J. Esposito) 

/s/ Mary Garrett 

(Mary Garrett) 

/s/ James W. Schmotter 

(James W. Schmotter) 

/s/ Tara I. Stacom 

(Tara I. Stacom) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

72 

T H I S   PA G E   I N T E N T I O N A L LY   L E F T   B L A N K

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the home we all share

ETHAN ALLE N  CRE ATE S  FUR N I S HI N GS  F O R T HE  H OM E I N  WAYS  T H AT 
HONOR THE HO ME WE  ALL S H ARE . T H ERE ’S  N O H OM E  TO  WH I CH  WE AS 
A COMPANY AR E MO R E COM M I T T ED  BE CAUS E T HE  STA K ES   H AV E  NEV ER 
BEEN H IGHER :  THE WAY WE  T REAT OU R WORL D N OW WI L L D E T E RMINE 
THE COURSE O F  HU MANITY ’ S   F UT UR E.

Our commitment to protect this world, rather than to treat it 

fine-tune our processes and deliver more value to our  

with disregard, is a commitment that’s good for the heart and 

clients and shareholders. New ideas and new technologies 

even better for business. Finding ways to use less electricity, 

not only lessen our environmental impact but also further 

water, and other resources, as well as ways to reduce the 

improve our profitability, our products, and our standing in 

amount of waste we put into landfills, helps us find ways to 

the marketplace. 

An ongoing focus on sustainability helps us do the things we 

and we’re setting ourselves up for major cost savings at  

already to a higher level; for example, when we replace a  

the same time. We launched our first environmental health 

boiler at a manufacturing plant with an energy-efficient  

and safety initiative in 2010. The work was immediately  

model, we’re doing the repairs we would have done anyway, 

productive, and those efforts were noticed.

Carbon 

Footprint

-30%

REDUCED

10.5 MILLION

pounds of CO2e

Electrical

Usage

-7%

REDUCED

2.6 MILLION

kW hours

Recycling

+4%

INCREASED

59,742

pounds

OU R  S USTAI NABIL I TY 

S UCCE S S  STO RY

Domestic Manufacturing 

2018 compared to our  

2010 baseline year

Water

Usage

-33%

REDUCED

11.9 MILLION

gallons

Greenhouse

Gases

-25%

REDUCED

10 MILLION

pounds of CO2e

Landfill Waste

-35%

REDUCED

1 MILLION

pounds

OUR ACHIEVEMENTS 

2013–2018: Named a Vermont Business  

Partner by Vermont’s Department of  

Environmental Conservation

2012–2018: New Jersey Department of  

Environmental Protection, Certificate of  

Environmental Stewardship

2012: Sage Awards Honorable Mention,  

American Home Furnishings Alliance

2012: Congressional Certificate of Special  

Recognition, Representative Chris Murphy (CT–5)

2011: Northeastern Loggers Association,  

Outstanding Use of Wood Award

2011: Environmental Merit Award, U.S.  

Environmental Protection Agency,  

New England Office 

2009, 2013: Vermont Governor’s Award  

2012: Environmental Excellence Award,  

for Environmental Excellence

American Home Furnishings Alliance; continuing 

membership in consortium through 2018

the home we all share

ETHAN A LLE N C RE ATES  F UR NI S HI N GS  F O R T HE  H OM E I N  WAYS  T H AT 

HONOR  THE  H OM E WE ALL S HA RE . T H ERE ’S  N O H OM E  TO  WH I CH  WE  AS 

A COM PA NY ARE M ORE COM M I T T ED  BE CAUS E T HE  STA K ES   H AV E  NEV ER 

BEEN HI GHER:  THE WAY WE T REAT OU R WOR L D N OW WI L L D E T E RMI NE 

THE COURS E O F  HU MANI TY’S  F UT UR E.

Our commitment to protect this world, rather than to treat it 

fine-tune our processes and deliver more value to our  

with disregard, is a commitment that’s good for the heart and 

clients and shareholders. New ideas and new technologies 

even better for business. Finding ways to use less electricity, 

not only lessen our environmental impact but also further 

water, and other resources, as well as ways to reduce the 

improve our profitability, our products, and our standing in 

amount of waste we put into landfills, helps us find ways to 

the marketplace. 

An ongoing focus on sustainability helps us do the things we 

and we’re setting ourselves up for major cost savings at  

already to a higher level; for example, when we replace a  

the same time. We launched our first environmental health 

boiler at a manufacturing plant with an energy-efficient  

and safety initiative in 2010. The work was immediately  

model, we’re doing the repairs we would have done anyway, 

productive, and those efforts were noticed.

Carbon 
Footprint

-30%

REDUCED
10.5 MILLION
pounds of CO2e

Electrical
Usage

-7%

REDUCED
2.6 MILLION
kW hours

Recycling

+4%

INCREASED
59,742
pounds

OUR SUSTAINABILITY 

SUCCESS STORY

Domestic Manufacturing 

2018 compared to our  

2010 baseline year

Water
Usage

-33%

REDUCED
11.9 MILLION
gallons

Greenhouse
Gases

-25%

REDUCED
10 MILLION
pounds of CO2e

Landfill Waste

-35%

REDUCED
1 MILLION
pounds

OUR ACHIEVEMENTS 

2013–2018: Named a Vermont Business  
Partner by Vermont’s Department of  
Environmental Conservation

2012–2018: New Jersey Department of  
Environmental Protection, Certificate of  
Environmental Stewardship

2012: Sage Awards Honorable Mention,  
American Home Furnishings Alliance

2012: Environmental Excellence Award,  
American Home Furnishings Alliance; continuing 
membership in consortium through 2018

2012: Congressional Certificate of Special  
Recognition, Representative Chris Murphy (CT–5)

2011: Northeastern Loggers Association,  
Outstanding Use of Wood Award

2011: Environmental Merit Award, U.S.  
Environmental Protection Agency,  
New England Office 

2009, 2013: Vermont Governor’s Award  
for Environmental Excellence

2010 – 2019 highlights

BROWNFIELDS CLEANUP 

The project: Rehabilitation of an old railroad site near 

the Vermont-Canada border, including asbestos and 

lead paint disposal and cleanup of a 15,000-gallon 

above-ground diesel tank. 

The outcome: Reduced contamination risk for our plant,  

for associates’ homes and for the Connecticut River.  

We even donated a preserved locomotive turntable to  

a local railroad museum.

SHRINK SMART 

The project: The development of Shrink Smart, a  

machine that could cut custom lengths of shrink wrap 

for Ethan Allen upholstery packaging. 

The outcome: Led by purchasing manager Barry Willis, 

the Shrink Smart project cut shrink wrap usage by 

132,238 yards – enough to stretch more than 75 miles – 

and saved $101,891.

WOOD WISE 

The project: Making our Orleans plant, which runs 

without #4 fuel oil by burning recycled wood chips and 

sawdust generated by our Beecher Falls sawmill, even 

more fuel efficient. 

The outcome: By keeping wood dry before burning it  

rather than storing it out in the open, we were able to  

generate nearly twice as many BTUs of energy from an 

already green fuel source.

COMMUNITY SERVIC E 

The project: To transform our Pomona service center  

into a regional recycling hub. 

The outcome: Led by service center manager John Barbao, 

Pomona has kept more than 2.2 million pounds of material 

out of local landfills since 2015. They have also donated  

like-new furnishings to Habitat for Humanity, changing  

lives in their community.

POWER MOVES 

The project: To cut energy usage at our Beecher Falls sawmill by relamping with LED bulbs. 

The outcome: Big electricity savings from bulbs that use 60% to 80% less energy, elimination of hazardous waste 

from disposal of fluorescent bulb ballasts, and better visibility for assessment of wood quality.

CHEMISTRY CLASS 

The project: To lower hazardous air pollutant (HAP)  

emissions by reformulating chemicals and putting  

self-imposed limitations on permits. 

The outcome: By exceeding regulatory standards early, 

we were ready for the EPA’s Maximum Achievable Control 

Technology (MACT) standards; the cost of coming into 

compliance with these standards put many other furniture 

companies out of business. For our efforts, we received an 

Environmental Merit Award from the U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, New England Office.

2010 – 2019 highlights

BROWNFIE LDS CL EANUP 

The project: Rehabilitation of an old railroad site near 

the Vermont-Canada border, including asbestos and 

lead paint disposal and cleanup of a 15,000-gallon 

above-ground diesel tank. 

The outcome: Reduced contamination risk for our plant,  

for associates’ homes and for the Connecticut River.  

We even donated a preserved locomotive turntable to  

a local railroad museum.

SHRINK SMART 

The project: The development of Shrink Smart, a  

machine that could cut custom lengths of shrink wrap 

for Ethan Allen upholstery packaging. 

The outcome: Led by purchasing manager Barry Willis, 

the Shrink Smart project cut shrink wrap usage by 

132,238 yards – enough to stretch more than 75 miles – 

and saved $101,891.

WOOD WISE 

The project: Making our Orleans plant, which runs 

without #4 fuel oil by burning recycled wood chips and 

sawdust generated by our Beecher Falls sawmill, even 

more fuel efficient. 

The outcome: By keeping wood dry before burning it  

rather than storing it out in the open, we were able to  

generate nearly twice as many BTUs of energy from an 

already green fuel source.

COMMUNITY SERVICE 

The project: To transform our Pomona service center  

into a regional recycling hub. 

The outcome: Led by service center manager John Barbao, 

Pomona has kept more than 2.2 million pounds of material 

out of local landfills since 2015. They have also donated  

like-new furnishings to Habitat for Humanity, changing  

lives in their community.

POWE R  MOVES 

The project: To cut energy usage at our Beecher Falls sawmill by relamping with LED bulbs. 

The outcome: Big electricity savings from bulbs that use 60% to 80% less energy, elimination of hazardous waste 

from disposal of fluorescent bulb ballasts, and better visibility for assessment of wood quality.

C H EM ISTRY CLASS 

The project: To lower hazardous air pollutant (HAP)  

emissions by reformulating chemicals and putting  

self-imposed limitations on permits. 

The outcome: By exceeding regulatory standards early, 

we were ready for the EPA’s Maximum Achievable Control 

Technology (MACT) standards; the cost of coming into 

compliance with these standards put many other furniture 

companies out of business. For our efforts, we received an 

Environmental Merit Award from the U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, New England Office.

the climate challenge

Climate change is undeniable and well underway. Our  

reducing emissions, so we can do our part to impact the 2°C 

commitment to lowering greenhouse gas emissions and  

scenario goals for the global climate pact established in the 

reducing our carbon footprint is unwavering, but we also know 

Paris Climate Accords at the UN Framework Convention on 

these efforts won’t be enough to stop the changes to come. 

Climate Change’s (UNFCCC) Conference of Parties (COP21).  

We see global climate change as a challenge we need to 

address both by increasing efficiencies in operations and by 

MORE  
INTENSE STORMS  
Damage from wind, flooding, and storm  
surge poses risks to our properties, to our  
suppliers’ facilities, and to our clients’ homes and 
businesses. Potential consequences include property 
loss, disruption to our supplier networks (particularly  
in South Asia and China), and transportation  
disruptions over land, over water, and at  
ports of entry.

DROUGHT  
& WILDFIRE 
Water shortages and increased risk of  
wildfire pose a risk to forests, to our facilities,  
and to our associates who live in affected  
communities. Potential consequences include property 
loss from wildfire, pressures on our associates due to 
drought-induced migration (particularly in Honduras 
and Mexico), and changes to our supplier network in 
world migration hotspots like Southeast Asia.

PHYSICAL RISKS 
RELATED TO  
CLIMATE CHANGE

EXTREME PRECIPITATION 
Increasing global temperatures cause heavier 
downpours during extreme precipitation 
events. According to the Union of Concerned 
Scientists, these events now drop 67%  
more precipitation in the northeastern  
U.S., 31% more in the Midwest,  
and 15% more in the Great Plains  
than they did 50 years ago.

RISING SEA LEVELS 
Permanent flooding of coastal population 
centers poses a risk to ports of entry, to our 
properties, and to our client base. Rising sea 
levels also pose a risk to suppliers in China, 
India, and Southeast Asia.

POSSIBLE CLIMATE CHANGE IMPACTS

DEL IVERY DELAYS

CHALLENGES: Property damage and  

transportation network disruptions could result 

in production and delivery delays. These delays 

could result in canceled orders in the short term, 

and client dissatisfaction could affect long-term  

customer relationships.

OPPORTUNITIES: As we plan for disruption, 

we can also examine our current transportation 

routes, looking for opportunities to minimize 

greenhouse gas emissions and CO2e as well as  

delivery disruption.

PROP ERTY DAMAGE

CHALLENGES: Property damage to our plants, 

distribution and service centers, and Design  

Centers could require significant capital  

expenditures and could result in income  

disruption for our associates. 

OPPORTUNITIES: We can harden existing  

buildings and seize opportunities during new  

construction to create more energy-efficient  

buildings and to use sustainable materials.

IN VENTORY LEVELS

CHALLENGES: An increase in adverse weather 

events and natural disasters can create significant  

OPPORTUNITIES: We can further help  

pockets of demand from clients. Because most 

our suppliers implement more sustainable  

of our furnishings are made to order, it could be 

manufacturing methods and improve labor  

challenging to mobilize our manufacturing and 

conditions to increase their production capacities.

delivery resources to meet that demand.

POPU LAT ION SHI FTS

CHALLENGES: Climate-related changes that  

OPPORTUNITIES: Where population shifts  

impact our clients, like disruptions to agriculture  

result in insufficient demand to support current 

in the central U.S., could significantly affect  

Design Center locations, we can anticipate  

local communities.

closures and plan for relocations and new openings.

the climate challenge

Climate change is undeniable and well underway. Our  

reducing emissions, so we can do our part to impact the 2°C 

commitment to lowering greenhouse gas emissions and  

scenario goals for the global climate pact established in the 

reducing our carbon footprint is unwavering, but we also know 

Paris Climate Accords at the UN Framework Convention on 

these efforts won’t be enough to stop the changes to come. 

Climate Change’s (UNFCCC) Conference of Parties (COP21).  

We see global climate change as a challenge we need to 

address both by increasing efficiencies in operations and by 

MORE  

INTENSE STORMS  

Damage from wind, flooding, and storm  

surge poses risks to our properties, to our  

suppliers’ facilities, and to our clients’ homes and 

businesses. Potential consequences include property 

loss, disruption to our supplier networks (particularly  

in South Asia and China), and transportation  

disruptions over land, over water, and at  

ports of entry.

DROUGHT  

& WILDFIRE 

Water shortages and increased risk of  

wildfire pose a risk to forests, to our facilities,  

and to our associates who live in affected  

communities. Potential consequences include property 

loss from wildfire, pressures on our associates due to 

drought-induced migration (particularly in Honduras 

and Mexico), and changes to our supplier network in 

world migration hotspots like Southeast Asia.

PHYSICAL RISKS 

RELATED TO  

CLIMATE CHANGE

EXTREME PRECIPITATION 

Increasing global temperatures cause heavier 

downpours during extreme precipitation 

events. According to the Union of Concerned 

Scientists, these events now drop 67%  

more precipitation in the northeastern  

U.S., 31% more in the Midwest,  

and 15% more in the Great Plains  

than they did 50 years ago.

RISING SEA LEVELS 

Permanent flooding of coastal population 

centers poses a risk to ports of entry, to our 

properties, and to our client base. Rising sea 

levels also pose a risk to suppliers in China, 

India, and Southeast Asia.

PO SSIB LE C LIM ATE CH ANGE   I M PACT S

DELIVERY DEL AYS

CHALLENGES: Property damage and  

transportation network disruptions could result 

in production and delivery delays. These delays 

could result in canceled orders in the short term, 

and client dissatisfaction could affect long-term  

customer relationships.

OPPORTUNITIES: As we plan for disruption, 

we can also examine our current transportation 

routes, looking for opportunities to minimize 
greenhouse gas emissions and CO2e as well as  
delivery disruption.

PRO PERTY DAMAG E

CHALLENGES: Property damage to our plants, 

distribution and service centers, and Design  

Centers could require significant capital  

expenditures and could result in income  

disruption for our associates. 

OPPORTUNITIES: We can harden existing  

buildings and seize opportunities during new  

construction to create more energy-efficient  

buildings and to use sustainable materials.

INVE NTORY LEVELS

CHALLENGES: An increase in adverse weather 

events and natural disasters can create significant  

OPPORTUNITIES: We can further help  

pockets of demand from clients. Because most 

our suppliers implement more sustainable  

of our furnishings are made to order, it could be 

manufacturing methods and improve labor  

challenging to mobilize our manufacturing and 

conditions to increase their production capacities.

delivery resources to meet that demand.

PO PULATION SHIF TS

CHALLENGES: Climate-related changes that  

OPPORTUNITIES: Where population shifts  

impact our clients, like disruptions to agriculture  

result in insufficient demand to support current 

in the central U.S., could significantly affect  

Design Center locations, we can anticipate  

local communities.

closures and plan for relocations and new openings.

our environmental impact

THE CARBON FOOTPRINT CALCULATOR 

for example, we multiply the emissions of six greenhouse 

At Ethan Allen, we consider clean water a basic human 

The Carbon Footprint Calculator is the core tool that  

gases, plus other fuel emissions (such as emissions from 

Ethan Allen uses across every location, from Design  

the type of fuel our local electrical supplier uses to  

Centers to manufacturing plants to headquarters, to  

generate power) by each compound’s global warming 

record environmental data and analyze it. It was created 

potential (GWP), or carbon factor.  

based on the EPA’s Waste Reduction Model (WARM),  

which was designed to help businesses quantify how  

smarter materials use, recycling, and other activities  

affect greenhouse gas emissions, create energy savings,  

and impact economic activities. 

Every facility at Ethan Allen has its own environmental 

goals, targets, and responsibilities related to emissions, 

waste disposal, and electricity and water usage. A  

designee at each location records the data in the  

Carbon Footprint Calculator and submits it quarterly.  

We’ve updated the calculator several times over the  

The data is then reviewed annually by Ethan Allen’s  

past decade to reflect a better understanding of our  

corporate EH&S team, who compare it to data from  

low-flow restroom fixtures in our facilities. We also use 

environmental profile: how our company’s unique mix  

the appropriate baseline year to measure our progress 

of air emissions and waste products add carbon and other 

toward environmental goals.

greenhouse gases to our atmosphere. To measure CO2e, 

E LECTRICITY

To reduce the amount of electricity we use to heat our 

We use energy-efficient lighting, and we’ve implemented 

work spaces and dry our lumber, our plants burn scrap 

coordinated startups of our heavy equipment to reduce 

In 2018, we decreased our water usage by almost  

wood to make steam. At some locations, we also use that 

peak electrical demand. In 2018, we reduced electrical 

same steam to cogenerate the electricity, heat, and air 

usage by 2.6 million kilowatt hours compared to our  

pressure needed to run our production equipment.  

2010 baseline year.

ELECTRICAL USE IN KWH PER SALES DOLLAR

WATER USAGE IN GALLONS PER SALES DOLLAR

WATER

right, and we expect our business partners and vendors 

to act accordingly, in compliance with water standards 

and regulations. All of our manufacturing plants are  

located in low to medium water-related risk areas, as 

defined by the World Resource Institute (WRI) Water  

Risk Atlas, and all of our plants meet or exceed  

regulatory requirements.

To control and reduce water use, we have installed  

flow restrictors to limit water use in certain operations. 

Logs, for example, must be kept moist until milled, to 

prevent cracks or splits; flow restrictors ensure logs are 

sprinkled with a just-right amount of water. Additionally, 

steam leak surveys have helped us prevent the escape  

of steam into the air, further reducing water waste.  

11 million gallons compared to our 2010 baseline year.

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Case Goods Manufacturing

Case Goods Manufacturing

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

The Carbon Footprint Calculator is the core tool that  

gases, plus other fuel emissions (such as emissions from 

Ethan Allen uses across every location, from Design  

the type of fuel our local electrical supplier uses to  

Centers to manufacturing plants to headquarters, to  

generate power) by each compound’s global warming 

record environmental data and analyze it. It was created 

potential (GWP), or carbon factor.  

based on the EPA’s Waste Reduction Model (WARM),  

which was designed to help businesses quantify how  

smarter materials use, recycling, and other activities  

affect greenhouse gas emissions, create energy savings,  

and impact economic activities. 

Every facility at Ethan Allen has its own environmental 

goals, targets, and responsibilities related to emissions, 

waste disposal, and electricity and water usage. A  

designee at each location records the data in the  

Carbon Footprint Calculator and submits it quarterly.  

We’ve updated the calculator several times over the  

The data is then reviewed annually by Ethan Allen’s  

environmental profile: how our company’s unique mix  

the appropriate baseline year to measure our progress 

of air emissions and waste products add carbon and other 

toward environmental goals.

greenhouse gases to our atmosphere. To measure CO2e, 

ELECTRICITY

To reduce the amount of electricity we use to heat our 

We use energy-efficient lighting, and we’ve implemented 

wood to make steam. At some locations, we also use that 

peak electrical demand. In 2018, we reduced electrical 

same steam to cogenerate the electricity, heat, and air 

usage by 2.6 million kilowatt hours compared to our  

pressure needed to run our production equipment.  

2010 baseline year.

our environmental impact

THE CARBON FOOTPRINT CALCULATOR 

for example, we multiply the emissions of six greenhouse 

At Ethan Allen, we consider clean water a basic human 

WATER

right, and we expect our business partners and vendors 

to act accordingly, in compliance with water standards 

and regulations. All of our manufacturing plants are  

located in low to medium water-related risk areas, as 

defined by the World Resource Institute (WRI) Water  

Risk Atlas, and all of our plants meet or exceed  

regulatory requirements.

To control and reduce water use, we have installed  

past decade to reflect a better understanding of our  

corporate EH&S team, who compare it to data from  

low-flow restroom fixtures in our facilities. We also use 

flow restrictors to limit water use in certain operations. 

Logs, for example, must be kept moist until milled, to 

prevent cracks or splits; flow restrictors ensure logs are 

sprinkled with a just-right amount of water. Additionally, 

steam leak surveys have helped us prevent the escape  

of steam into the air, further reducing water waste.  

work spaces and dry our lumber, our plants burn scrap 

coordinated startups of our heavy equipment to reduce 

In 2018, we decreased our water usage by almost  

11 million gallons compared to our 2010 baseline year.

ELECTRICAL USE IN KWH PER SALES DOLLAR

WATER USAGE IN GALLONS PER SALES DOLLAR

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS IN POUNDS PER SALES DOLLAR

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Our greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction effort is supported by our carbon footprint reduction efforts. The emissions we  

measure include the regulated emissions from our industrial processes. We focus on lowering our energy use,  

using cogeneration to produce heat and power, making process improvements, and deploying of GHG reduction  

technologies wherever possible. 

CO2e AND GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
When we launched our environmental initiative in 2010,  

we set a goal to reduce our CO2 and greenhouse gas 

emissions by 10% in our first decade. We have significantly 

exceeded that goal: we have cut CO2 emissions by 30%, 

and we’ve reduced total greenhouse gas emissions by 25%.

To meet our carbon footprint reduction goals, we  

continually review and investigate ways to reduce our  

CO2 emissions in our operations. We set annual carbon 

footprint reduction goals for our domestic manufacturing 

division as a whole, based on data compiled from each  

upholstery, accessory, and case goods manufacturing  

facility. In 2018, we reduced CO2 emissions by over 10.5 

million pounds compared to our 2010 baseline year.

CARBON EMISSIONS IN POUNDS PER SALES DOLLAR

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

-.010

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS IN POUNDS PER SALES DOLLAR

.070

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Our greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction effort is supported by our carbon footprint reduction efforts. The emissions we  

measure include the regulated emissions from our industrial processes. We focus on lowering our energy use,  

using cogeneration to produce heat and power, making process improvements, and deploying of GHG reduction  

technologies wherever possible. 

CO2e AND GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

When we launched our environmental initiative in 2010,  

we set a goal to reduce our CO2 and greenhouse gas 

emissions by 10% in our first decade. We have significantly 

exceeded that goal: we have cut CO2 emissions by 30%, 

and we’ve reduced total greenhouse gas emissions by 25%.

To meet our carbon footprint reduction goals, we  

continually review and investigate ways to reduce our  

CO2 emissions in our operations. We set annual carbon 

footprint reduction goals for our domestic manufacturing 

division as a whole, based on data compiled from each  

upholstery, accessory, and case goods manufacturing  

facility. In 2018, we reduced CO2 emissions by over 10.5 

million pounds compared to our 2010 baseline year.

CARBON EMISSIONS IN POUNDS PER SALES DOLLAR

.060

.050

.040

.030

.020

.010

.000

-.010

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Domestic Manufacturing

Upholstery Manufacturing

Accents Production

Case Goods Manufacturing

IT STARTS C LOSE TO HOME… 

Seventy-five percent of what Ethan Allen sells is still  

manufactured in our North American workshops.  

We still use wood milled from logs in our Beecher Falls  

sawmill, and we still manufacture wood furniture in  

Orleans, Vermont.

…AND EXTENDS AROUND THE WORLD.  

When we seek out partnerships with international suppliers 

and vendors, we look for artisans who use traditional  

methods, source local materials, and have a reputation  

for being the best at what they do.  

We feel a sense of responsibility both to the communities 

we serve and to the workers who manufacture our products. 

No matter where we do business around the world, our 

values remain the same.

safety, fairness & opportunity

AT ITS CORE ,  ETHAN  ALLE N’S   STO RY I S  T HE  STORY  OF  A  S MAL L  FA MILY 
BUSINESS THAT B ECAME  A Q U I NTE S S EN TI A L AM ERI CAN   BRA ND. WE GOT 
OUR START WHEN TWO B R OT HE RS , N AT AN C ELL A ND T ED  BAUM RIT TER, 
BOUGHT A  SAWMILL  IN  BE EC HER  FAL LS , VERM ONT, A ND STA RT E D   
MANUFACTUR ING  HO ME  FU R NI S HI NGS . 

The dream our founders had then is the dream so many 

small business owners have today: They wanted to devote 

their lives to a craft they loved, benefiting themselves, their 

workers, and their community. Their hard work catapulted 

Ethan Allen from small family business to the multinational, 

publicly traded, world-renowned furniture brand that it is 

today. We’ve generated billions in economic revenue over 

our nearly 90 years in business. 

Ethan Allen is where it is today because furniture retailers of 

yesteryear gave us a shot. They were willing to partner with  

a small vendor that manufactured furniture in a remote 

corner of a small state. Just as they worked with us, as 

a way of paying it forward, we now work with emerging 

businesses, both in the U.S. and around the world.

•  We believe in the dignity of work and the satisfaction that 

comes from a job well done. Employment contributes to 

financial prosperity and boosts individual self-esteem and 

community well-being. 

•  We believe that people who craft products for us,  

no matter where they are in the world, should work in  

a safe environment and receive fair wages and benefits. 

•  We believe that when we use a community’s natural  

resources, we should harvest them responsibly, with  

good stewardship and renewability in mind.

AT ITS CO RE , ETH AN ALLEN’S   STO RY I S  T HE  STORY  OF  A  S MAL L  FA MILY 

IT STARTS CLOSE TO HO ME… 

Seventy-five percent of what Ethan Allen sells is still  

manufactured in our North American workshops.  

We still use wood milled from logs in our Beecher Falls  

sawmill, and we still manufacture wood furniture in  

Orleans, Vermont.

…AN D  EXTENDS ARO UND TH E WORLD.  

When we seek out partnerships with international suppliers 

and vendors, we look for artisans who use traditional  

methods, source local materials, and have a reputation  

for being the best at what they do.  

We feel a sense of responsibility both to the communities 

we serve and to the workers who manufacture our products. 

No matter where we do business around the world, our 

values remain the same.

safety, fairness & opportunity

BUSINES S  THAT BECAME  A Q U I NT ES S EN TI A L AM ER I CAN   BR A ND. WE  GOT 

OUR START WH EN TWO BROT HE RS , N AT AN C ELL A N D T ED  B AUM RIT T ER, 

BOUGHT A  SAWM ILL  IN BE EC HE R FAL LS , VER M ON T, A N D STA RT E D   

MANUFACT UR ING  HO ME  F URNI S H I NGS . 

The dream our founders had then is the dream so many 

small business owners have today: They wanted to devote 

their lives to a craft they loved, benefiting themselves, their 

workers, and their community. Their hard work catapulted 

Ethan Allen from small family business to the multinational, 

publicly traded, world-renowned furniture brand that it is 

today. We’ve generated billions in economic revenue over 

our nearly 90 years in business. 

Ethan Allen is where it is today because furniture retailers of 

yesteryear gave us a shot. They were willing to partner with  

a small vendor that manufactured furniture in a remote 

corner of a small state. Just as they worked with us, as 

a way of paying it forward, we now work with emerging 

businesses, both in the U.S. and around the world.

•  We believe in the dignity of work and the satisfaction that 

comes from a job well done. Employment contributes to 

financial prosperity and boosts individual self-esteem and 

community well-being. 

•  We believe that people who craft products for us,  

no matter where they are in the world, should work in  

a safe environment and receive fair wages and benefits. 

•  We believe that when we use a community’s natural  

resources, we should harvest them responsibly, with  

good stewardship and renewability in mind.

safety at work

MONITORING PROGRESS 

A commitment to social responsibility begins with a commitment to the safety of our associates. We have well-established 

As part of our standing agenda, we review both accidents and close calls within our facilities during monthly and  

programs, guidelines, and training materials on a range of environmental health and safety (EH&S) policies. In addition 

quarterly conference calls. Reviews include both a listing of accidents and an open discussion of potential root causes  

to receiving safety training during their orientation, associates receive periodic, ongoing training to minimize injuries, 

and contributing factors. 

occupational diseases, and work-related risks.

Each of our locations posts a daily metric: the number of days without time lost because of an accident. In recent years,  

our Maiden, North Carolina, plant earned recognition for having over 1 million payroll hours without lost time.

TRACKI NG INC ID ENT S 

Our EH&S team collects and analyzes workplace accident information across all company-owned locations. We classify  

incidents by seriousness, based on both quantitative metrics like lost time, and qualitative metrics, like types of medical  

treatment required beyond first aid. 

In addition, we work with our insurance providers to aggregate information that helps us get to the root causes of injuries.  

To prevent future incidents, we then take steps to make our physical spaces and our procedures more safe.

INJURIES: CAUSES AND SOLUTIONS

COMMON INJURIES BY FREQUENCY, 2016–2018

LOW-COST, HIGH-FREQUENCY CLAIMS

Shoulder

Lower 
Trunk

Head

Shoulder

Back

Face/
Other

Shoulder

Elbow

Lower 
Trunk

Arm

Arm

Elbow

Elbow

Lower 
Trunk

Wrist/
Hand

Wrist/
Hand

Finger

Wrist/
Hand

Knee

Foot/
Ankle

Leg

Knee

Wrist/
Hand/
Finger

Foot/
Ankle

Leg

Knee

Finger

Leg

Toe

Wrist/
Hand

Knee

OBSTRUCTION

CUT/PUNCTURE

SLIP/TRIP/FALL

SPRAIN/TEAR

INFLAMMATION

Solution: Inspect walking 
and work surfaces, clear 
aisles, and remove clutter 
from the work area.

Solution: Require  
cut-resistant gloves,  
inspect for sharp tools,  
and train associates to cut 
away from the body.

Solution: Clear  
obstructions and install 
non-skid walking surfaces.

Solution: Create a more  
ergonomically sound work  
environment, train workers on 
proper lifting, reduce product 
weight, and develop better  
engineering controls.

Solution: Develop  
local programs that  
encourage movement  
for ongoing mobility.

safety at work

A commitment to social responsibility begins with a commitment to the safety of our associates. We have well-established 

As part of our standing agenda, we review both accidents and close calls within our facilities during monthly and  

programs, guidelines, and training materials on a range of environmental health and safety (EH&S) policies. In addition 

quarterly conference calls. Reviews include both a listing of accidents and an open discussion of potential root causes  

to receiving safety training during their orientation, associates receive periodic, ongoing training to minimize injuries, 

and contributing factors. 

occupational diseases, and work-related risks.

MON ITORING  P RO GR ESS 

Each of our locations posts a daily metric: the number of days without time lost because of an accident. In recent years,  

our Maiden, North Carolina, plant earned recognition for having over 1 million payroll hours without lost time.

TRAC KING INCIDENTS 

treatment required beyond first aid. 

Our EH&S team collects and analyzes workplace accident information across all company-owned locations. We classify  

incidents by seriousness, based on both quantitative metrics like lost time, and qualitative metrics, like types of medical  

In addition, we work with our insurance providers to aggregate information that helps us get to the root causes of injuries.  

To prevent future incidents, we then take steps to make our physical spaces and our procedures more safe.

INJURIES: CAUSES AND SOLUTIONS

COMMON INJURIES BY FREQUENCY, 2016–2018

LOW-COST, HIGH-FREQUENCY CLAIMS

Shoulder

Lower 

Trunk

Head

Shoulder

Back

Face/

Other

Shoulder

Elbow

Lower 

Trunk

Arm

Arm

Elbow

Elbow

Lower 

Trunk

Wrist/

Hand

Wrist/

Hand

Finger

Wrist/

Hand

Knee

Leg

Knee

Wrist/

Hand/

Finger

Foot/

Ankle

Leg

Knee

Finger

Leg

Toe

Wrist/

Hand

Knee

Foot/

Ankle

OBSTRUCTION

CUT/PUNCTURE

SLIP/TRIP/FALL

SPRAIN/TEAR

INFLAMMATION

Solution: Inspect walking 

and work surfaces, clear 

aisles, and remove clutter 

from the work area.

Solution: Require  

cut-resistant gloves,  

Solution: Clear  

obstructions and install 

inspect for sharp tools,  

non-skid walking surfaces.

and train associates to cut 

away from the body.

Solution: Create a more  

ergonomically sound work  

Solution: Develop  

local programs that  

environment, train workers on 

encourage movement  

proper lifting, reduce product 

for ongoing mobility.

weight, and develop better  

engineering controls.

product safety from design to delivery

Ethan Allen has always had a strong  

reputation for delivering a quality product 

to its clients. A well-defined quality control 

program documents testing and product 

inspection, improves product quality, and 

ensures client satisfaction. 

Our compliance team works with in-house 

merchants, manufacturing facilities, and 

international suppliers to make sure all 

Ethan Allen products meet uniform product 

standards. This work involves key personnel – 

engineering, quality control, and inspection 

staff – and a commitment to quality from the 

instant a product is designed to the moment 

it’s delivered to a client.

Most of our furniture is custom-made,  

mostly in our North American plants. When 

we do work with import vendors, we ensure 

the products they make meet the same  

quality standards as those in our North  

American plants. We expect plants to  

conduct regular factory inspections and  

rigorous product testing.

HOW ETHAN ALLEN PRODUCTS ARE MADE

All Ethan Allen products begin with clear-cut design  

In addition to conducting inspections for product quality,  

INSPECTIONS  AT ALL STAG ES

PRODUCT TESTING

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Step 4

Design Concept: Designers start with a new product 
concept—the driving core and backbone of each 
product—which includes the base material, such as 
wood or metal.

Design Drawing: Design engineering staff develop a 
detailed CAD drawing of the new product, including 
important details that contribute to the integrity and 
quality. The drawing explains product specifications to 
an extraordinary level of detail, so our manufacturers 
know exactly what's expected.

Design Package: Compliance staff create a detailed 
packet for each design that includes testing procedures, 
including regulatory chemical testing and responsible 
labeling guidelines. The packet is sent to the designated 
factory for review and development.

Factory Sample: While the first sample is built, the 
factory’s engineering and quality control team members 
remain in constant communication with both designers 
and compliance staff. 

Step 5

Construction Review: New products are submitted  
to performance testing to ensure quality and  
regulatory compliance.

Step 6

Final Review: New products and test results are sent 
to Ethan Allen headquarters for review. Designers and 
compliance staff send detailed comments and corrective 
recommendations back to the manufacturing facility.

Step 7

Step 8

Step 9

Final Approval: Factories review and execute  
corrective action. They retest each product, submit  
reports to Ethan Allen, and start manufacturing the 
final product upon approval.

Quality Control: Factories inspect products at all stages, 
relying on trained employees who then communicate 
their findings to factory management and take corrective 
action as needed.

Responsible Packaging and Labeling: Products are  
labeled so that all government regulations, plus care  
and assembly instructions, are clear and informative.  
Ethan Allen ensures that suppliers package products  
securely, so they arrive safe and intact in client homes.

specifications and a compliance packet that includes  

we test all products to ensure they comply with state,  

detailed testing procedures we expect vendors to follow. 

federal, and provincial laws. We require suppliers to  

When factories build the first sample of a product, their  

document that every product passes tests for both  

engineers and quality control team members stay in 

workmanship and performance standards; from furniture  

constant communication with both Ethan Allen designers 

to lighting, any product bearing our name meets or  

and compliance staff about the results of their inspections 

exceeds safety standards.

and product tests. Here are some examples of inspections  

an Ethan Allen vendor may perform:

We expect suppliers to set up and maintain a quality  

control system that encourages two things: teamwork  

TIP-OVER TESTING 

and a commitment to always raise the bar on delivering  

We follow all ASTM (American 

a high-quality product. Quality reviews and insights are  

constantly evaluated, and factory personnel implement 

changes when needed to maintain a high standard  

of quality.

QUAL ITY ASSURANC E  AFTE R  THE   SA LE 

Despite rigorous testing, there are times a client’s product 

may not perform as expected. Our compliance team works 

closely with Ethan Allen’s Client Services department to  

address issues that come up after the sale. 

Client Services holds regular conference calls with our  

merchandising, factory operations, compliance, and retail 

teams, letting them know what service requests they’ve 

received regarding products. The entire Ethan Allen team – 

manufacturing, merchandising, and compliance – then gets 

to the root cause of any quality issues, working with vendors 

Society for Testing and  

Materials) International  

standards, which includes 

subjecting all clothing storage 

units, like dressers, to tip-over 

testing to ensure they remain 

stable. We also include tip 

restraint kits with each  

storage piece.

LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION REVIEW 

When we introduce new lamps into our product assortment, 

a third party conducts an initial construction review. Lamps 

are inspected at the factory before shipment, both for  

performance and workmanship.

manufacture wood furniture, we inspect the lumber  

for quality before sending it to the floor to be used in  

building furniture. 

LUMBER INSPECTION 

to create corrective action plans so the issues don’t continue 

When milled lumber comes into a factory where we  

to happen.

product safety from design to delivery

HOW ETHAN ALLEN PRODUCTS ARE MADE

All Ethan Allen products begin with clear-cut design  

In addition to conducting inspections for product quality,  

IN SPECTIONS AT AL L STAGES

PRODUCT TESTING

specifications and a compliance packet that includes  

we test all products to ensure they comply with state,  

detailed testing procedures we expect vendors to follow. 

federal, and provincial laws. We require suppliers to  

When factories build the first sample of a product, their  

document that every product passes tests for both  

engineers and quality control team members stay in 

workmanship and performance standards; from furniture  

constant communication with both Ethan Allen designers 

to lighting, any product bearing our name meets or  

and compliance staff about the results of their inspections 

exceeds safety standards.

and product tests. Here are some examples of inspections  

an Ethan Allen vendor may perform:

We expect suppliers to set up and maintain a quality  

control system that encourages two things: teamwork  

TIP-OVER TESTING 

and a commitment to always raise the bar on delivering  

We follow all ASTM (American 

a high-quality product. Quality reviews and insights are  

Society for Testing and  

Materials) International  

standards, which includes 

subjecting all clothing storage 

units, like dressers, to tip-over 

testing to ensure they remain 

stable. We also include tip 

restraint kits with each  

storage piece.

LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION REVIEW 

When we introduce new lamps into our product assortment, 

a third party conducts an initial construction review. Lamps 

are inspected at the factory before shipment, both for  

performance and workmanship.

constantly evaluated, and factory personnel implement 

changes when needed to maintain a high standard  

of quality.

QUALITY ASSURANCE AFTER THE SA LE 

Despite rigorous testing, there are times a client’s product 

may not perform as expected. Our compliance team works 

closely with Ethan Allen’s Client Services department to  

address issues that come up after the sale. 

Client Services holds regular conference calls with our  

merchandising, factory operations, compliance, and retail 

teams, letting them know what service requests they’ve 

received regarding products. The entire Ethan Allen team – 

manufacturing, merchandising, and compliance – then gets 

to the root cause of any quality issues, working with vendors 

LUMBER INSPECTION 

to create corrective action plans so the issues don’t continue 

When milled lumber comes into a factory where we  

to happen.

manufacture wood furniture, we inspect the lumber  

for quality before sending it to the floor to be used in  

building furniture. 

Ethan Allen has always had a strong  

reputation for delivering a quality product 

to its clients. A well-defined quality control 

program documents testing and product 

inspection, improves product quality, and 

ensures client satisfaction. 

Our compliance team works with in-house 

merchants, manufacturing facilities, and 

international suppliers to make sure all 

Ethan Allen products meet uniform product 

standards. This work involves key personnel – 

engineering, quality control, and inspection 

staff – and a commitment to quality from the 

instant a product is designed to the moment 

it’s delivered to a client.

Most of our furniture is custom-made,  

mostly in our North American plants. When 

we do work with import vendors, we ensure 

the products they make meet the same  

quality standards as those in our North  

American plants. We expect plants to  

conduct regular factory inspections and  

rigorous product testing.

Step 1

Design Concept: Designers start with a new product 

concept—the driving core and backbone of each 

product—which includes the base material, such as 

wood or metal.

Step 2

Step 3

Design Drawing: Design engineering staff develop a 

detailed CAD drawing of the new product, including 

important details that contribute to the integrity and 

quality. The drawing explains product specifications to 

an extraordinary level of detail, so our manufacturers 

know exactly what's expected.

Design Package: Compliance staff create a detailed 

packet for each design that includes testing procedures, 

including regulatory chemical testing and responsible 

labeling guidelines. The packet is sent to the designated 

factory for review and development.

Step 4

Factory Sample: While the first sample is built, the 

factory’s engineering and quality control team members 

remain in constant communication with both designers 

and compliance staff. 

Step 5

Construction Review: New products are submitted  

to performance testing to ensure quality and  

regulatory compliance.

Step 6

Step 7

Final Review: New products and test results are sent 

to Ethan Allen headquarters for review. Designers and 

compliance staff send detailed comments and corrective 

recommendations back to the manufacturing facility.

Final Approval: Factories review and execute  

corrective action. They retest each product, submit  

reports to Ethan Allen, and start manufacturing the 

final product upon approval.

Step 8

Quality Control: Factories inspect products at all stages, 

relying on trained employees who then communicate 

their findings to factory management and take corrective 

action as needed.

Step 9

Responsible Packaging and Labeling: Products are  

labeled so that all government regulations, plus care  

and assembly instructions, are clear and informative.  

Ethan Allen ensures that suppliers package products  

securely, so they arrive safe and intact in client homes.

manufacturing code of conduct

Ethan Allen merchants travel all over the world 

searching for products and crafts that they want 

to bring back to our clients: things our clients 

won’t find anywhere else. That journey has led  

ENSURE NON- 
DISCRIMINATION

PROTECT THE 
ENVIRONMENT

WHEN AUDI TS HA PPEN

MAINTAIN  
ONGOING  
COMPLIANCE

MONITOR WITH 
TRANSPARENCY

FOLLOW LOCAL 
AND NATIONAL 
LAWS

PROHIBIT 
CHILD LABOR

MANUFACTURING 
CODE OF 
CONDUCT

PROHIBIT  
INVOLUNTARY 
LABOR

PROVIDE FAIR 
COMPENSATION

ENSURE HEALTH 
AND SAFETY

PREVENT  
COERCION AND 
HARASSMENT

GUARANTEE  
FREEDOM OF  
ASSOCIATION

ENFORCE  
SUBCONTRACTING 
STANDARDS

to an unbeatable product selection,  

from rugs hand-loomed in India to  

sculptures crafted from marble  

in Indonesia. It has also led to  

relationships with vendors who’ve  

never worked with large companies.

Ethan Allen published its Manufacturing  

Code of Conduct in 2016. It’s the  

standard against which Ethan Allen,  

in partnership with third-party auditors,  

measures vendor compliance related  

to ethical business practices and the  

fair treatment of workers. 

We are committed to working with  

and educating our supplier network  

as a way of improving labor conditions  

worldwide. For our business partners,  

following our Manufacturing Code of  

Conduct is just as important as meeting  

our product quality standards.

THI RD -PARTY AU DI TS

To assess vendor compliance at individual production  

unique production challenges, addressing the continuous 

facilities, Ethan Allen partners with industry-recognized 

improvement plans that factory managers have developed 

third-party auditing companies known for their professionalism,  

through ongoing dialogue with our compliance team. 

consistency, and credibility. Between 2016 and 2018, ven-

dors like Bureau Veritas and Elevate conducted over 120 

labor compliance audits in eleven countries on our behalf.

Our goal is to obtain 100% compliance; as we work to meet 

that goal, we address the root causes of noncompliance 

within each facility. Our team also attends labor compliance 

These audits provide independent, impartial assessments  

seminars and meetings, where we can collaborate across 

FACILITY PERFORMANCE 

AUDIT FREQUENCY 

ACCEPTABLE

VERY GOOD

EVERY YEAR

EVERY TWO YEARS

ONGOING CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

EVERY THREE MONTHS TO ONE YEAR

WHAT IS  AUDIT ED

FACILITY INTEGRITY  

Vendor follows anticorruption standards

PERSONNEL RECORDS  

Employee ages to ensure no child labor 

Full-time vs. part-time status of workers 

Worker country of origin (to ensure proper  

documentation for migrant workers) 

Working hours, including regular hours,  

overtime, and rest days 

Payroll, compensation, and benefits 

Production-related documentation

LICENSES AND PERMITS  

Vendor has appropriate factory business  

license, equipment licenses, and health  

certificates and permits

ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS 

Safe chemical labeling, storage,  

and emergency procedures 

Appropriate disposal of wastewater and solid waste 

Safe disposal of waste from industrial processes 

FACILITY ACCESS 

Vendor allows auditor to access  

documents and talk to workers

POLICIES & PROCEDURES  

No forced labor 

Freedom of association  

Nondiscrimination 

No tolerance of harassment 

Minimum legal worker age 

HEALTH & SAFETY  

Clean air and ventilation 

Potable drinking water  

Personal protective equipment 

First aid kits 

Access to medical treatment

Wages and hours worked, including systems  

and procedures for recording

of factory performance against our Manufacturing Code of  

international and industry lines to address labor compliance 

Clean air emissions

Conduct. We tailor factory assessments to each facility’s 

topics throughout the global supply chain.

manufacturing code of conduct

Ethan Allen merchants travel all over the world 

searching for products and crafts that they want 

to bring back to our clients: things our clients 

won’t find anywhere else. That journey has led  

to an unbeatable product selection,  

from rugs hand-loomed in India to  

sculptures crafted from marble  

in Indonesia. It has also led to  

relationships with vendors who’ve  

never worked with large companies.

Ethan Allen published its Manufacturing  

Code of Conduct in 2016. It’s the  

standard against which Ethan Allen,  

in partnership with third-party auditors,  

measures vendor compliance related  

to ethical business practices and the  

fair treatment of workers. 

We are committed to working with  

and educating our supplier network  

as a way of improving labor conditions  

worldwide. For our business partners,  

following our Manufacturing Code of  

Conduct is just as important as meeting  

our product quality standards.

THIRD-PARTY AUDITS

MAINTAIN  

ONGOING  

COMPLIANCE

MONITOR WITH 

TRANSPARENCY

FOLLOW LOCAL 

AND NATIONAL 

LAWS

PROHIBIT 

CHILD LABOR

MANUFACTURING 

CODE OF 

CONDUCT

PROHIBIT  

INVOLUNTARY 

LABOR

PROVIDE FAIR 

COMPENSATION

ENSURE HEALTH 

AND SAFETY

PREVENT  

COERCION AND 

HARASSMENT

GUARANTEE  

FREEDOM OF  

ASSOCIATION

ENFORCE  

SUBCONTRACTING 

STANDARDS

To assess vendor compliance at individual production  

unique production challenges, addressing the continuous 

facilities, Ethan Allen partners with industry-recognized 

improvement plans that factory managers have developed 

third-party auditing companies known for their professionalism,  

through ongoing dialogue with our compliance team. 

consistency, and credibility. Between 2016 and 2018, ven-

dors like Bureau Veritas and Elevate conducted over 120 

labor compliance audits in eleven countries on our behalf.

Our goal is to obtain 100% compliance; as we work to meet 

that goal, we address the root causes of noncompliance 

within each facility. Our team also attends labor compliance 

These audits provide independent, impartial assessments  

seminars and meetings, where we can collaborate across 

ENSURE NON- 

DISCRIMINATION

PROTECT THE 

ENVIRONMENT

WHEN  AUDITS HAP PEN

FACILITY PERFORMANCE 

AUDIT FREQUENCY 

ACCEPTABLE

VERY GOOD

EVERY YEAR

EVERY TWO YEARS

ONGOING CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

EVERY THREE MONTHS TO ONE YEAR

WHAT IS AUDITED

FACILITY INTEGRITY  

Vendor follows anticorruption standards

PERSONNEL RECORDS  

Employee ages to ensure no child labor 

Full-time vs. part-time status of workers 

Worker country of origin (to ensure proper  
documentation for migrant workers) 

Working hours, including regular hours,  
overtime, and rest days 

Payroll, compensation, and benefits 

Production-related documentation

LICENSES AND PERMITS  

Vendor has appropriate factory business  
license, equipment licenses, and health  
certificates and permits

ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS 

Safe chemical labeling, storage,  
and emergency procedures 

Appropriate disposal of wastewater and solid waste 

Safe disposal of waste from industrial processes 

FACILITY ACCESS 

Vendor allows auditor to access  
documents and talk to workers

POLICIES & PROCEDURES  

No forced labor 

Freedom of association  

Nondiscrimination 

No tolerance of harassment 

Minimum legal worker age 

Wages and hours worked, including systems  
and procedures for recording

HEALTH & SAFETY  

Clean air and ventilation 

Potable drinking water  

Personal protective equipment 

First aid kits 

Access to medical treatment

of factory performance against our Manufacturing Code of  

international and industry lines to address labor compliance 

Clean air emissions

Conduct. We tailor factory assessments to each facility’s 

topics throughout the global supply chain.

reconciliation of u.s. gaap results 
to adjusted financial measures

Financial measures in accordance with U.S. GAAP including gross profit and margin, operating income, net income, and 
diluted EPS have been adjusted below. Ethan Allen uses these adjusted financial measures, both in presenting its results to 
stockholders and the investment community, and in its internal evaluation and management of the business. The Company 
believes that these adjusted financial measures and the information they provide are useful to investors because they permit 
investors to view the Company’s performance using the same tools that management uses to gauge progress in achieving its 
goals. Adjusted measures may also facilitate comparisons to Ethan Allen’s historical performance. 

The following tables below show a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures used in the front of this annual report  
to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands, except per share data).

A D J U S T E D G R O S S P R O F I T/ M A R G I N 

GAAP Gross profit 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted gross profit * 

Adjusted gross margin * 

A D J U S T E D O P E R AT I N G   I N CO M E  

GAAP Operating income 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted operating income * 

A D J U S T E D N E T I N CO M E /A D J U S T E D  D I L U T E D E P S 

GAAP Net income 

Adjustments, net of tax * 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted weighted average common shares 

GAAP Diluted EPS 

Adjusted diluted EPS * 

2019  

2018  

2017 

$409,491 

$415,964 

$419,723

1,994 

- 

6,394

$411,485 

$415,964 

$426,117

55.1% 

54.2% 

55.8%

$33,947 

21,104 

$55,051 

$25,698 

15,934 

$41,632 

26,751 

$0.96 

$1.56 

$48,867 

$57,950

1,278 

7,010

$50,145 

$64,960

$36,371 

$36,194

935 

4,449

$37,306 

$40,643

27,625 

27,958

$1.32 

$1.35 

$1.29

$1.45

* Adjustments to reported U.S. GAAP financial measures including gross profit and margin, operating income, net 
income, and diluted EPS have been adjusted by the following (in thousands):

Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs 

Adjustments to gross profit 

Restructuring charges, including inventory write-downs  

Impairment of long-lived assets, including lease exit costs  

Contingent legal claim 

Wholesale and other exit costs  

Real estate losses 

Retail acquisition and other exit costs 

Adjustments to operating income 

Early debt extinguishment 

Adjustments to income before income taxes 

Related income tax effects(1) 

Adjustments to net income 

2019 

$1,994 

$1,994 

$8,324 

12,050 

- 

174 

- 

556 

$21,104 

- 

$21,104 

(5,170) 

$15,934 

2018 

$- 

$- 

$- 

- 

500 

535 

- 

243 

$1,278 

67 

$1,345 

(410) 

$935 

2017

$6,394

$6,394

$6,394

-

-

-

616 

-

$7,010

-

$7,010

(2,561)

$4,449

(1) Calculated using an effective tax rate of 24.5% in fiscal 2019, 30.5% in fiscal 2018 and 36.5% in fiscal 2017.

Corporate Headquarters 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 

DIRECTORS 

AS OF AUGUST 31, 2019

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

AS OF AUGUST 31, 2019 

25 Lake Avenue Ext. 

Danbury, CT 06811 

203.743.8000 

ethanallen.com

Independent Registered  

Public Accounting Firm  

KPMG LLP 

3001 Summer Street 

Stamford, CT 06905 

203.356.9800

Investor Relations 

Corey Whitely 

Executive Vice President,  

Administration, Chief Financial  

Officer and Treasurer 

IR@ethanallen.com

Stock Exchange Listing 

New York Stock Exchange 

Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 

Trading Symbol: ETH

Transfer Agent 

Computershare Investor 

Services, LLC 

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210 

College Station, TX 77845 

computershare.com/investor

Farooq Kathwari 

Chairman of the Board, 

President and  

Chief Executive Officer

James B. Carlson 

Partner, Mayer Brown, LLP

John J. Dooner Jr. 

Chairman, The Dooner Group

Domenick J. Esposito, CPA 

CEO, Esposito CEO2CEO

Mary Garrett 

Former CMO, Global Markets, 

IBM Corporation

James W. Schmotter 

President Emeritus,  

University

Tara I. Stacom 

Executive Vice Chairman, 

Cushman & Wakefield

Farooq Kathwari 

Chairman of the Board,  

President and Chief  

Executive Officer

Daniel M. Grow 

Senior Vice President,  

Business Development

Eric D. Koster 

Vice President,  

General Counsel and Secretary

Christopher H. Robertson* 

Vice President, Logistics and Service

Clifford Thorn** 

Vice President,  

Upholstery Manufacturing

Executive Vice President,  

Administration, Chief Financial  

Officer and Treasurer

Michael Worth** 

Vice President, 

Case Goods Manufacturing

    *Ethan Allen Global, Inc.

  **Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.

Western Connecticut State 

Corey Whitely 

corporate data 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reconciliation of u.s. gaap results 

to adjusted financial measures

Financial measures in accordance with U.S. GAAP including gross profit and margin, operating income, net income, and 

diluted EPS have been adjusted below. Ethan Allen uses these adjusted financial measures, both in presenting its results to 

stockholders and the investment community, and in its internal evaluation and management of the business. The Company 

believes that these adjusted financial measures and the information they provide are useful to investors because they permit 

investors to view the Company’s performance using the same tools that management uses to gauge progress in achieving its 

goals. Adjusted measures may also facilitate comparisons to Ethan Allen’s historical performance. 

The following tables below show a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures used in the front of this annual report  

to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands, except per share data).

A D J U S T E D G R O S S P R O F I T/ M A R G I N 

GAAP Gross profit 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted gross profit * 

Adjusted gross margin * 

A D J U S T E D O P E R AT I N G I N CO M E  

GAAP Operating income 

Adjustments (pre-tax) * 

Adjusted operating income * 

GAAP Net income 

Adjustments, net of tax * 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted weighted average common shares 

GAAP Diluted EPS 

Adjusted diluted EPS * 

A D J U S T E D N E T I N CO M E /A D J U S T E D D I L U T E D E P S 

Inventory write-downs and manufacturing overhead costs 

Adjustments to gross profit 

Restructuring charges, including inventory write-downs  

Impairment of long-lived assets, including lease exit costs  

Contingent legal claim 

Wholesale and other exit costs  

Real estate losses 

Retail acquisition and other exit costs 

Adjustments to operating income 

Early debt extinguishment 

Adjustments to income before income taxes 

Related income tax effects(1) 

Adjustments to net income 

2019  

2018  

2017 

$409,491 

$415,964 

$419,723

1,994 

- 

6,394

$411,485 

$415,964 

$426,117

55.1% 

54.2% 

55.8%

$33,947 

21,104 

$55,051 

$25,698 

15,934 

$41,632 

26,751 

$0.96 

$1.56 

2019 

$1,994 

$1,994 

$8,324 

12,050 

174 

- 

- 

- 

556 

$21,104 

$21,104 

(5,170) 

$15,934 

$48,867 

$57,950

1,278 

7,010

$50,145 

$64,960

$36,371 

$36,194

935 

4,449

$37,306 

$40,643

27,625 

27,958

$1.32 

$1.35 

$1.29

$1.45

2018 

$- 

$- 

$- 

- 

500 

535 

- 

243 

$1,278 

67 

$1,345 

(410) 

$935 

2017

$6,394

$6,394

$6,394

-

-

-

-

-

616 

$7,010

$7,010

(2,561)

$4,449

* Adjustments to reported U.S. GAAP financial measures including gross profit and margin, operating income, net 

income, and diluted EPS have been adjusted by the following (in thousands):

(1) Calculated using an effective tax rate of 24.5% in fiscal 2019, 30.5% in fiscal 2018 and 36.5% in fiscal 2017.

Corporate Headquarters 
Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 
25 Lake Avenue Ext. 
Danbury, CT 06811 
203.743.8000 
ethanallen.com

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm  
KPMG LLP 
3001 Summer Street 
Stamford, CT 06905 
203.356.9800

Investor Relations 
Corey Whitely 
Executive Vice President,  
Administration, Chief Financial  
Officer and Treasurer 
IR@ethanallen.com

Stock Exchange Listing 
New York Stock Exchange 
Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. 
Trading Symbol: ETH

Transfer Agent 
Computershare Investor 
Services, LLC 
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210 
College Station, TX 77845 
computershare.com/investor

DIRECTORS 
AS OF AUGUST 31, 2019

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 
AS OF AUGUST 31, 2019 

Farooq Kathwari 
Chairman of the Board, 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

James B. Carlson 
Partner, Mayer Brown, LLP

John J. Dooner Jr. 
Chairman, The Dooner Group

Domenick J. Esposito, CPA 
CEO, Esposito CEO2CEO

Mary Garrett 
Former CMO, Global Markets, 
IBM Corporation

James W. Schmotter 
President Emeritus,  
Western Connecticut State 
University

Tara I. Stacom 
Executive Vice Chairman, 
Cushman & Wakefield

Farooq Kathwari 
Chairman of the Board,  
President and Chief  
Executive Officer

Daniel M. Grow 
Senior Vice President,  
Business Development

Eric D. Koster 
Vice President,  
General Counsel and Secretary

Christopher H. Robertson* 
Vice President, Logistics and Service

Clifford Thorn** 
Vice President,  
Upholstery Manufacturing

Corey Whitely 
Executive Vice President,  
Administration, Chief Financial  
Officer and Treasurer

Michael Worth** 
Vice President, 
Case Goods Manufacturing

    *Ethan Allen Global, Inc.
  **Ethan Allen Operations, Inc.

corporate data 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The paper used for this book comes from certified forests that  
are managed in a sustainable way to meet the social, economic,  
and  environmental  needs  of  present  and  future  generations. 
ethanallen.com  ©2019 Ethan Allen Global, Inc.